Automobile Technology

National Competency Standards Level- 5 in Automobile Technology
National Competency Standards level 5 in Automobile Technology
National Vocational and Technical Training Commission (NAVTTC),
Government of Pakistan
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
National Vocational and Technical Training Commission (NAVTTC) extends its gratitude and
appreciation to many representatives of business, industry, academia, government
agencies, Provincial TEVTAs, Sector Skill Councils and trade associations who speared
their time and expertise to the development and validation of these National Vocational
Qualifications (Competency Standards, Curricula, Assessments Packs and related material).
This work would not have been possible without the financial and technical support of the
TVET Sector Support Programme co-funded by European Union, Norwegian and German
Governments implemented by GIZ Pakistan. NAVTTC is especially indebted to Dr. Muqeem
ul Islam, who lead the project from the front. The core team was comprised on:
● Dr. Muqeem ul Islam, Director General (Skills,Standards and Curricula) NAVTTC
● Mr. Muhammad Naeem Akhtar, Senior Technical Advisor TSSP-GIZ,
● Mr. Muhammad Yasir, Deputy Director (SS&C Wing) NAVTTC
● Mr. Muhammad Ishaq, Deputy Director (SS&C Wing) NAVTTC
● Mr. Fayaz A. Soomro, Deputy Director (SS&C Wing) NAVTTC
NAVTTC team under the leadership of Dr. Muqeem ul Islam initiated development of CBT &
A based qualifications of diploma level-5 as a reform project of TVET sector in November
2018 and completed 27 NVQF diplomas of Level-5 in September, 2019. It seems worth
highlighting that during this endeavor apart from developing competency standards/curricula
in conventional trades new dimensions containing high-tech trades in TVET sector in the
context of generation IR 4.0 trades have also been developed which inter alia includes
Robotics, Mechatronics, artificial intelligence, industrial automation, instrumentation and
process control. Moreover, trades like entrepreneurship, green/environmental skills and
variety of soft/digital skill have also been developed to equip the Pakistani youth with skills
set as per requirement of the global trends. These skills have been made integral part of all
the 27 diplomas.
Nobody has been more important in the pursuit of this project than Dr. Nasir Khan, Executive
Director, NAVTTC, whose patronage and support remain there throughout the development
process and lastly to thanks specially to Syed Javed Hassan, Chairman NAVTTC and Raja
Saad Khan, Deputy Team Lead TSSP-GIZ who made it happened in this challenging time.
1. Introduction .................................................................................................................11
2. Purpose of the Qualification .......................................................................................11
3. Date of Validation ........................................................................................................12
4. Date of Review .............................................................................................................12
5. Codes of Qualifications...............................................................................................12
6. Members of Qualifications Development Committee................................................14
7. Members of Qualification Validation Committee .......................................................16
8. Entry Requirements ....................................................................................................17
9. Summary of Competency Standards .........................................................................18
10. Leveling of the Competency Standards .....................................................................25
11. Packaging of the Qualification ...................................................................................34
12. Internal Combustion Engine (AD-133) .......................................................................44
0716MS&A1. Specify Engine Types and its Component .....................................................45
0716MS&A2. Identify Engine Parts and Interpret Assembly Procedure ...............................47
0716MS&A3. Maintain Engine Cooling System Components ..............................................49
0716MS&A4. Maintain Engine Lubrication System ..............................................................51
0716MS&A5. Retain Fuel System of Petrol Engine .............................................................53
0716MS&A6. Retain Fuel System of Diesel Engine.............................................................55
0716MS&A7. Maintain Engine Exhaust System ..................................................................57
0716MS&A8. Diagnosing Engine Faults ..............................................................................59
0716MS&A9. Perform Ignition System of Petrol Engine ......................................................61
0716MS&A10. Perform Overhauling of Four Stroke Single Cylinder Engine..........................63
13. Automotive Electricity and Electronics (AD-143) ......................................................66
0716MS&A11. Perform Electrical Measurements ..................................................................66
0716MS&A12. Prepare Electromagnetism applications .........................................................68
0716MS&A13. Perform Battery Service of Vehicle ................................................................70
0716MS&A14. Repair Engine Starting System ......................................................................72

0716MS&A15. Repair Ignition System of Petrol Engine ........................................................74
0716MS&A16. Adjust Ignition Timing of Petrol Engine ..........................................................76
0716MS&A17. Repair Distributer-Less Ignition Systems of Petrol Engine .............................78
0716MS&A18. Repair Battery Charging System ...................................................................80
0716MS&A19. Repair Light System of Vehicle ......................................................................82
0716MS&A20. Repair Vehicle Accessories ...........................................................................84
14. Workshop Practice-1 (MT-164) ...................................................................................86
0716MS&A21. Perform Bench Work on Metallic Surfaces.....................................................87
0716MS&A22. Perform Shaper Machine Operations.............................................................90
0716MS&A23. Perform Lathe Turning Operations.................................................................93
0716MS&A24. Read and Interpret Manufacturing Drawings ..................................................96
0716MS&A25. Preform Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) ........................................99
0716MS&A26. Prepare Materials for Welding .....................................................................101
0716MS&A27. Perform Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) in Vertical (3F, 3G) and
Overhead (4F, 4G) Positions .......................................................................103
0716MS&A28. Perform Forging Operations ........................................................................106
15. Basic Engineering Drawing and CAD-I Mech-163 ...................................................108
0716MS&A29. Perform Drawing, Sketch Making ................................................................109
0716MS&A30. Draw Pictorial Drawing ................................................................................111
0716MS&A31. Perform Basic Dimensioning System in Working Drawing ...........................113
0716MS&A32. Perform Sectioning and Pictorial Drawing ....................................................115
0716MS&A33. Draw Auxiliary Drawing................................................................................117
Problems in Internal Combustion Engines AD-203 ............................................................119
0716MS&A34. Diagnose Engine Fault ................................................................................120
0716MS&A35. Perform Engine Overhauling (Petrol/Diesel) ................................................123
0716MS&A36. Diagnose Engine Cooling System Faults and Repair ...................................126
0716MS&A37. Diagnose Faults in Engine Lubrication System ............................................128
0716MS&A38. Diagnose Faults of Carburetor Fuel System ................................................130

0716MS&A39. Diagnose Diesel Fuel System and Adjust ....................................................132
0716MS&A40. Diagnose Faults of Ignition System..............................................................134
16. Suspension, Steering & Brakes AD-213 ..................................................................135
0716MS&A41. Repair Vehicle Brake System. .....................................................................135
0716MS&A42. Repair Vehicle Steering System. .................................................................138
0716MS&A43. Maintain Vehicle Suspension System. .........................................................139
0716MS&A44. Carry out Wheel Alignment ..........................................................................142
0716MS&A45. Carry Out Wheel Balancing .........................................................................144
0716MS&A46. Replace SRS System ..................................................................................146
17. Workshop Practice-II AD-224 ....................................................................................148
0716MS&A47. Arrange Common Automotive Hand Tools and their Use .............................149
0716MS&A48. Carry Out Measurements with Automotive Measuring Tools........................151
0716MS&A49. Perform Test on Vehicle with Automotive Workshop Equipment ..................153
0716MS&A50. Diagnose Faults by Computerized Performance Testing Equipment ...........155
0716MS&A51. Categorize Automotive Fasteners Types and their Uses .............................157
0716MS&A52. Specify Vehicle’s Lubricants Types..............................................................158
0716MS&A53. Differentiate Vehicle Oil Seals Types and Specifications Coding .................160
0716MS&A54. Specify Vehicle Bearing’s Types and Coding ...............................................161
0716MS&A55. Read and Interpret Quality Control Standards and Certification ...................162
0716MS&A56. Plan and Organize Safe Workshop and Hazard Prevention Practices .........163
18. Metrology MT-252 ......................................................................................................165
0716MS&A57. Recognize Graduated Instruments ..............................................................165
0716MS&A58. Carry-Out Linear Measuring ........................................................................167
0716MS&A59. Carry-out Precise Measuring .......................................................................170
0716MS&A60. Perform Angular Measuring. ........................................................................172
0716MS&A61. Identify the Types of Gauges. ......................................................................174
0716MS&A62. Identify Comparators Instrument...................................................................176

19. Applied Thermodynamics AD-232 ............................................................................178
0716MS&A63. Analyses HVAC/R Systems Thermodynamic Performance .........................178
0716MS&A64. Carry-out Smooth Boiler Operation ..............................................................180
0716MS&A65. Recognize Fundamentals of Thermodynamics Problems ............................182
0716MS&A66. Read and Interpret Perfect Gases Laws, Properties and Solve problems ....184
0716MS&A67. Read and Derived Thermodynamics Processes and Cycles ........................185
0716MS&A68. Analyze Reciprocating & Rotary Air Compressors Performance ..................188
0716MS&A69. Solves Problems of Internal Combustion Engine .........................................190
20. Motor Vehicle Driving AD-302...................................................................................191
0716MS&A70. Inspect Vehicle Controls for pre Operational & Pre Starting .........................192
0716MS&A71. Read and Interpret Traffic Signals, Road Signs and Marking Lanes on
Roads. .........................................................................................................196
0716MS&A72. Apply Power & Parking Brakes to Vehicle....................................................198
0716MS&A73. Drive Car in Different Condition ...................................................................200
0716MS&A74. Drive Vehicle with Manual& Automatic Transmission...................................202
0716MS&A75. Drive Motorcycle ..........................................................................................204
0716MS&A76. Drive Vehicle on Economy Speed for Fuel Saving .......................................206
0716MS&A77. Perform Safety Practices While Driving .......................................................208
21. Motor Vehicle Inspection AD-312 .............................................................................209
0716MS&A78. Inspect Tires & Wheels of Light & Heavy Duty Transport Vehicles (LTV
& HTV). .......................................................................................................210
0716MS&A79. Inspect Vehicle Suspension System. ...........................................................212
0716MS&A80. Inspect Vehicle Steering System and Wheel Alignment ...............................214
0716MS&A81. Inspect Light & Heavy Duty Vehicle Brake System ......................................216
0716MS&A82. Inspect Vehicle Light System. ......................................................................219
0716MS&A83. Inspect Vehicle Electric System ...................................................................221
0716MS&A84. Inspect Vehicle Glazing System ..................................................................222
0716MS&A85. Inspect Vehicle Fuel System........................................................................225

0716MS&A86. Inspect Vehicle Body Accessories. ..............................................................227
0716MS&A87. Inspect Vehicle Exhaust System. .................................................................230
0716MS&A88. Prepare Comprehensive Vehicle Inspection Report. ....................................232
0716MS&A89. Prepare Vehicle Title Certificate. .................................................................234
22. Fuel Injection and Carburetion AD-343 ....................................................................236
0716MS&A90. Diagnose Faults of Intake System. ..............................................................236
0716MS&A91. Diagnose Faults of Exhaust System ............................................................238
0716MS&A92. Diagnose Faults of Fuel Supply System. .....................................................240
0716MS&A93. Diagnose Faults & Repair Hybrid System ....................................................244
0716MS&A94. Diagnose Faults & Repair Engine Valve Control System .............................246
23. Automotive Transmission AD-363 ...........................................................................247
0716MS&A95. Diagnose Faults & Repair Clutch. ................................................................247
0716MS&A96. Diagnose Faults &Repair Manual Gear Box. ...............................................249
0716MS&A97. Diagnose Faults & Repair Automatic Gear Box. ..........................................251
0716MS&A98. Diagnose Faults & Repair Final Drive. .........................................................253
24. Auto Body Building & Finishing AD-383 ..................................................................255
0716MS&A99. Understand Vehicle Body Shell ...................................................................255
0716MS&A100. Prepare Cost Estimate for Damaged Vehicle Body and Chassis .................257
0716MS&A101. Perform Vehicle Body and Chassis Alignment and Repair ...........................258
0716MS&A102. Perform Vehicle Body Repairs Work............................................................260
0716MS&A103. Carryout Panel Repair with Washer Welder Machine ..................................264
0716MS&A104. Repair Vehicle Body Fittings ........................................................................267
0716MS&A105. Perform Welding Operations on Vehicle Body .............................................270
0716MS&A106. Maintain Machinery, Tools and Equipment ..................................................273
0716MS&A107. Remove and Fix Glass Items .......................................................................276
0716MS&A108. Perform Body Surface Cleaning by Mechanical Process .............................279
0716MS&A109. Perform Body Surface Cleaning with Chemical Process ..............................282

0716MS&A110. Maintain Vehicle Body Repair Tools, Equipment and Machinery .................285
0716MS&A111. Maintain Paint Booth and Stores .................................................................288
0716MS&A112. Apply Polyester Putty...................................................................................291
0716MS&A113. Prepare Paint Booth and Vehicle .................................................................295
0716MS&A114. Apply Primer Surface ...................................................................................299
0716MS&A115. Preform Color Matching & Mixing ................................................................302
0716MS&A116. Apply Body Sealer .......................................................................................305
0716MS&A117. Perform Masking .........................................................................................308
0716MS&A118. Apply Under Coat ........................................................................................311
0716MS&A119. Apply Final Coats ........................................................................................316
0716MS&A120. Perform Polishing to Body Surface ..............................................................320
0716MS&A121. Prepare Paint Work Estimation ....................................................................322
25. Workshop Practice-III AD-324 ...................................................................................325
0716MS&A122. Perform Engine Preventive Maintenance (Tune-Up) ....................................326
0716MS&A123. Perform Periodic Maintenance.....................................................................328
0716MS&A124. Arrange Workshop Equipment According to Lay-out ...................................329
0716MS&A125. Prepare Documentation for Automotive workshop .......................................330
0716MS&A126. Maintain Service Station Equipment ............................................................330
0716MS&A127. Maintain Emission control system ................................................................332
0716MS&A128. Perform Engine Overhauling........................................................................334
0716MS&A129. Maintain Climatic Control System. ...............................................................337
0716MS&A130. Perform Engine Output Testing ...................................................................339
0716MS&A131. Read and Interpret Hydraulic and Pneumatic Code and Symbols ................341
26. Generic .......................................................................................................................342
0716MS&A132. Participate In Workplace Communication ....................................................343
0716MS&A133. Perform Work In Team Environment............................................................345
0716MS&A134. Read and Develop Career Professionalism .................................................347

0716MS&A135. Practice Occupational Health and Safety Procedures ..................................348
0716MS&A136. Lead Small Teams.......................................................................................350
0716MS&A137. Develop Negotiation Skills ...........................................................................352
0716MS&A138. Solve Problems Related To Work Activities .................................................354
0716MS&A139. Develop Communication Skill ......................................................................355
0716MS&A140. Develop Administrative Skills .......................................................................357
0716MS&A141. Work effectively in a customer service/ sales environment ..........................358
0716MS&A142. Develop Professionalism .............................................................................361
27. Entrepreneur ..............................................................................................................363
0716MS&A143. Manage the Operations of Workshop Security Units ....................................364
0716MS&A144. Organize Training On Multiple Workshop Units ...........................................367
0716MS&A145. Administer Multiple Commercial Units .........................................................369
0716MS&A146. Supervise performance of Technician..........................................................371
0716MS&A147. Plan Work to Meet Expected Outcomes ......................................................373
0716MS&A148. Work Effectively In a Team ..........................................................................375
0716MS&A149. Maintain Healthy, Safe and Secure Working Environment ...........................377
0716MS&A150. Deal with Emergencies and Incidents at Workshop .....................................379
0716MS&A151. Maintain Effective Communication with Companies .....................................382
0716MS&A152. Compliance and certifications (IATF/ISO 16949, ISO 9001:2015, ISO

50001) .........................................................................................................384
1. Introduction
Automobile engineering is the one of the stream of mechanical engineering. It deals with the
various types of automobiles, their mechanism of transmission systems and its applications.
Automobiles are the different types of vehicles used for transportation of passengers, goods,
etc. Basically all the types of vehicles works on the principle of internal combustion
processes or sometimes the engines are called as internal combustion engines. Different
types of fuels are burnt inside the cylinder at higher temperature to get the transmission
motion in the vehicles. Most of the automobiles are internal combustion engines vehicles
only. Therefore, every mechanical and automobile engineer should have the knowledge of
automobile engineering its mechanism and its various applications.
Automobile engineering is a branch of engineering which deals with everything about

automobiles and practices to propel them.
Automobile is a vehicle driven by an internal combustion engine and it is used for

transportation of passengers and goods on the ground. Automobile can also be defined as a
vehicle which can move by itself, for example Car, jeep, bus, truck, scooter, etc. Therefore,
industry expectations for skilled workforce are also dynamic which can only be managed
through setting relevant competency standards in collaboration with the leading industries.
Being cognizant of this fact, National Vocational & Technical Training Commission
(NAVTTC) developed competency standards for Civil Technology under National Vocational
Qualifications Framework (NVQF). These competency standards have been developed by a
Qualifications Development Committee (QDC) and validated by the Qualifications Validation
Committee (QVC) having representation from the Auto Mobile industry of the country.
2. Purpose of the Qualification
The purpose of these qualifications is to set high professional standards for automobile
industry. The specific objectives of developing these qualifications are as under:
1. Improve the professional competence of the trainees
2. Provide opportunities for recognition of skills attained through non-formal or informal
pathways
3. Improve the quality and effectiveness of training and assessment for automobile
industry
4. Enable the existing workforce to capacitate themselves in new technologies and
methods.
3. Date of Validation
The level 5 of National DAE qualification on Electrical has been validated by the
Qualifications Validation Committee (QVC) members on 23-25 May, 2019 and will remain
valid for ten years i.e 25 May, 2029
4. Date of Review
The level 5 of National DAE qualification on Electrical has been validated by the
Qualifications Validation Committee (QVC) members on 23-25 May, 2019 and shall be
reviewed after three years i.e 26 May, 2022
5. Codes of Qualifications
The International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED) is a framework for

assembling, compiling and analyzing cross-nationally comparable statistics on education
and training. ISCED codes for these qualifications are assigned as follows:
ISCED Classification for DAE Auto Mobile Technology level-5
Code Description
0716MS&A(1) 1st Level National Certificate of level-5, in “AutoMobile Technology”
0716MS&A(2) 2nd Level National Certificate of level-5, in “AutoMobile Technology”
0716MS&A(3) 3rd Level National Certificate of level-5, in “AutoMobile Technology”
0716MS&A(4) 4th Level National Certificate of level-5, in “AutoMobile Technology”
0716MS&A(5) 5th Level National Certificate of level-5, in “AutoMobile Technology”

6. Members of Qualifications Development Committee
The following members participated in the qualifications development workshop 31st

December 2018 to 4th January 2019 at Hospitality Inn, Lahore:
S.No. Name & Designation Organization
1.
Ijaz Hamid, GCT, Railway Road, Lahore PTEVTA
Chief Instructor Auto & Diesel/ DACUM
Facilitator,
2.
Abdul Ateeq, Rehman Motors Workshop, Model
CEO
Town, Lahore
3.
Abdul Waheed, Honda Pitspot, Johar Town Motors,
CEO Lahore
4.
Syed Kazim Hussain, Toyota Township Motors, Lahore
Technical Advisor
5.
Adeel Ahmad, Lahore Transport Company, Lahore
Assistant Manager (Tech)
6.
Abdul Basit, Toyota Garden Motors, Lahore
Technical Advisor
7.
Adnan Siddique, Toyota Garden Motors, Lahore
Technician
8.
Rehman Ali, Al-Haj Faw Motors (PVT) LTD;
Assistant Manager Lahore
9.
Atif Mahmood, Suzuki Mini Motors, Lahore
Service Manager
10.
Aamir Javed, Suzuki Khalid Motors, Lahore
Service Manager
11.
Skindar Shahzad, Aman Tech, Karachi
Sr. Instructor/ DACUM Facilitator
12.
Abdul Aleem, GCT, Sahiwal, PTEVTA
Jr. Instructor
13.
Tanveer Abass, GCT, Railway Road, Lahore PTEVTA
Jr. Instructor
14.
Shakeel Ahmad GCT, Faisalabad, PTEVTA
Jr. Instructor
15.
Majid Khan, GCT, Attock, PTEVTA
Jr. Instructor
16.
Shahbaz Ali, GSPTC, Gujrat, PTEVTA
Instructor
17.
Bashir Hussain Arshad, GCT, Sahiwal, PTEVTA
Sr. Instructor
18.
Muzammal Hussain, GCT, Rawalpindi, PTEVTA
Instructor ( Auto & Diesel )
19.
Muhammad Azhar Khan, GCT, Bahawalpur, PTEVTA
Instructor Auto & Farm
20.
Muqeem-ul-Islam, NAVTTC, HQ
DG (SS&C)
21.
Muhammad Ishaq, NAVTTC, HQ
Dy Director (TE)
7. Members of Qualification Validation Committee
The following members participated in the qualifications development and validation

workshop on 20th May 2019 to 22nd May 2019 at Park Lane Hotel, Lahore
Sr. Name & Designation Organization

No.
1.
Mr. Ijaz Hamid, GCT, Railway Road, Lahore
Chief Instructor Auto & Diesel/ DACUM
PTEVTA
Facilitator,
2.
Skindar Shahzad, Aman Tech, Karachi
Sr. Instructor/ DACUM Facilitator
3.
Muzammal Hussain, GCT, Rawalpindi, PTEVTA
Instructor ( Auto & Diesel )
4.
Mr. Abid Iqbal Representative from KP-TEVTA
GCT, Peshawar
5.
Mr. Muhammad Memon, Representative from Sindh-TEVTA
GCT, Hyderabad
6.
Mr. Muhammad Hafeez, Deputy Secretary PBTE, Lahore
7.
Mr. Sikandar Masood, Director, NAVTTC ( Coordinator)
8. Entry Requirements
The entry for D.A. E National Certificate level 5, in Auto Mobile Technology are
1. A person having National Vocational Certificate level 4, in Auto Mobile Technology.

2. A person having Matric certificate with Science subjects.
9. Summary of Competency Standards
Code Competency Standards Level Credits Category
AD-133 Internal Combustion Engine

0716MS Specify Engine Types and its Component 2 5 Technical
&A1:
0716MS Identify Engine Parts and Interpret Assembly 2 5 Technical
&A2: Procedure
0716MS Maintain Engine Cooling System Components 2 4 Technical
&A3:
0716MS Maintain Engine Lubrication System 2 5 Technical
&A4:
0716MS Retain Fuel System of Petrol Engine 2 5 Technical
&A5:
0716MS Retain Fuel System of Diesel Engine 2 5 Technical
&A6:
0716MS Maintain Engine Exhaust System 2 3 Technical
&A7:
0716MS Diagnosing Engine Faults 2 4 Technical
&A8:
0716MS Perform Ignition System of Petrol Engine 2 4 Technical
&A9:
0716MS Perform Overhauling of Four Stroke Single 2 4 Technical
&A10: Cylinder Engine
AD-143 Automotive Electricity and Electronics 2
0716MS Perform Electrical Measurements 2 5 Technical
&A11:
0716MS Prepare Electromagnetism applications 2 4 Technical
&A12:
0716MS Perform Battery Service of Vehicle 2 5 Technical
&A13:
0716MS Repair Engine Starting System 2 5 Technical
&A14:
0716MS Repair Ignition System of Petrol Engine 2 5 Technical
&A15:
0716MS Adjust Ignition Timing of Petrol Engine 2 4 Technical
&A16:
0716MS Repair Distributer-Less Ignition Systems of Petrol 2 3 Technical
&A17: Engine
0716MS Repair Battery Charging System 2 4 Technical
&A18:
0716MS Repair Light System of Vehicle 2 4 Technical
&A19:
0716MS Repair Vehicle Accessories 2 5 Technical
&A20:
MT-164 Workshop Practice-1 2
0716MS Perform Bench Work on Metallic Surfaces 2 4 Technical
&A21:
0716MS Perform Shaper Machine Operations 2 3 Technical
&A22:
0716MS Perform Lathe Turning Operations 2 5 Technical
&A23:
0716MS Read and Interpret Manufacturing Drawings 2 5 Technical
&A24:
0716MS Preform Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) 2 4 Technical
&A25:
0716MS Prepare Materials for Welding 2 4 Technical
&A26:
0716MS Perform Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) in 2 5 Technical
&A27: Vertical (3F, 3G) and Overhead (4F, 4G)
Positions
0716MS Perform Forging Operations 2 3 Technical
&A28:
Mech- Basic Engineering Drawing and CAD-I 2
163
0716MS Perform Drawing, Sketch Making 2 5 Allied
&A29:
0716MS Draw Pictorial Drawing 2 5 Allied
&A30:
0716MS Perform Basic Dimensioning System in Working 2 5 Allied
&A31: Drawing
0716MS Perform Sectioning and Pictorial Drawing 2 6 Allied
&A32:
0716MS Draw Auxiliary Drawing 2 6 Allied
&A33:
AD-203 Problems in Internal Combustion Engines 3
0716MS Diagnose Engine Fault 3 3 Technical
&A34:
0716MS Perform Engine Overhauling (Petrol/Diesel) 3 5 Technical
&A35:
0716MS Diagnose Engine Cooling System Faults and 3 4 Technical
&A36: Repair
0716MS Diagnose Faults in Engine Lubrication System 3 3 Technical
&A37:
0716MS Diagnose Faults of Carburetor Fuel System 3 4 Technical
&A38:
0716MS Diagnose Diesel Fuel System and Adjust 3 3 Technical
&A39:
0716MS Diagnose Faults of Ignition System 3 4 Technical
&A40:
AD-213 Suspension, Steering & Brakes 3
0716MS Repair Vehicle Brake System. 3 3 Technical
&A41:
0716MS Repair Vehicle Steering System. 3 3 Technical
&A42:
0716MS Maintain Vehicle Suspension System. 3 3 Technical
&A43:
0716MS Carry out Wheel Alignment 3 3 Technical
&A44:
0716MS Carry Out Wheel Balancing 3 3 Technical
&A45:
0716MS Replace SRS System 3 3 Technical
&A46:
AD-224 Workshop Practice-II 3
0716MS Arrange Common Automotive Hand Tools and 3 4 Technical
&A47: their Use
0716MS Carry Out Measurements with Automotive 3 4 Technical
&A48: Measuring Tools
0716MS Perform Test on Vehicle with Automotive 3 4 Technical
&A49: Workshop Equipment
0716MS Diagnose Faults by Computerized Performance 3 4 Technical
&A50: Testing Equipment
0716MS Categorize Automotive Fasteners Types and their 3 4 Technical
&A51: Uses
0716MS Specify Vehicle's Lubricants Types 3 4 Technical
&A52:
0716MS Differentiate Vehicle Oil Seals Types and 3 3 Technical
&A53: Specifications Coding
0716MS Specify Vehicle Bearing's Types and Coding 3 4 Technical
&A54:
0716MS Read and Interpret Quality Control Standards and 3 3 Technical
&A55: Certification
0716MS Plan and Organize Safe Workshop and Hazard 3 3 Technical
&A56: Prevention Practices
MT-252 Metrology 3
0716MS Recognize Graduated Instruments 3 3 Functiona
&A57: l
0716MS Carry-Out Linear Measuring 3 2 Functiona
&A58: l
0716MS Carry-out Precise Measuring 3 2 Functiona
&A59: l
0716MS Perform Angular Measuring. 3 2 Functiona
&A60: l
0716MS Identify the Types of Gauges. 3 2 Functiona
&A61: l
0716MS Identify Comparators Instrument 3 2 Functiona
&A62: l
AD-232 Applied Thermodynamics 4
0716MS Analyses HVAC/R Systems Thermodynamic 3 3 Functiona
&A63: Performance l
0716MS Carry-out Smooth Boiler Operation 3 3 Functiona
&A64: l
0716MS Recognize Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 3 Functiona
&A65: Problems l
0716MS Read and Interpret Perfect Gases Laws, 3 4 Functiona
&A66: Properties and Solve problems l
0716MS Read and Derived Thermodynamics Processes 3 4 Functiona
&A67: and Cycles l
0716MS Analyze Reciprocating & Rotary Air Compressors 3 3 Functiona
&A68: Performance l
0716MS Solves Problems of Internal Combustion Engine 3 3 Functiona
&A69: l
AD-302 Motor Vehicle Driving 4
0716MS Inspect Vehicle Controls for pre Operational & 4 3 Technical
&A70: Pre Starting
0716MS Read and Interpret Traffic Signals, Road Signs 4 3 Technical
&A71: and Marking Lanes on Roads.
0716MS Apply Power & Parking Brakes to Vehicle 4 3 Technical
&A72:
0716MS Drive Car in Different Condition 4 4 Technical
&A73:
0716MS Drive Vehicle with Manual& Automatic 4 4 Technical
&A74: Transmission
0716MS Drive Motorcycle 4 3 Technical
&A75:
0716MS Drive Vehicle on Economy Speed for Fuel Saving 4 3 Technical
&A76:
0716MS Perform Safety Practices While Driving 4 3 Technical
&A77:
AD-312 Motor Vehicle Inspection 5
0716MS Inspect Tires & Wheels of Light & Heavy Duty 5 4 Technical
&A78: Transport Vehicles (LTV & HTV).
0716MS Inspect Vehicle Suspension System. 5 4 Technical
&A79:
0716MS Inspect Vehicle Steering System and Wheel 5 4 Technical
&A80: Alignment
0716MS Inspect Light & Heavy Duty Vehicle Brake 5 4 Technical
&A81: System
0716MS Inspect Vehicle Light System. 5 4 Technical
&A82:
0716MS Inspect Vehicle Electric System 5 4 Technical
&A83:
0716MS Inspect Vehicle Glazing System 5 4 Technical
&A84:
0716MS Inspect Vehicle Fuel System 5 4 Technical
&A85:
0716MS Inspect Vehicle Body Accessories. 5 3 Technical
&A86:
0716MS Inspect Vehicle Exhaust System. 5 4 Technical
&A87:
0716MS Prepare Comprehensive Vehicle Inspection 5 4 Technical
&A88: Report.
0716MS Prepare Vehicle Title Certificate. 5 4 Technical
&A89:
AD-343 Fuel Injection and Carburetion 5
0716MS Diagnose Faults of Intake System. 5 3 Technical
&A90:
0716MS Diagnose Faults of Exhaust System 5 3 Technical
&A91:
0716MS Diagnose Faults of Fuel Supply System. 5 2 Technical
&A92:
0716MS Diagnose Faults & Repair Hybrid System 5 2 Technical
&A93:
0716MS Diagnose Faults & Repair Engine Valve Control 5 2 Technical
&A94: System
AD-363 Automotive Transmission 5
0716MS Diagnose Faults & Repair Clutch. 5 6 Technical
&A95:
0716MS Diagnose Faults &Repair Manual Gear Box. 5 6 Technical
&A96:
0716MS Diagnose Faults & Repair Automatic Gear Box. 5 6 Technical
&A97:
0716MS Diagnose Faults & Repair Final Drive. 5 6 Technical
&A98:
AD-383 Auto Body Building & Finishing 5
0716MS Understand Vehicle Body Shell 5 2 Technical
&A99:
0716MS Prepare Cost Estimate for Damaged Vehicle 5 2 Technical
&A100: Body and Chassis
0716MS Perform Vehicle Body and Chassis Alignment 5 2 Technical
&A101: and Repair
0716MS Perform Vehicle Body Repairs Work 5 2 Technical
&A102:
0716MS Carryout Panel Repair with Washer Welder 5 2 Technical
&A103: Machine
0716MS Repair Vehicle Body Fittings 5 2 Technical
&A104:
0716MS Perform Welding Operations on Vehicle Body 5 2 Technical
&A105:
0716MS Maintain Machinery, Tools and Equipment 5 2 Technical
&A106:
0716MS Remove and Fix Glass Items 5 2 Technical
&A107:
0716MS Perform Body Surface Cleaning by Mechanical 5 2 Technical
&A108: Process
0716MS Perform Body Surface Cleaning with Chemical 5 2 Technical
&A109: Process
0716MS Maintain Vehicle Body Repair Tools, Equipment 5 2 Technical
&A110: and Machinery
0716MS Maintain Paint Booth and Stores 5 1 Technical
&A111:
0716MS Apply Polyester Putty 5 1 Technical
&A112:
0716MS Prepare Paint Booth and Vehicle 5 1 Technical
&A113:
0716MS Apply Primer Surface 5 1 Technical
&A114:
0716MS Preform Color Matching & Mixing 5 1 Technical
&A115:
0716MS Apply Body Sealer 5 1 Technical
&A116:
0716MS Perform Masking 5 1 Technical
&A117:
0716MS Apply Under Coat 5 1 Technical
&A118:
0716MS Apply Final Coats 5 1 Technical
&A119:
0716MS Perform Polishing to Body Surface 5 1 Technical
&A120:
0716MS Prepare Paint Work Estimation 5 1 Technical
&A121:
AD-324 Workshop Practice-III 4
0716MS Perform Engine Preventive Maintenance (Tune- 5 2 Technical
&A122: Up)
0716MS Perform Periodic Maintenance 5 2 Technical
&A123:
0716MS Arrange Workshop Equipment According to Lay- 5 2 Technical
&A124: out
0716MS Prepare Documentation for Automotive workshop 5 2 Technical
&A125:
0716MS Maintain Service Station Equipment 5 2 Technical
&A126:
0716MS Maintain Emission control system 5 2 Technical
&A127:
0716MS Perform Engine Overhauling 5 2 Technical
&A128:
0716MS Maintain Climatic Control System. 5 2 Technical
&A129:
0716MS Perform Engine Output Testing 5 2 Technical
&A130:
0716MS Read and Interpret Hydraulic and Pneumatic 5 2 Technical
&A131: Code and Symbols
Generic
0716MS Participate In Workplace Communication 2 2 Generic
&A132:
0716MS Perform Work In Team Environment 2 2 Generic
&A133:
0716MS Read and Develop Career Professionalism 2 2 Generic
&A134:
0716MS Practice Occupational Health and Safety 2 2 Generic
&A135: Procedures
0716MS Lead Small Teams 3 2 Generic
&A136:
0716MS Develop Negotiation Skills 3 2 Generic
&A137:
0716MS Solve Problems Related To Work Activities 3 2 Generic
&A138:
0716MS Develop Communication Skill 5 2 Generic
&A139:
0716MS Develop Administrative Skills 5 2 Generic
&A140:
0716MS Work effectively in a customer service/ sales 4 2 Generic
&A141: environment
0716MS Develop Professionalism 4 2 Generic
&A142:
Entrepreneur 5
0716MS Manage the Operations of Workshop Security 5 3 Entrepren
&A143: Units eur
0716MS Organize Training On Multiple Workshop Units 5 3 Entrepren
&A144: eur
0716MS Administer Multiple Commercial Units 5 4 Entrepren
&A145: eur
0716MS Supervise performance of Technician 5 4 Entrepren
&A146: eur
0716MS Plan Work to Meet Expected Outcomes 5 3 Entrepren
&A147: eur
0716MS Work Effectively In a Team 5 3 Entrepren
&A148: eur
0716MS Maintain Healthy, Safe and Secure Working 5 4 Entrepren
&A149: Environment eur
0716MS Deal with Emergencies and Incidents at 5 3 Entrepren
&A150: Workshop eur
0716MS Maintain Effective Communication with 5 3 Entrepren
&A151: Companies eur
0716MS Compliance and certifications (IATF/ISO 16949, 5 3 Entrepren
&A152: ISO 9001:2015, ISO 50001) eur
10. Leveling of the Competency Standards
Level 2
Code Competency Standards Level TH PR TL Credits Category
0716MS&A1: Specify Engine Types and its 2 14 36 50 5 Technical
Component
0716MS&A2: Identify Engine Parts and Interpret 2 14 36 50 5 Technical
Assembly Procedure
0716MS&A3: Maintain Engine Cooling System 2 15 25 40 4 Technical
Components
0716MS&A4: Maintain Engine Lubrication 2 14 36 50 5 Technical
System
0716MS&A5: Retain Fuel System of Petrol 2 14 36 50 5 Technical
Engine
0716MS&A6: Retain Fuel System of Diesel 2 14 36 50 5 Technical
Engine
0716MS&A7: Maintain Engine Exhaust System 2 10 20 30 3 Technical
0716MS&A8: Diagnosing Engine Faults 2 15 25 40 4 Technical
0716MS&A9: Perform Ignition System of Petrol 2 15 25 40 4 Technical

Engine
0716MS&A10: Perform Overhauling of Four 2 15 25 40 4 Technical
Stroke Single Cylinder Engine
MT-164 Workshop Practice-1
0716MS&A21: Perform Bench Work on Metallic 2 10 30 40 4 Technical
Surfaces
0716MS&A22: Perform Shaper Machine 2 10 20 30 3 Technical
Operations
0716MS&A23: Perform Lathe Turning Operations 2 15 35 50 5 Technical
0716MS&A24: Read and Interpret Manufacturing 2 15 35 50 5 Technical

Drawings
0716MS&A25: Preform Welding Procedure 2 10 30 40 4 Technical
Specifications (WPS)
0716MS&A26: Prepare Materials for Welding 2 10 30 40 4 Technical
0716MS&A27: Perform Shielded Metal Arc 2 10 40 50 5 Technical

Welding (SMAW) in Vertical (3F,
3G) and Overhead (4F, 4G)
Positions
0716MS&A28: Perform Forging Operations 2 10 20 30 3 Technical
Generic
0716MS&A134: Read and Develop Career 2 10 10 20 2 Generic
Professionalism
Level 2
AD-143 Automotive Electricity and

Electronics
0716MS&A11: Perform Electrical Measurements 2 15 35 50 5 Technical
0716MS&A12: Prepare Electromagnetism 2 16 24 40 4 Technical

applications
0716MS&A13: Perform Battery Service of 2 15 35 50 5 Technical
Vehicle
0716MS&A14: Repair Engine Starting System 2 15 35 50 5 Technical
0716MS&A15: Repair Ignition System of Petrol 2 15 35 50 5 Technical

Engine
0716MS&A16: Adjust Ignition Timing of Petrol 2 15 25 40 4 Technical
Engine
0716MS&A17: Repair Distributer-Less Ignition 2 10 20 30 3 Technical
Systems of Petrol Engine
0716MS&A18: Repair Battery Charging System 2 15 25 40 4 Technical
0716MS&A19: Repair Light System of Vehicle 2 15 25 40 4 Technical
0716MS&A20: Repair Vehicle Accessories 2 15 35 50 5 Technical
Mech-163 Basic Engineering Drawing

and CAD-I
0716MS&A29: Perform Drawing, Sketch Making 2 16 34 50 5 Allied
0716MS&A30: Draw Pictorial Drawing 2 15 35 50 5 Allied
0716MS&A31: Perform Basic Dimensioning 2 15 35 50 5 Allied

System in Working Drawing
0716MS&A32: Perform Sectioning and Pictorial 2 15 45 60 6 Allied
Drawing
0716MS&A33: Draw Auxiliary Drawing 2 16 44 60 6 Allied
Generic
0716MS&A132: Participate In Workplace 2 8 12 20 2 Generic

Communication
0716MS&A133: Perform Work In Team 2 8 12 20 2 Generic
Environment
0716MS&A135: Practice Occupational Health and 2 10 10 20 2 Generic
Safety Procedures
Level 3
Code Competency Standards Leve TH PR TL Credit Category

l s
AD-203 Problems in Internal Combustion
Engines
0716MS&A34 Diagnose Engine Fault 3 1 2 30 3 Technic
: 0 0 al
0716MS&A35 Perform Engine Overhauling 3 1 4 50 5 Technic
: (Petrol/Diesel) 0 0 al
0716MS&A36 Diagnose Engine Cooling System 3 1 3 40 4 Technic
: Faults and Repair 0 0 al
0716MS&A37 Diagnose Faults in Engine 3 1 2 30 3 Technic
: Lubrication System 0 0 al
0716MS&A38 Diagnose Faults of Carburetor Fuel 3 1 2 40 4 Technic
: System 5 5 al
0716MS&A39 Diagnose Diesel Fuel System and 3 1 2 30 3 Technic
: Adjust 0 0 al
0716MS&A40 Diagnose Faults of Ignition System 3 1 2 40 4 Technic
: 5 5 al
AD-224 Workshop Practice-II
0716MS&A47 Arrange Common Automotive Hand 3 1 2 40 4 Technic
: Tools and their Use 5 5 al
0716MS&A48 Carry Out Measurements with 3 1 2 40 4 Technic
: Automotive Measuring Tools 5 5 al
0716MS&A49 Perform Test on Vehicle with 3 1 2 40 4 Technic
: Automotive Workshop Equipment 5 5 al
0716MS&A50 Diagnose Faults by Computerized 3 1 2 40 4 Technic
: Performance Testing Equipment 5 5 al
0716MS&A51 Categorize Automotive Fasteners 3 1 2 40 4 Technic
: Types and their Uses 4 6 al
0716MS&A52 Specify Vehicle's Lubricants Types 3 1 2 40 4 Technic
: 5 5 al
0716MS&A53 Differentiate Vehicle Oil Seals Types 3 1 2 30 3 Technic
: and Specifications Coding 0 0 al
0716MS&A54 Specify Vehicle Bearing's Types and 3 1 2 40 4 Technic
: Coding 5 5 al
0716MS&A55 Read and Interpret Quality Control 3 1 2 30 3 Technic
: Standards and Certification 0 0 al
0716MS&A56 Plan and Organize Safe Workshop 3 1 2 30 3 Technic
: and Hazard Prevention Practices 0 0 al
MT-252 Metrology
0716MS&A57 Recognize Graduated Instruments 3 1 2 30 3 Function
: 0 0 al
0716MS&A58 Carry-Out Linear Measuring 3 8 1 20 2 Function
: 2 al
0716MS&A59 Carry-out Precise Measuring 3 8 1 20 2 Function
: 2 al
0716MS&A60 Perform Angular Measuring. 3 8 1 20 2 Function
: 2 al
0716MS&A61 Identify the Types of Gauges. 3 8 1 20 2 Function
: 2 al
0716MS&A62 Identify Comparators Instrument 3 8 1 20 2 Function
: 2 al
Generic
0716MS&A13 Lead Small Teams 3 1 1 20 2 Generic
6: 0 0
0716MS&A13 Develop Negotiation Skills 3 1 1 20 2 Generic
7: 0 0
0716MS&A13 Solve Problems Related To Work 3 1 1 20 2 Generic
8: Activities 0 0
Level 4
Code Competency Standards Le T P T Cre Categ

vel H R L dits ory
AD-213 Suspension, Steering & Brakes
0716MS& Repair Vehicle Brake System. 3 1 2 3 3 Techn
A41: 0 0 0 ical
0716MS& Repair Vehicle Steering System. 3 1 2 3 3 Techn
A42: 0 0 0 ical
0716MS& Maintain Vehicle Suspension System. 3 1 2 3 3 Techn
A43: 0 0 0 ical
0716MS& Carry out Wheel Alignment 3 8 2 3 3 Techn
A44: 2 0 ical
0716MS& Carry Out Wheel Balancing 3 1 2 3 3 Techn
A45: 0 0 0 ical
0716MS& Replace SRS System 3 1 2 3 3 Techn
A46: 0 0 0 ical
AD-232 Applied Thermodynamics
0716MS& Analyses HVAC/R Systems Thermodynamic 3 1 2 3 3 Functi
A63: Performance 0 0 0 onal
0716MS& Carry-out Smooth Boiler Operation 3 1 2 3 3 Functi
A64: 0 0 0 onal
0716MS& Recognize Fundamentals of 3 1 2 3 3 Functi
A65: Thermodynamics Problems 0 0 0 onal
0716MS& Read and Interpret Perfect Gases Laws, 3 1 2 4 4 Functi
A66: Properties and Solve problems 5 5 0 onal
0716MS& Read and Derived Thermodynamics 3 1 2 4 4 Functi
A67: Processes and Cycles 5 5 0 onal
0716MS& Analyze Reciprocating & Rotary Air 3 1 2 3 3 Functi
A68: Compressors Performance 0 0 0 onal
0716MS& Solves Problems of Internal Combustion 3 1 2 3 3 Functi
A69: Engine 0 0 0 onal
AD-383 Auto Body Building & Finishing
0716MS& Understand Vehicle Body Shell 5 1 1 2 2 Techn
A99: 0 0 0 ical
0716MS& Prepare Cost Estimate for Damaged Vehicle 5 8 1 2 2 Techn
A100: Body and Chassis 2 0 ical
0716MS& Perform Vehicle Body and Chassis Alignment 5 8 1 2 2 Techn
A101: and Repair 2 0 ical
0716MS& Perform Vehicle Body Repairs Work 5 1 1 2 2 Techn
A102: 0 0 0 ical
0716MS& Carryout Panel Repair with Washer Welder 5 1 1 2 2 Techn
A103: Machine 0 0 0 ical
0716MS& Repair Vehicle Body Fittings 5 8 1 2 2 Techn
A104: 2 0 ical
0716MS& Perform Welding Operations on Vehicle Body 5 8 1 2 2 Techn
A105: 2 0 ical
0716MS& Maintain Machinery, Tools and Equipment 5 1 1 2 2 Techn
A106: 0 0 0 ical
0716MS& Remove and Fix Glass Items 5 8 1 2 2 Techn
A107: 2 0 ical
0716MS& Perform Body Surface Cleaning by 5 8 1 2 2 Techn
A108: Mechanical Process 2 0 ical
0716MS& Perform Body Surface Cleaning with 5 5 1 2 2 Techn
A109: Chemical Process 5 0 ical
0716MS& Maintain Vehicle Body Repair Tools, 5 8 1 2 2 Techn
A110: Equipment and Machinery 2 0 ical
0716MS& Maintain Paint Booth and Stores 5 2 8 1 1 Techn
A111: 0 ical
0716MS& Apply Polyester Putty 5 2 8 1 1 Techn
A112: 0 ical
0716MS& Prepare Paint Booth and Vehicle 5 2 8 1 1 Techn
A113: 0 ical
0716MS& Apply Primer Surface 5 2 8 1 1 Techn
A114: 0 ical
0716MS& Preform Color Matching & Mixing 5 2 8 1 1 Techn
A115: 0 ical
0716MS& Apply Body Sealer 5 2 8 1 1 Techn
A116: 0 ical
0716MS& Perform Masking 5 2 8 1 1 Techn
A117: 0 ical
0716MS& Apply Under Coat 5 2 8 1 1 Techn
A118: 0 ical
0716MS& Apply Final Coats 5 2 8 1 1 Techn
A119: 0 ical
0716MS& Perform Polishing to Body Surface 5 2 8 1 1 Techn
A120: 0 ical
0716MS& Prepare Paint Work Estimation 5 2 8 1 1 Techn
A121: 0 ical
Generic
0716MS& Develop Communication Skill 5 1 1 2 2 Gener
A139: 0 0 0 ic
0716MS& Develop Administrative Skills 5 1 1 2 2 Gener
A140: 0 0 0 ic
Level 5
Code Competency Standards Lev T P T Cred Categ

el H R L its ory
AD-312 Motor Vehicle Inspection
0716MS&A Inspect Tires & Wheels of Light & Heavy 5 1 3 4 4 Techni

78: Duty Transport Vehicles (LTV & HTV). 0 0 0 cal
0716MS&A Inspect Vehicle Suspension System. 5 1 3 4 4 Techni
79: 0 0 0 cal
0716MS&A Inspect Vehicle Steering System and 5 1 3 4 4 Techni
80: Wheel Alignment 0 0 0 cal
0716MS&A Inspect Light & Heavy Duty Vehicle Brake 5 1 2 4 4 Techni
81: System 4 6 0 cal
0716MS&A Inspect Vehicle Light System. 5 1 3 4 4 Techni
82: 0 0 0 cal
0716MS&A Inspect Vehicle Electric System 5 1 2 4 4 Techni
83: 5 5 0 cal
0716MS&A Inspect Vehicle Glazing System 5 1 2 4 4 Techni
84: 5 5 0 cal
0716MS&A Inspect Vehicle Fuel System 5 1 2 4 4 Techni
85: 5 5 0 cal
0716MS&A Inspect Vehicle Body Accessories. 5 1 2 3 3 Techni
86: 0 0 0 cal
0716MS&A Inspect Vehicle Exhaust System. 5 1 2 4 4 Techni
87: 5 5 0 cal
0716MS&A Prepare Comprehensive Vehicle 5 1 2 4 4 Techni
88: Inspection Report. 5 5 0 cal
0716MS&A Prepare Vehicle Title Certificate. 5 1 2 4 4 Techni
89: 5 5 0 cal
AD-343 Fuel Injection and Carburetion
0716MS&A Diagnose Faults of Intake System. 5 1 2 3 3 Techni

90: 0 0 0 cal
0716MS&A Diagnose Faults of Exhaust System 5 1 2 3 3 Techni
91: 0 0 0 cal
0716MS&A Diagnose Faults of Fuel Supply System. 5 8 1 2 2 Techni
92: 2 0 cal
0716MS&A Diagnose Faults & Repair Hybrid System 5 8 1 2 2 Techni
93: 2 0 cal
0716MS&A Diagnose Faults & Repair Engine Valve 5 8 1 2 2 Techni
94: Control System 2 0 cal
AD-324 Workshop Practice-III
0716MS&A Perform Engine Preventive Maintenance 5 8 1 2 2 Techni

122: (Tune-Up) 2 0 cal
0716MS&A Perform Periodic Maintenance 5 8 1 2 2 Techni
123: 2 0 cal
0716MS&A Arrange Workshop Equipment According 5 8 1 2 2 Techni
124: to Lay-out 2 0 cal
0716MS&A Prepare Documentation for Automotive 5 8 1 2 2 Techni
125: workshop 2 0 cal
0716MS&A Maintain Service Station Equipment 5 8 1 2 2 Techni
126: 2 0 cal
0716MS&A Maintain Emission control system 5 8 1 2 2 Techni
127: 2 0 cal
0716MS&A Perform Engine Overhauling 5 8 1 2 2 Techni
128: 2 0 cal
0716MS&A Maintain Climatic Control System. 5 8 1 2 2 Techni
129: 2 0 cal
0716MS&A Perform Engine Output Testing 5 8 1 2 2 Techni
130: 2 0 cal
0716MS&A Read and Interpret Hydraulic and 5 8 1 2 2 Techni
131: Pneumatic Code and Symbols 2 0 cal
Generic
0716MS&A Work effectively in a customer service/ 4 8 1 2 2 Generi

141: sales environment 2 0 c
0716MS&A Develop Professionalism 4 8 1 2 2 Generi
142: 2 0 c
Level 5

AD-363 Automotive
Transmission
0716MS&A95: Diagnose Faults & 5 25 35 60 6 Technical
Repair Clutch.
0716MS&A96: Diagnose Faults &Repair 5 25 35 60 6 Technical
Manual Gear Box.
Repair Automatic Gear
Box.
Repair Final Drive.
AD-302 Motor Vehicle Driving
0716MS&A70: Inspect Vehicle Controls 4 10 20 30 3 Technical

for pre Operational & Pre
Starting
0716MS&A71: Read and Interpret 4 10 20 30 3 Technical
Traffic Signals, Road
Signs and Marking
Lanes on Roads.
0716MS&A72: Apply Power & Parking 4 10 20 30 3 Technical
Brakes to Vehicle
0716MS&A73: Drive Car in Different 4 15 25 40 4 Technical
Condition
0716MS&A74: Drive Vehicle with 4 15 25 40 4 Technical
Manual& Automatic
Transmission
0716MS&A75: Drive Motorcycle -4 10 20 30 3 Technical
0716MS&A76: Drive Vehicle on 4 10 20 30 3 Technical

Economy Speed for Fuel
Saving
0716MS&A77: Perform Safety Practices 4 10 20 30 3 Technical
While Driving
Entrepreneur
0716MS&A143: Manage the Operations 5 10 20 30 3 Entrepreneur

of Workshop Security
Units
0716MS&A144: Organize Training On 5 10 20 30 3 Entrepreneur
Multiple Workshop Units
0716MS&A145: Administer Multiple 5 10 30 40 4 Entrepreneur
Commercial Units
0716MS&A146: Supervise performance 5 15 25 40 4 Entrepreneur
of Technician
0716MS&A147: Plan Work to Meet 5 10 20 30 3 Entrepreneur
Expected Outcomes
0716MS&A148: Work Effectively In a 5 10 20 30 3 Entrepreneur
Team
0716MS&A149: Maintain Healthy, Safe 5 10 30 40 4 Entrepreneur
and Secure Working
Environment
0716MS&A150: Deal with Emergencies 5 10 20 30 3 Entrepreneur
and Incidents at
Workshop
0716MS&A151: Maintain Effective 5 10 20 30 3 Entrepreneur
Communication with
Companies
0716MS&A152: Compliance and 5 10 20 30 3 Entrepreneur
certifications (IATF/ISO
16949, ISO 9001:2015,
ISO 50001)
11. Packaging of the Qualification
1. Auto Service Department
000000 Pro Auto Mechanic
0716MS&A1: Specify Engine Types and its 2 14 36 50 5 Technical

Component
0716MS&A2: Identify Engine Parts and 2 14 36 50 5 Technical
Interpret Assembly Procedure
0716MS&A3: Maintain Engine Cooling System 2 15 25 40 4 Technical
Components
0716MS&A4: Maintain Engine Lubrication 2 14 36 50 5 Technical
System
0716MS&A5: Retain Fuel System of Petrol 2 14 36 50 5 Technical
Engine
0716MS&A6: Retain Fuel System of Diesel 2 14 36 50 5 Technical
Engine
0716MS&A7: Maintain Engine Exhaust System 2 10 20 30 3 Technical
0716MS&A8: Diagnosing Engine Faults 2 15 25 40 4 Technical
0716MS&A9: Perform Ignition System of Petrol 2 15 25 40 4 Technical

Engine
0716MS&A10: Perform Overhauling of Four 2 15 25 40 4 Technical
Stroke Single Cylinder Engine
000000 Auto Diagnostic Mechanic
AD-203 Problems in Internal

Combustion Engines
0716MS&A34: Diagnose Engine Fault 3 10 20 30 3 Technical
0716MS&A35: Perform Engine Overhauling 3 10 40 50 5 Technical

(Petrol/Diesel)
0716MS&A36: Diagnose Engine Cooling 3 10 30 40 4 Technical
System Faults and Repair
0716MS&A37: Diagnose Faults in Engine 3 10 20 30 3 Technical
Lubrication System
0716MS&A38: Diagnose Faults of Carburetor 3 15 25 40 4 Technical
Fuel System
0716MS&A39: Diagnose Diesel Fuel System 3 10 20 30 3 Technical
and Adjust
0716MS&A40: Diagnose Faults of Ignition 3 15 25 40 4 Technical
System
AD-224 Workshop Practice-II
0716MS&A47: Arrange Common Automotive 3 15 25 40 4 Technical
Hand Tools and their Use
0716MS&A48: Carry Out Measurements with 3 15 25 40 4 Technical
Automotive Measuring Tools
0716MS&A49: Perform Test on Vehicle with 3 15 25 40 4 Technical
Automotive Workshop
Equipment
0716MS&A50: Diagnose Faults by 3 15 25 40 4 Technical
Computerized Performance
Testing Equipment
0716MS&A51: Categorize Automotive 3 14 26 40 4 Technical
Fasteners Types and their Uses
0716MS&A52: Specify Vehicle's Lubricants 3 15 25 40 4 Technical
Types
0716MS&A53: Differentiate Vehicle Oil Seals 3 10 20 30 3 Technical
Types and Specifications Coding
0716MS&A54: Specify Vehicle Bearing's Types 3 15 25 40 4 Technical
and Coding
0716MS&A55: Read and Interpret Quality 3 10 20 30 3 Technical
Control Standards and
Certification
0716MS&A56: Plan and Organize Safe 3 10 20 30 3 Technical
Workshop and Hazard
Prevention Practices
000000 Vehicle Drive Test Technician
0716MS&A70: Inspect Vehicle Controls for pre 4 10 20 30 3 Technical

Operational & Pre Starting
0716MS&A71: Read and Interpret Traffic 4 10 20 30 3 Technical
Signals, Road Signs and
Marking Lanes on Roads.
0716MS&A72: Apply Power & Parking Brakes 4 10 20 30 3 Technical
to Vehicle
0716MS&A73: Drive Car in Different Condition 4 15 25 40 4 Technical
0716MS&A74: Drive Vehicle with Manual& 4 15 25 40 4 Technical

Automatic Transmission
0716MS&A75: Drive Motorcycle 4 10 20 30 3 Technical
0716MS&A76: Drive Vehicle on Economy 4 10 20 30 3 Technical

Speed for Fuel Saving
0716MS&A77: Perform Safety Practices While 4 10 20 30 3 Technical
Driving
000000 Master Technician
AD-343 Fuel Injection and Carburetion
0716MS&A90: Diagnose Faults of Intake 5 10 20 30 3 Technical

System.
0716MS&A91: Diagnose Faults of Exhaust 5 10 20 30 3 Technical
System
0716MS&A92: Diagnose Faults of Fuel Supply 5 8 12 20 2 Technical
System.
0716MS&A93: Diagnose Faults & Repair Hybrid 5 8 12 20 2 Technical
System
0716MS&A94: Diagnose Faults & Repair 5 8 12 20 2 Technical
Engine Valve Control System
AD-363 Automotive Transmission

Clutch.
0716MS&A96: Diagnose Faults &Repair Manual 5 25 35 60 6 Technical
Gear Box.
Automatic Gear Box.
0716MS&A98: Diagnose Faults & Repair Final 5 25 35 60 6 Technical
Drive.
000000 Service Advisor
AD-324 Workshop Practice-III
0716MS&A122: Perform Engine Preventive 5 8 12 20 2 Technical

Maintenance (Tune-Up)
0716MS&A123: Perform Periodic Maintenance 5 8 12 20 2 Technical
0716MS&A124: Arrange Workshop Equipment 5 8 12 20 2 Technical

According to Lay-out
0716MS&A125: Prepare Documentation for 5 8 12 20 2 Technical
Automotive workshop
0716MS&A126: Maintain Service Station 5 8 12 20 2 Technical
Equipment
0716MS&A127: Maintain Emission control 5 8 12 20 2 Technical
system
0716MS&A128: Perform Engine Overhauling 5 8 12 20 2 Technical
0716MS&A129: Maintain Climatic Control 5 8 12 20 2 Technical

System.
0716MS&A130: Perform Engine Output Testing 5 8 12 20 2 Technical
0716MS&A131: Read and Interpret Hydraulic 5 8 12 20 2 Technical

and Pneumatic Code and
Symbols
000000 Vehicle Examiner
AD-312 Motor Vehicle Inspection
0716MS&A78: Inspect Tires & Wheels of Light 5 10 30 40 4 Technical

& Heavy Duty Transport
Vehicles (LTV & HTV).
0716MS&A79: Inspect Vehicle Suspension 5 10 30 40 4 Technical
System.
0716MS&A80: Inspect Vehicle Steering System 5 10 30 40 4 Technical
and Wheel Alignment
0716MS&A81: Inspect Light & Heavy Duty 5 14 26 40 4 Technical
Vehicle Brake System
0716MS&A82: Inspect Vehicle Light System. 5 10 30 40 4 Technical
0716MS&A83: Inspect Vehicle Electric System 5 15 25 40 4 Technical
0716MS&A84: Inspect Vehicle Glazing System 5 15 25 40 4 Technical
0716MS&A85: Inspect Vehicle Fuel System 5 15 25 40 4 Technical
0716MS&A86: Inspect Vehicle Body 5 10 20 30 3 Technical

Accessories.
0716MS&A87: Inspect Vehicle Exhaust System. 5 15 25 40 4 Technical
0716MS&A88: Prepare Comprehensive Vehicle 5 15 25 40 4 Technical

Inspection Report.
0716MS&A89: Prepare Vehicle Title Certificate. 5 15 25 40 4 Technical
2. Electrical Department
000000 Pro Auto Electrician

Electronics
0716MS&A11: Perform Electricity Measurements 2 15 35 50 5 Technical

applications
Vehicle

Engine
Engine
000000 Diagnostic Auto Electrician

Electronics
0716MS&A11: Perform Electricity Measurements 2 15 35 50 5 Technical

applications
Vehicle

Engine
Engine

AD-203 Problems in Internal
Combustion Engines
0716MS&A34: Diagnose Engine Fault 3 10 20 30 3 Technical
0716MS&A36: Diagnose Engine Cooling System 3 10 30 40 4 Technical

Faults and Repair
0716MS&A37: Diagnose Faults in Engine 3 10 20 30 3 Technical
Lubrication System
0716MS&A40: Diagnose Faults of Ignition 3 15 25 40 4 Technical
System
3. Chassis Department
000000 Steering, Suspension and

Brake Mechanic
AD-213 Suspension, Steering &
Brakes
0716MS&A41: Repair Vehicle Brake System. 3 10 20 30 3 Technical
0716MS&A42: Repair Vehicle Steering 3 10 20 30 3 Technical

System.
0716MS&A43: Maintain Vehicle Suspension 3 10 20 30 3 Technical
System.
000000 Wheel Alignment Technician
0716MS&A44: Carry out Wheel Alignment 3 8 22 30 3 Technical
0716MS&A45: Carry Out Wheel Balancing 3 10 20 30 3 Technical
0716MS&A46: Replace SRS System 3 10 20 30 3 Technical

4. Auto Body Shop
000000 Auto Body Technician
AD-383 Auto Body Building &

Finishing
0716MS&A99: Understand Vehicle Body Shell 5 10 10 20 2 Technical
0716MS&A100: Prepare Cost Estimate for 5 8 12 20 2 Technical

Damaged Vehicle Body and
Chassis
0716MS&A101: Perform Vehicle Body and 5 8 12 20 2 Technical
Chassis Alignment and Repair
0716MS&A102: Perform Vehicle Body Repairs 5 10 10 20 2 Technical
Work
0716MS&A103: Carryout Panel Repair with 5 10 10 20 2 Technical
Washer Welder Machine
0716MS&A104: Repair Vehicle Body Fittings 5 8 12 20 2 Technical
0716MS&A105: Perform Welding Operations on 5 8 12 20 2 Technical

Vehicle Body
0716MS&A106: Maintain Machinery, Tools and 5 10 10 20 2 Technical
Equipment
0716MS&A107: Remove and Fix Glass Items 5 8 12 20 2 Technical
0716MS&A108: Perform Body Surface Cleaning 5 8 12 20 2 Technical

by Mechanical Process
0716MS&A109: Perform Body Surface Cleaning 5 5 15 20 2 Technical
with Chemical Process
0716MS&A110: Maintain Vehicle Body Repair 5 8 12 20 2 Technical
Tools, Equipment and Machinery
000000 Auto Paint Technician
AD-383 Auto Body Building &

Finishing
0716MS&A111: Maintain Paint Booth and Stores 5 2 8 10 1 Technical
0716MS&A112: Apply Polyester Putty 5 2 8 10 1 Technical
0716MS&A113: Prepare Paint Booth and Vehicle 5 2 8 10 1 Technical
0716MS&A114: Apply Primer Surface 5 2 8 10 1 Technical
0716MS&A115: Preform Color Matching & 5 2 8 10 1 Technical

Mixing
0716MS&A116: Apply Body Sealer 5 2 8 10 1 Technical
0716MS&A117: Perform Masking 5 2 8 10 1 Technical
0716MS&A118: Apply Under Coat 5 2 8 10 1 Technical
0716MS&A119: Apply Final Coats 5 2 8 10 1 Technical
0716MS&A120: Perform Polishing to Body 5 2 8 10 1 Technical

Surface
0716MS&A121: Prepare Paint Work Estimation 5 2 8 10 1 Technical
5. Mechanical Works
000000 Mill Wright Auto Mechanic
0716MS&A21: Perform Bench Work on 2 10 30 40 4 Technical

Metallic Surfaces
0716MS&A22: Perform Shaper Machine 2 10 20 30 3 Technical
Operations
0716MS&A23: Perform Lathe Turning 2 15 35 50 5 Technical
Operations
0716MS&A24: Read and Interpret 2 15 35 50 5 Technical
Manufacturing Drawings
000000 Pro Welder
0716MS&A25: Preform Welding Procedure 2 10 30 40 4 Technical

Specifications (WPS)
0716MS&A26: Prepare Materials for 2 10 30 40 4 Technical
Welding
0716MS&A27: Perform Shielded Metal Arc 2 10 40 50 5 Technical
Welding (SMAW) in Vertical
(3F, 3G) and Overhead (4F,
4G) Positions
0716MS&A28: Perform Forging Operations 2 10 20 30 3 Technical
000000 Boiler Supervisor (B-

Class)
AD-232 Applied Thermodynamics
0716MS&A63: Analyses HVAC/R Systems 3 10 20 30 3 Functional

Thermodynamic
Performance
0716MS&A64: Carry-out Smooth Boiler 3 10 20 30 3 Functional
Operation
0716MS&A65: Recognize Fundamentals of 3 10 20 30 3 Functional
Thermodynamics Problems
0716MS&A66: Read and Interpret Perfect 3 15 25 40 4 Functional
Gases Laws, Properties and
Solve problems
0716MS&A67: Read and Derived 3 15 25 40 4 Functional
Thermodynamics Processes
and Cycles
0716MS&A68: Analyze Reciprocating & 3 10 20 30 3 Functional
Rotary Air Compressors
Performance
0716MS&A69: Solves Problems of Internal 3 10 20 30 3 Functional
Combustion Engine
12. Internal Combustion Engine (AD-133)

Specify Engine Types and its Component
Overview:
This Competency Standard is designed to provide skills and knowledge for different types of
power producing units (engines) their understanding the working principles, construction,
types, components and their relationship between different components, system of vehicle
by Auto Mechanic, in accordance with the manufacturer’s Manual.
Unit of Competency Performance Criteria
CU-1: Identify Petrol P-1. Observe vehicle systems, identify the typical petrol
Engine engines and function of their main components.
P-2. Identify spark plugs and it functions
P-3. Identify distributor and its function
P-4. Identify ignition coil and its functions
P-5. Identify plug leads and its functions
P-6. Identify carburetor and its function
P-7. Identify EFI engine and its main components
CU-2: Identify Diesel P-1. Observe vehicle systems, identify the typical diesel
Engine engines and function of their main components.
P-2. Identify fuel injectors and its function
P-3. Identify high pressure fuel pump and its functions
P-4. Identify heater plug and its function
Knowledge & Understanding
K-1. Describe the vehicle engines in a variety of forms and locations as following:
a. Types (Petrol four stroke, diesel four stroke, and rotary/Wankel).
b. Aspirated (Natural, turbocharged, supercharged)
c. Cylinder layout (single, multi, in-line, V shape, horizontally opposed).
d. Locations(front, rear, mid, transverse, longitudinal)
Critical Evidences Required
 Capable to identify petrol/diesel engine.

 Capable to differentiate petrol EFI and carburetor engine.
 Capable to explain different parts in petrol/diesel engine.
List of Tools and Equipment
S No. Description
1 Measuring tools (Vernier calliper, micrometre, Cylinder bore gauge)

2 Hand tools trolley
3 Special tools (ring compressor, belt tensioner, torque wrench)
4 Engine Petrol/ diesel
5 Vehicle
Identify Engine Parts and Interpret Assembly Procedure
Overview
These competency standards designed to provide skills and knowledge for engines their
understanding the working principles, construction, types, components and their relationship
between different components, system of vehicle by Auto Mechanic, in accordance with the
manufacturer’s Manual.
CU-1: Understand Engine P-1. Select appropriate tools and perform

block assembly dismantling/assembly of the all engine components as
procedure. specified procedure in the manual.
P-2. Select appropriate tools and perform crankshaft
assembly in the engine block with all related
components.
P-3. Select appropriate tools and perform piston ring
assembly in the block under the specified procedure.
CU-2: Understand Engine P-1. Select appropriate tools and perform dismantling/
head assembly assembly of engine head valve train as specified
procedure. procedure in the manual.
P-2. Select appropriate tools and perform dismantling/
assembly of rocker assembly on the engine head under
the specified procedure in the manual.
P-3. Set the camshaft on the engine head and fit bearing
caps under the specified procedure.
K-1. Describe the engine terms as following:

Top dead Centre (TDC), bottom dead Centre (BDC),bore, stroke, engine capacity,
clearance volume, swept volume, compression ratio, single overhead cam, double
overhead cam, overhead valve,
K-2. Describe the main engine components and functions:
Components: cylinder heads, cylinder blocks, liners(wet/dry), manifolds, valve
operating mechanisms, timing, gears, camshafts, pistons, pushrods, connecting
rods, crankshafts, flywheels, machined faces, securing devices, journals/bearings,
seals.
K-3. K-4describes the faults in engine as following:
White smoke, black smoke, engine oil level decreasing, incorrect adjustment of
tappets, incorrect adjustment of ignition timing, incorrect adjustment of engine
timing.
Critical Evidences Required
 Capable to assemble the engine components

 Capable to adjust engine timing and ignition timing
 Capable to service air filter and spark plugs
S No. Description
1 Measuring tools (Vernier calliper, micrometre, Cylinder bore gauge)

3 Special tools (ring compressor, belt tensioner, torque wrench)
4 Engine Petrol/ diesel
5 Vehicle
Consumable Items:
 Engine Oil, Gasket Set, Piston Rings, Oil Seals, Valve Seats, Silicon, Emery Paste
and Stick, Cotton Waste.
Maintain Engine Cooling System Components
Overview
This Competency Standard is designed to provide skills and knowledge for understanding
the working principles, construction, types, components and their relationship between
different components to service and repair air and water cooled engine cooling systems and
to diagnose fault/s and other maintenance issues by Auto Mechanic, in accordance with the
CU-1: Identify Cooling P1. Identify main components of cooling system their
system in the functions.
vehicle. P2. Identifies the water pump and understand the function of
its components.
P3. Identify the thermostat and understand the function of its
components.
P4. Identify the radiator, its types and understand the function
of the components.
P5. Identify the radiator fan and understand its drive types.
CU-2: Use Antifreeze/ P1. Identify the antifreeze its compositions and types.
inhibitors P2. Identify the rust corrosion in the engine and preventions.
K-1. Describe the operating principles and terminologies of cooling system as following:
Air cooled engine, liquid cooled engine, operating temperature, thermal efficiency,
pressurized system, heat exchange method (conduction, radiation, and convection),
corrosion, and inhibitors/antifreeze)
K-2. Describe the functions and purpose of engine cooling system components as:
Electrical motor operated fan with thermo switch, belt operated fan, temperature
controlled/viscous coupling fan, pressure cap, water body/pump, drive belt,
thermostat, radiator, core plug, hoses/clamps, and gasket/ seals.
Critical Evidence(s) Required
 Capable of diagnose the cooling system faults

 Capable to identify the cooling system main components.
S No. Description

2 Radiator leak tester
3 Vehicle/ simulator with a cooling system
5 Drive belt tensioner gauge
Consumable Items:
 Coolants, Sealant/gasket, Hose Pipe, Thermostat Valve

Maintain Engine Lubrication System
Overview
different components to repair different types of engine lubricating systems by Auto
Mechanic, in accordance with the manufacturer’s Manual.
Units of Competency Performance Criteria
CU-1: Identify the P-1. Identify the main components of engine lubrication
Lubrication system and understand its functions.
system P-2. Identify types of oil pumps and understand its function
P-3. Identify oil coolers for the high performance engine (air
cooled/Water cooled type)
CU-2: Use different P-1. Identify the types of engine oil used in the engine with
Lubricants in the respect to viscosity.
vehicle P-2. Identify the function of oil filter and its components.
P-3. Identify the oil sump and its components.
K-1. The functions/operating principle and main components of engine lubrication

system as following.
K-2. Wet sump, dry sump, total loss, Oil pumps and its types, pressure relief valves, oil
filter, oil cooler, ventilation/PCV Valve, hoses, and oil level indicators.
K-3. Lubricant (oils viscosity, viscosity index, oil classifications, Reduction of frictional
forces, cooling effect, cleaning effect, corrosion resistance, and noise reduction).
K-4. The (Law of friction, static/dynamic friction (difference), coefficient of friction).
 Capable of explain the lubrication system components.

 Capable to know the engine oil and filter.
S No. Description

2 Car Lift
4 Sealant/gasket
Retain Fuel System of Petrol Engine
Overview
different components to repair Carburetor type fuel system and basic EFI petrol engine by
Auto Mechanic, in accordance with the manufacturer’s Manual.
CU-1: Fuel system P-1. Understand in the petrol engine function of Air Filter.
(carburetor type P-2. Understand in the petrol engine function of Fuel pump
engine) (Mechanical and Electrical).
P-3. Understand the petrol engine (Carburetor type) main
components and function of Carburetor.
P-4. Understand the petrol engine (Carburetor type) main
components and function of Fuel filter.
P-5. Understand the petrol engine’s (Carburetor type) main
components and function of fuel lines/clips.
P-6. Understand the petrol engine’s (Carburetor type) main
components and function of fuel sending unit.
CU-2: Fuel system (EFI P-1. Identifies the EFI main components and understand the
type engine) working principle of main components.
P-2. Identify the sensors in the vehicle and understand the
function of each.
P-3. Identify the actuators in the vehicle and understand the
functions of each.
P-4. Identify the ECU and engine malfunctioning light and
understand its functions.
K-1. Describe the features of main components of engine fuel system as following:
Fuel tanks, filler cap/ security, venting, fuel level sender, lines/ filters, carburetor,
and fuel lift pumps (mechanical/ electrical), fuel (octane rating, Octane number,
cetane Number, cetane rating, leaded, unleaded fuel).
 Capable understanding the main components of petrol engine fuel system of

carburetor type engine.
 Capable understanding the main components of petrol engine fuel system of EFI
type engine
S No. Description
1 Toll trolley (Complete set)

2 Test lamp/DMM (Digital MultiMate)
4 Diesel injector pressure tester /Petrol Injector Tester
5 Safety wears
Consumable Items:
 Carburetor cleaner, Carburetor Gasket Set, Petrol, Injector seals/O ring,

Retain Fuel System of Diesel Engine
Overview
This Competency Standard is designed to provide skills and knowledge for diesel engine
fuel system their understanding the working principles, construction, types, components and
their relationship between different components, system of vehicle by Auto Mechanic, in
accordance with the manufacturer’s Manual.
CU-1: Fuel system (diesel P-1. Inspect diesel engine main components and understand
engine) the performance of heater plug.
P-2. Inspect diesel engine main components and understand
the performance of injectors.
the performance of injection pump.
the performance of sediment /filter.
CU-2: Fuel system (EFI P-1. Identifies the EFI main components and understands the
diesel engine) working principle.
P-2. Identify the sensors in the diesel EFI engine and
understand the functions of each.
P-3. Identify the actuators in the diesel engine and understand
the functions of each.
P-4. Identify the Ecu and engine malfunctioning light and
understand the its functions.
K-1. Describe the features of main components of engine fuel system as following.
Fuel tanks, filler cap/security, venting, fuel level sender, lines/filters, carburetor, and
fuel lift pumps (mechanical/electrical),fuel (octane rating, Octane number , cetane
Number ,cetane rating, leaded, unleaded).
K-2. Describe the Diesel injection systems main components as following.
Single/multi-hole injectors, inline fuel injection pump, rotary fuel injection pump, fuel
injection pressure, bleed points, fuel cutoff switch, governor operation, in
Combustion chamber types, main features of pressure/volume diagrams/effects of
advanced/retarded/no fuel injection
K-3. Describe the as following statements.
Diesel fuel composition, effects of low temperature, viscosity, volatility, calorific
value, cetane rating.
 Capable understanding the main components of diesel engine fuel system

 Capable understanding the main components of diesel EFI engine fuel system
S No. Description

2 Diesel engine vehicle or simulator
4 Safety wears
Maintain Engine Exhaust System
Overview
This Competency Standard is designed to provide skills and knowledge for engine exhaust
system their understanding the working principles, construction, types, components and their
relationship between different components, system of vehicle by Auto Mechanic, in
CU-1: Exhaust system P-1. Inspect the performance of main components of exhaust
components manifold
P-2. Remove and assemble exhaust manifold from engine
P-3. Replace the muffler, resonator and catalytic converter under
the specified procedure.
P-4. Replace the gasket/packing of silencer under the specified
procedure.
CU-2: Emission control P-1. Identify catalytic converter and understand the function.
system P-2. Identify the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) and
understand the function.
P-3. Identify and understand the functions of exhaust gas
recirculation system(EGR)
P-4. Identify the main components of Evaporative control system
of fuel system.
K-1. Describe the purpose of exhaust system and its functions.

K-2. Describe the muffler assembly operation.
K-3. Describe the catalytic converter operation
K-4. Describe the positive crank case ventilation PCV system and it operation
K-5. Describe the exhaust gas recirculation and its operation
 Capable of understanding the exhaust system main components

 Capable of understanding EGR function.
 Capable of understanding Catalytic converter function.
S No. Description
1 Vehicle
2 Tools trolley (Complete set of hand tools)
3 Gas analyser
4 Vacuum pump
Diagnosing Engine Faults
Overview
This competency standard is developed to provide skills and knowledge to Overhaul Engine
(Petrol and Diesel), in accordance with the Manufacturer Manual. You will be able to
diagnose fault/s and other maintenance issues of automobile engines while ensuring safe
use of tools equipment and materials
CU-1: Engine fault P-1. Understand engine adjustment/setting faults of Engine

Timing, Setting Distributor timing, tappet adjustment, drive
belt/fan belt adjustment.
P-2. Understand the faults of engine head gasket, Crank main
oil seal, Engine timing belt, manifold packing, and exhaust
muffler.
P-3. Start the engine and identify the condition of engine
missing, stalling, and lack of power, back fire, knocking,
black smoke/heavy fuel consumption, excessive oil
consumption, and leakages.
CU-2: Engine assembly P-1. Selects appropriate tools and perform

dismantling/assembly of the all engine components as
specified procedure in the manual.
P-2. Assemble engine manifolds intake and exhaust.
K-1. Describe the following:

Valve timing: lead, lag, overlap, timing diagrams, valve,
clearances/adjustment/adjustment methods. Terms: Top Dead Centre (TDC),
Bottom Dead Centre (BDC),Bore, Stroke, Capacity, Clearance Volume, Swept
Volume, Compression Ratio, Crank Throw, Torque at REVS/min, Brake power at
revs/min, Specific Fuel Consumption (SFC),Volumetric efficiency, OHV, and OHC.
K-2. Describe the possible causes of high fuel consumption as following:
Overload the engine, excessive oil consumption, faulty air filter, carburetor poor
setting, engine over cooled and hard/jam running of engine.
 Capable of understand engine faults

 Capable to refit the all components of the engine.
S No. Description
1 Tools trolley (complete set of tools)

2 Compression tester
3 Measuring tools (Complete set for engine overhauling)
4 Fuel pressure Tester
5 Special Service Tools
Consumable Items:
Piston ring, Engine oil, Silicon, Oil sump Jain, oil filter, head Gasket, grease, cotton waste.
Perform Ignition System of Petrol Engine
Overview:
These competency standards designed to diagnose and troubleshoot conventional spark

ignition system as well as conceptualize the ignition system mechanism in the engine of
vehicle by Auto Mechanic, in accordance with the manufacturer’s Manual.
CU-1: Repair Ignition P-1. Identify the vehicle Ignition system and understand
System procedure of testing ignition coil under the specified
procedure.
P-2. Identify the vehicle Ignition system and understand
procedure of testing fuse in fuse box under the specified
procedure.
procedure of testing the performance of plug cable and
plugs under the specified procedure.
procedure of inspecting distributor cap/rotor for the
performance under the specified procedure.
procedure of inspecting vacuum advancer, assess C.B
Point condition/gap for the performance under the
specified procedure.
procedure of correct ignition timing under the specified
procedure.
P-7. Identify the vehicle Ignition system and understand the
performance of CDI of distributor under the specified
procedure.
CU-2: Adjust ignition P1. Installation of distributer assembly under specified

timing procedure and start the engine, adjust ignition timing with
the help of timing gun.
P2. Inspect/ Replace ignition switch, inspect/replace ignition
coil, and Repair/ replace electrical connectors under
K-1. The Purpose and function of ignition system’s following parts.

Spark ignition system contact breaker type, spark ignition system breaker less
type.Ignition switch, Ignition coil, resister, plug cable, distributer cap, rotor arm,
vacuum advancer, centrifugal advancer, contact breaker assembly, condenser, high
tension leads/connectors, suppression, spark plug(construction, heat range type,
size), Magnetic Reflector, hall effect trigger/amplifier, differentiate the performance
of contact breaker and contact breaker less type.
K-2. Describe primary circuit, secondary circuit of ignition system, identifies change in
the spark timing in accordance to the load and speed of the engine.
K-3. Explain Faradays law of mutual induction and calculate the primary and secondary
voltages and current.
 Capable to understand the ignition timing

 Capable to understand the procedure of servicing the ignition system.
S No. Description
1 vehicle/ simulator
2 Digital Multileter (DMM).
3 Tools box
4 test lamp
5 Timing gun
Perform Overhauling of Four Stroke Single Cylinder Engine
Overview:
This competency standard is designed to provide skills and knowledge to Overhauling

Motorcycle Engine of motorcycle by Motorcycle Mechanic, in accordance with the
Manufacturer’s Manual.
CU-1: Overhauling Four P-1. Arrange proper tools and equipment’s to service cylinder
stroke motorcycle head.
engines P-2. Disconnect cables, wires, and muffler from cylinder head
for dismantling cylinder head.
P-3. Remove cylinder head assembly and its components
from the engine to identify damage parts.
P-4. Replace/clean cylinder head and its components by
using appropriate tools as per shop manual
P-5. Refit cylinder head and its components; connect all the
cables/ wires and muffler as per shop manual.
P-6. Test engine performance to verify servicing of cylinder
head.
CU-2: Service cylinder, P-1. Arrange proper tools and equipment to service cylinder
Piston and Piston and piston.
Rings P-2. Remove cylinder head assembly from the cylinder block
to service cylinder block piston and piston Rings as per
shop manual.
P-3. Remove cylinder block, piston and inspect its
components to identify the damage parts as per Shop
manual.
P-4. Service/ clean cylinder block, piston and its components
to remove dust.
P-5. Refit Cylinder Block, piston, piston rings, and cylinder
head and connect all the wires, cables to the engine as
per shop manual.
P-6. Test engine performance to verify servicing of cylinder
piston and piston rings as per shop
The candidate must be able to demonstrate underpinning knowledge and understanding

required to carry out the tasks covered in this competency standard.
This includes the knowledge of:
K-1. Knowledge about PPEs

K-2. Different types of fire extinguishers
K-3. Safe work environment
K-4. Safety measures and precautions
K-5. First Aid
K-6. Proper use and handling of equipment
K-7. Knowledge about securing measuring tools
K-8. Types of engines
K-9. Schedule of Motorcycle Maintenance
K-10. Different parts of Motorcycle
K-11. Working principles and comparison of 2 and 4 Stroke Engine
K-12. Types and procedure of Oiling & greasing
K-13. Inspections and Measurements
K-14. Cleaning process of different Motorcycle parts / Components.
K-15. Replacement of Motorcycle Parts / Components
K-16. Adjustment of Motorcycle parts /Components
K-17. Working principles of engine and its terminologies
K-18. Different systems of engine
K-19. Parts of engine
K-20. Diagnostic procedure of Engine
K-21. Engine dismantling procedure
K-22. Engine inspection and repair procedure
K-23. Engine assembling procedure
K-24. Engine oil circuits
K-25. Engine Timing
K-26. Manufacturers and workshop manual of given vehicle
K-27. Working principle Fuel system
K-28. Exhaust system
K-29. Euro standards
K-30. Motorcycle driving tips and safety
The candidate needs to produce following critical evidence(s) in order to be competent in

this competency standard:
 Remove and install engine from motorcycle

 Capable to overhaul the engine
S No. Description

2 Compression tester
3 Measuring tools (Complete set for engine overhauling)
4 Fuel pressure Tester
5 Special Service Tools
Consumable Items:
Piston ring, Engine oil, Silicon, Oil sump Jain, oil filter, head Gasket, grease, cotton waste.
13. Automotive Electricity and Electronics (AD-143)
Perform Electrical Measurements
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to perform electrical related
calculations and measurements, as well as conceptualize different automotive functions
related to the electrical operations.
CU-1: Prepare Basic P-1. Prepare series circuit on work bench using appropriate
Electric Circuits tools.
P-2. Prepare parallel circuit on work bench using appropriate
tools.
P-3. Prepare series parallel circuit on work bench using
appropriate tools.
P-4. Prepare Head and Tail Light Circuit on work bench
using appropriate tools.
P-5. Prepare indicator circuit on work bench using
appropriate tools.
P-6. Prepare brake light circuit on work bench using
appropriate tools.
CU-2: Perform Basic P-1. Measure/ record voltage by using Digital Multi METER
Electrical (DMM)
Measurement P-2. Measure/ record current by using Digital Multi Meter
(DMM)
P-3. Measure/ record resistance by using Digital Multi Meter.
P-4. Measure/ record continuity by using Digital Multi Meter.
K-1. Describe the following terms:

Atom and its particles (electron, neutrons & protons), EMF, current, voltage,
resistance, magnetism, electro magnetism, flux, inductance, mutual inductance,
capacitance, and diode.
K-2. Calculation of ohm law, (V= IR) calculation of power law (P= VI).
 Calculation involving the series, parallel, and series parallel circuits

 Correct use of Digital millimeter (DMM)
 Point out electromagnets in the vehicle.
S No. Descriptions
1 Digital MultiMate (DMM).

2 Load (resistors)
3 Wires
4 Test bench (Complete accessories)
5 Lamps
Consumable Items:
 Wires, Bulb and Bulb Holder, Thimble (Male & Female),Circuit Board, Wire Clumps,
Battery
Prepare Electromagnetism applications
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to perform electromagnetism

related calculations and measurements, as well as conceptualize different automotive
functions related to the electrical operations.
CU-1: Prepare basic P-1. Prepare basic electromagnet with the help of iron core
Electromagnetic and copper wire.
circuits. P-2. Prepare horn circuit on work bench using appropriate
tools.
P-3. Prepare self-starter circuit on work bench using
appropriate tools.
CU-2: Basic P-1. Test winding resistance of DC motor by using Digital

Electromagnetic Multi Meter
circuits P-2. Test Relay function by switching relay coil points and
Measurement measure / record continuity between contact points by
using Digital Multi Meter
P-3. Measure/ record voltage drop during self-starter cranking
by using Digital Multi Meter.
K-1. Describe the following components:

Electricity generation, storage, types of current, circuits (open/close), switches,
relay, fuses, circuit breaker, motors(DC/AC), generator (DC/AC), and resistors/color
coding.
 Capable to measure the current and voltage drop in self-starter circuits

 Capable to use the Digital MultiMeter (DMM)
 Capable to make the electromagnets
S No. Descriptions
1 Digital Multileter (DMM).

2 Load (resistors)
3 Wires
4 Test bench (Complete accessories)
5 Lamps
Consumable Items:
 Wires, Bulb and Bulb Holder, Thimble (Male & Female),Circuit Board, Wire Clumps,
Battery
Perform Battery Service of Vehicle
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to diagnose the problem
related to the battery and starting system and enable the learner to troubleshoot the system
if not working, repair that system of vehicle by Auto Mechanic, in accordance with the
CU-1: Perform Service of P-1. Perform the battery test by use of hydrometer, Clean
battery Terminals, tight and insulate, secure with battery holder
as per given specification.
P-2. Inspect and change the Ground (Earth) cable from the
vehicle body.
P-3. Test battery by using the load tester/battery tester and
assess the battery performance.
CU-2: Perform Battery P-1. Perform Safe removal and installation of Battery from the
replacement vehicle Inspect/service the battery and assess safety
fitting and correctness under specified procedure.
P-2. Carry out safe procedure to charge the battery using an
external charger.
K-1. Lead Acid battery and its internal components:

Material, acid and water ratio, plates, cells, ampere hour rating, voltage drop,
corroded/lose terminals, maintenance free batteries.
K-2. Describe the chemical activities in Lead Acid Battery while charging and
discharging.
 Troubleshoot the problems related to the vehicle battery.

 Service the battery
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle or simulator.
2 Tool box
3 Safety goggles
4 Gloves
5 Battery External charger
6 Battery load tester
7 DMM
8 Wires
9 Hydrometer
Repair Engine Starting System
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to diagnose the problem
related to the starting system and enable the learner to troubleshoot the system if not
working, repair that system of vehicle by Auto Mechanic, in accordance with the
manufacturer’s Manual
CU-1: Repair starting system P-1. Inspect the vehicle starting system and troubleshoot the
following:
Low cranking speed/ not cranking, Ignition switch
operation malfunctioning.
P-2. Inspect the vehicle starting system and troubleshoot the
following:
Unusual noise during operation, corrosive battery
terminals, safety neutral switch, incorrect pinion
engagement/ disengagement, blown fuse/ relay, lose/
corroded main starting wire.
CU-2: Service Starter Motor. P-1. Carryout safe procedure to replace the starter motor
from the vehicle.
P-2. Service/replace components of starter motor and
perform bench testing.
K-1. Short circuits and battery related hazards. Wrong battery installation, touch the
positive terminal with the body, un-insulated wire touches with the vehicle body,
battery size not matches with the maker, battery acid injury (human eye/ body),
disposal of faulty batteries.
K-2. Describe the Wiring diagram associated with the electrical/electronic symbols.
Circuit protection device (Fuse, fusible link, circuit breaker) Circuit switching device
(manual switches, electromagnet switch/relay normal open and normal close,
pressure switch, temperature switch) Resister (Rating, identification method, effect of
change of temperature) Electronic devices (Diode, Zener diode, bipolar transistor,
Thyristor, thermistor, heat sink, LED)
K-3. Distinguish between increase/decrease cranking current consumption, voltage drop
in a system, electrical load, and reason of high ampere draw from a system/overload.
K-4. Describe the Lenz’s law of motor principle, single phase, three phase motor, AC
Motor, DC Motor.
 Capable to describe the fault related to the battery and take appropriate decisions.
 Capable to troubleshoot the vehicle starting system.
 Service the starter motor.
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle or simulator.
2 Tool box
3 Safety goggles
4 Gloves
5 Battery External charger
6 Battery load tester
7 DMM
8 Wires
9 Hydrometer
Repair Ignition System of Petrol Engine
Overview

ignition system as well as conceptualize the ignition system mechanism in the engine, repair
that system of vehicle by Auto Mechanic, in accordance with the manufacturer’s Manual.
CU-1: Repair Ignition P-1. Follow safe working procedure.

System P-2. Inspect vehicle Ignition system and diagnose the following:
Crank engine and test presence of spark in a system,
identify faulty fuse in fuse box.
P-3. Inspect vehicle Ignition system.
P-4. Test performance of plug cable (high tension leads) and
plugs.
P-5. Inspect distributor cap/rotor for performance, assess
correct ignition timing.
P-6. Inspect vacuum advancer, assess C.B. Point condition/gap
and test condenser.
CU-2: Repair Ignition P-1. Follow safe working procedure.
System (CDI P-2. Inspect the vehicle Ignition system and diagnose the
System) ignition coil performance.
P-3. Inspect the vehicle Ignition system and diagnose the CDI
of distributor.
K-1. Describe the Purpose, function and Types of ignition system.

K-2. Describe the following parts of ignition system contact breaker point, Ignition switch,
Ignition coil, resister, plug cable, distributer cap, rotor arm, vacuum advancer,
centrifugal advancer, contact breaker assembly, condenser, high tension
leads/connectors, suppression, spark plug(construction, heat range type, size),
Magnetic Reflector, Hall Effect trigger/amplifier.
K-3. Differentiate the performance of contact breaker point and Electronic Ignition system.
 Troubleshot the vehicle ignition system (Non EFI engines)

 Capable to adjust the ignition timing (Set distributer)
 Capable to refit the plug cables according to the firing order
S No. Descriptions
1. Vehicle/ Simulator
2. Digital Multileter (DMM).
3. Tools box
4. Test Lamp
5. Timing gun
6. Battery
7. C.B Point
8. Electronic Distributor
9. CDI Unit
10. HT Cable
11. Distributor Cables
12. Conventional Distributor
13. Ignition Tester
Adjust Ignition Timing of Petrol Engine
Overview:

ignition system as well as conceptualize the ignition system mechanism in the engine, repair
that system of vehicle by Auto Mechanic, in accordance with the manufacturer’s Manual
CU-1: Adjust Ignition P-1. Installation of distributer assembly under specified

Timing procedure and start the engine, adjust ignition timing with
P-2. Inspect/ Replace ignition switch, inspect/ replace ignition
coil, and Repair/ replace electrical connectors under
CU-2: Repair Electronic P-1. Inspection of crank position sensor under specified
Ignition System procedure and starts the engine.
(EIS) P-2. Inspection/replace of ignition fuse under specified
procedure and starts the engine.
K-1. Describe primary circuit, secondary circuit of ignition system, identifies change in the
spark timing in accordance to the load and speed of the engine.
 Capable to adjust CB point

 Capable to change the condenser on the distributor
S No. Descriptions
1. Vehicle/ Simulator
2. Digital Multileter (DMM).
3. Tools Box
4. Test Lamp
5. Timing Gun
Repair Distributer-Less Ignition Systems of Petrol Engine
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to troubleshoot the electronic
ignition related problems in the vehicle, repair that system of vehicle by Auto Mechanic, in
CU-1: Troubleshoot P-1. Use scanner and find out the fault related to the ignition
Distributer Less coil and reset the trouble code by use of scanner.
Systems P-2. Use scanner and find out the fault related to the Cam
Angle sensor and reset the trouble code by use of
scanner.
P-3. Use scanner and find out the fault related to the crank
sensor and reset the trouble code by use of scanner.
CU-2: Repair Distributor P-1. Use test lamp and identify the faulty fuse in the fuse box
Less Systems under the specified procedure.
P-2. Replace the faulty fuse with the same color and start the
engine under the specified procedure.
P-3. Replace the faulty ignition coil and faulty sensor under
Describe the following

K-1. Ignition advance mechanism in Distributor less system, Intelligent Dual and
Sequential Ignition System, Coil on plug system, crank Position sensor signals.
 Capable to diagnose and troubleshoot the electronic ignition system.

 Capable to identify and replace faulty fuse of electronic ignition system.
S No. Descriptions

2 Scanner
3 Test lamp
4 DMM (Multimeter)
5 Crank Position Sensor
6 Cam Angle Sensor
Repair Battery Charging System
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to troubleshoot battery

charging related problems and conceptualize electronics used in the system.
CU-1: Repair charging P-1. Inspect vehicle charging system and diagnose the
system following. Battery warning light indication on instrument
panel.
P-2. Test output voltage of alternator.
P-3. Test drives belt condition and Tension, alternator bearing
noise.
P-4. Test wire harness, fuse, and proper insulated wires.
P-5. Dismantle/service of alternator as following; Repair
connector, replace carbon brushes, Replace Rectifier
Bridge, replace voltage regulator and replace stator
winding.
CU-2: Replace alternator P-1. Perform safe working practice to remove the alternator
from the vehicle and refit under the specified procedure.
P-2. Perform test of alternator to confirm the operation on test
bench.
K-1. Describe the Purpose and function of Alternator’s following parts.

Rotor, stator windings, Voltage regulator, Rectifier Bridge, Internal cooling fan,
Bearings, carbon brush, mounting/adjustment bolts), drive belt and its types, ratio
alternator/ crank pulleys, RPM, Alternator input/ output voltages.
K-2. Describe the functions and uses of the following.
Semiconductor and its types, Rectification (Half wave/ full wave), transformer and its
types, capacitor and its types.
 Capable to troubleshoot the vehicle charging system

 Capable to describe the fault related to the alternator and take appropriate decisions.
 Capable to Service the alternator
S No. Descriptions
1. Vehicle/simulator
2. Test lamp
3. DMM
4. Tool kit
5. Ampere meter
6. Fuses
7. Relay
Repair Light System of Vehicle
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to rectify electrical related
troubles in the vehicle and understand the Wiring of the vehicle, repair that system of vehicle
CU-1: Troubleshoot The P-1. Follow safe working procedure

Light System P-2. Inspect vehicle lightening system and diagnose following;
under specified testing instructions, Blown fuse finding
from interior or exterior fuse box.
P-3. Inspect vehicle lightening system and diagnose following;
under specified testing instructions, faulty relay and faulty
flasher.
CU-2: Repair Lights P-1. follow safe working procedure

P-2. Inspect vehicle lightening system and diagnose following
under specified testing instructions. Inspect/Replace
head lamp, parking bulb and indicator bulb.
P-3. Inspect vehicle lightening system and diagnose following
under specified testing instructions. Back light bulb,
reverse light bulb.
K-1. Identify the terms used and calculations associated with the electricity. Definitions
(magnetism, self/mutual induction). Laws (amperes rule, Fleming’s rule)Switch
(manual, magnet, pressure, temperature)sender (fuel level, temperature)
 Capable to troubleshoot the vehicle lightening system

 Capable to replace faulty relay and flashers
Tools and Material Required:
1. Test lamp
2. Digital Multimeter DMM
3. Insulated wires
4. Indicator lamps
5. Head light lamps
6. Tail Light Lamps
7. Battery
Repair Vehicle Accessories
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to rectify electrical related
troubles in the vehicle and understand the Wiring of the vehicle, repair that system of vehicle
CU-1: Repair Cooling P-1. Inspects the Radiator fan for correct operation under
System and specified testing instructions.
Vehicle P-2. Inspects the thermal switch for correct operation under
Accessories specified testing instructions.
P-3. Inspects the temperature sender for correct operation
under specified testing instructions.
CU-2: Repair Electrical P-1. Inspects the oil warning switch operation for correct
Accessories
operation under specified testing instructions.
P-2. Inspects fuse, relay operation for correct operation under
specified testing instructions.
P-3. Inspects the fuel sender operation for correct operation
under specified testing instructions.
P-4. Inspects the wiper motor, washer motor for correct
operation under specified testing instructions.
P-5. Inspects heating Elements for correct operation under
specified testing instructions
K-1. Identify terms used and calculations associated with electricity. Definitions
(magnetism, self/mutual induction). Laws (amperes rule, Fleming’s rule)
K-2. Describe the use of following materials in vehicle with example. Conductor (Good/
bad), Insulator, semiconductors, electrical Cable (Color coding, ampere rating, wire
harness, cross sectional area, cable identification method).
K-3. Differentiates each in following. Switch (manual, magnet, pressure,
temperature)sender (fuel level, temperature)
 Capable to troubleshoot the vehicle lightening system

 Capable to describe fault related to electrical lights, cooling system, lubrication
system and take appropriate decision.
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle/ simulator
2 Digital Multi Meter (DMM).
3 Tools box
4 test lamp
14. Workshop Practice-1 (MT-164)
Perform Bench Work on Metallic Surfaces
Overview:
These competency standards identify the competencies you need to perform bench work
operations using different tools and equipment, in accordance with approved procedures.
You will be expected to perform sawing, filing, threading and reaming using hand tools. You
will be required to operate the tools and equipment safely by comply the organizational
safety policy and approved procedures. Your underpinning knowledge will be sufficient to
provide you the basis for your work.
Competency Units Performance Criteria
CU-1: Carry-Out Sawing P-1. Select appropriate blade and set in hacksaw frame
according to the job requirement
P-2. Select appropriate marking tool(s), mark the work piece
and clamp it in the vice firmly as per standard practices
P-3. Adopt sawing methods and techniques that are safe and
suitable to cut the work-piece as required
P-4. Follow marked line during sawing of work piece to ensure
accuracy
CU-2: File the Work- P-1. Select appropriate file and marking tool(s) according to
Piece the job requirement
P-2. Mark the work-piece and clamp it in the vice firmly as per
standard practices
P-3. Adopt filing method and technique which is safe and
suitable to produce the work-piece as per drawing
P-4. Follow drawing dimensions and surface finish of filed
work-piece to ensure accuracy and precision
CU-3: Carry out Drilling P-1. Setup drill machine for producing hole in the work piece
according to the job requirement
P-2. Select drill bit and marking tools according to the material
and job requirement, respectively
P-3. Mark the work-piece according to the drawing and clamp
it in the vice firmly as per standard practices
P-4. Set the suitable RPM.
P-5. Adopt proper drilling method (manual/auto-feed, applying
coolants) which is safe and suitable to produce the hole
in work-piece
P-6. Follow drawing dimensions of drilled hole to ensure
accuracy and precision
CU-4: Produce Threads P-1. Select tap and die according to the type of thread to be
on Work-Piece produced on work-piece as per drawing
P-2. Clamp the work-piece in the clamping device firmly as
per standard practices
P-3. Ensure the tap and die alignment as per prescribed
standard
P-4. Make thread with die and follow appropriate sequence
P-5. Ensure the safety and dimensional accuracy of threads
on work-piece as per drawing
CU-5: Perform Hand P-1. Select reamer according to the work-piece requirement
Reaming P-2. Clamp the work-piece in the clamping device firmly as
per standard practices
P-3. Ensure the reamer alignment as per prescribed standard
P-4. Produce reamed hole by following safety and prescribed
method
P-5. Ensure the accuracy and size of reamed hole of work-
piece according to the drawing
Knowledge and Understanding

required to carry out the tasks covered in this competency standard. This includes the
knowledge of:
K-1. Mechanical Properties and strength of materials

K-2. Combination of feed and speed settings according to the work-piece, and tools&
materials
K-3. Usage of bench-work tools and equipment
K-4. Interpret basic drawings
K-5. Measurement systems
K-6. Use of measuring and marking tools
K-7. Usage of bench working tools
K-8. Procedure of safe clamping the work-piece
K-9. Personal Protective Equipment (PPEs) and workplace safety

 Utilization of tools (measuring, marking & cutting) equipment and their working method
 Produce a component containing the following operations marking, sawing & filing
 Produce a component containing operations with marking, drilling, threading &
reaming
S No. Descriptions
1 Hacksaw
2 Drill set
3 Drill Machine
4 Shaper Machine
5 Lathe Machine
6 Milling Machine
7 Grinder
Perform Shaper Machine Operations
Overview:
This competency standard identifies the competencies you need to perform shaping
operations on shaper machine in accordance with approved procedures. You will be
expected to perform Facing, Step cutting, Squaring, Slotting, V-shape cutting with point
cutting tool. You will be required to operate the shaper machine safely by complying the
organizational safety policy and approved procedures. Your underpinning knowledge will be
sufficient to provide you the basis for your work.
CU-1: Prepare Materials P-1. Interpret drawing and arrange the material accordingly
for Shaping P-2. Prepare work-piece by required machining (sawing and
Operations filing etc.) and get ready to clamp
P-3. Check and verify the dimensions of work-piece for
shaping according to the drawing
CU-2: Select Tools and P-1. Select the material and shape of tool(s) according to the
Equipment job requirements
P-2. Arrange the measuring instruments and holding devices
to attain accuracy of the work as per prescribed method
CU-3: Set Shaper P-1. Clamp the material of work-piece and tool into its holding
Machine for devices as per standard practice
Operations P-2. Maintain safe distance between surface of work-piece
and tooltip as per prescribed method
P-3. Adjust the ram placement and stroke length according to
the length of job
P-4. Adjust the parameters of shaping (speed and feed) from
control unit as per prescribed method
P-5. Start shaping operation by locating the initial touching
point and adjust the depth of cut according to the
prescribed procedure
CU-4: Perform Shaping P-1. Ensure the proper clamping of work-piece and the tool
Operations according to the standard practice
(Square Job) P-2. Start the shaping operation at top surface of work piece
to get flatness as per initial requirements
P-3. Re-clamp the work-piece by rotating 90° for next surface
as per prescribed method
P-4. Shape entire work-piece by following the above stated
method for next surface to get square shaped work
piece according to drawing
CU-5: Perform Shaping P-1. Ensure proper clamping of the work-piece and the tool
Operations according to standard practice
(Angular Job P-2. Mark work-piece according to the drawing
P-3. Set and align the sliding degree of head according to
required angle
P-4. Start the angular shaping operation to get required angle
as per marked line
P-5. Shape entire work-piece, by setting the required degree
of head, to get angle of work-piece according to the
drawing


K-3. Knowledge of shaping machines
K-4. Types of shaping machines
K-5. Ram and stroke settings
K-7. Knowledge of shaping tools
K-8. Feed and speed settings
K-9. Working procedure of shaping
K-10. Shaping tools and holding devices
K-11. Housekeeping of tools and equipment

 Produce a component containing the following operations with marking:

o Square job as prescribed method
o Angular job as prescribed method
o Setting of machine, tool and stork per minute
Tools and equipment required
S No. Descriptions
1 Hacksaw
2 Shaper Machine
3 Flat File
4 Marking Tools
5 Chapping Tools
6 Measuring Tools
7 Tool Grinder
Perform Lathe Turning Operations
Overview:
This Competency Standard identifies the competencies required to perform lathe machine
operations by a Machinist in accordance with the organization’s approved guidelines and
procedures. You will be expected to perform facing, turning drilling/boring, taper turning,
knurling and threading operations using lathe machine. Your underpinning knowledge will be
sufficient to provide you the basis for your work.
CU-1: Prepare Materials P-1. Interpret drawing and arrange the material accordingly
for Lathe P-2. Prepare work-piece by required machining (sawing and
Operations filing etc.) and get it ready for clamping
P-3. Check and verify the dimensions of work-piece for lathe
operations as per drawing
CU-2: Select Tools and P-1. Select the tool(s) according to material of job and shape
Equipment of the job requirements
P-2. Arrange the measuring instruments and holding devices
to attain accuracy of the work as per prescribed method
CU-3: Set Lathe P-1. Clamp the material of work-piece and tool into its holding
Machine for devices as per standard practice
Operations P-2. Maintain the safe distance between work-piece and tool
tip as per prescribed method
P-3. Adjust the revolution per minute (rpm) of chuck
according to the specifications of work-piece.
P-4. Adjust the parameters of speed and feed from control
unit as per prescribed method
CU-4: Carry-Out Lathe P-1. Ensure the proper clamping of work-piece and the tool
Operations into the holding devices according to the required
operation
P-2. Maintain the alignment of work-piece and locate the tool
tip at center position of the work-piece as per standard
practice
P-3. Start the lathe operations as required according to the
drawing and replacing the required tool
P-4. Check the work-piece by using appropriate measuring
tools and instruments as per standard practice


K-2. Personal Protective Equipment and workplace safety
K-5. Use of measuring and marking tools
K-6. Knowledge of Lathe machines and its types
K-7. Knowledge of holding devices and lathe attachments
K-8. Knowledge of lathe tools
K-9. True running of job(s) and center alignment of tool tip
K-10. Calculation of feed and speed according to the work-piece and tool materials
K-11. Procedure of safe clamping the work-piece
K-12. Importance and usage of coolants

 Produce a component containing the following operations with marking as prescribed

method:
 Facing
 Parallel Turning
 Step Turning
 Taper Turning
 Drilling
 Boring
 Threading (internal/external)
 Grooving
S No. Descriptions
1 Hacksaw
2 Drill set
3 Drill Machine
4 Lathe Machine
5 Tool Grinder
6 Lathe cutting Tools
7 Measuring Tools
Read and Interpret Manufacturing Drawings
Overview
This competency standard is designed to gain basic knowledge and skills required to read
and interpret manufacturing drawings and welding symbols. The standard covers specific
knowledge related to reading and understanding manufacturing drawings, interpreting
welding symbols, recognizing materials and specifications, and bill of material/s and
manufacturing parts according to manufacturing drawings.
CU-1: Read and P-1. Recognize basics of lines used in engineering drawings
Understand P-2. Describe uses of lines in engineering drawings
Manufacturing P-3. Recognize and explain orthographic and isometric views
Drawings of a drawing
P-4. Identify manufacturing requirements according to
drawings
P-5. Prepare job layout according to manufacturing
requirements
CU-2: Interpret Welding P-1. Understand basic and supplementary welding symbols
Symbols used in manufacturing drawings
P-2. Understand and differentiate between types of welds
and joints
P-3. Identify welding requirements according to welding
symbols given in the manufacturing drawings
CU-3: Recognize P-1. Identify material specifications according to

Material manufacturing drawing
Specifications and P-2. Identify bill of material (BOM) according to
Bill of Material manufacturing drawing
(BOM)
CU-4: Manufacture Parts P-1. Interpret dimensional tolerances according to

manufacturing drawing
P-2. Assemble and tack weld parts according to
manufacturing drawing

required to carry out tasks covered in this competency standard. This includes the
knowledge of:
K-1. Basic elements of engineering drawing

K-2. Drawing symbols
K-3. Dimensioning techniques
K-4. Tolerances
K-5. General tolerance
K-6. Angular tolerance
K-7. Geometric tolerance
K-8. Drawing techniques
K-9. Perspective
K-10. Exploded view
K-11. Hidden view technique
K-12. Projections
K-13. First angle projections
K-14. Third angle projections

 Prepare and interpret technical drawings and sketches based on provided

specifications
Tools and Equipment Required
The tools and equipment required for this competency standard are given below:
S No. Descriptions
1. Drawing or Sketch
2. Layout Tools
3. Measuring Devices
4. Handheld Calculator
5. Fabrication and Welding Equipment
6. Base Metals
7. Welding Consumables
Preform Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS)
Overview:
This competency standard is designed to gain basic knowledge and skills required to
prepare Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS). The standard covers specific knowledge
related to recognizing, interpreting and explaining and preparing Welding Procedure
Specifications (WPS).
CU-5: Recognize P-3. Describe and understand contents of Welding Procedure

Welding Specifications (WPS)
Procedure P-4. Recognize common acronyms used in Welding
Specifications Procedure Specifications (WPS)
(WPS)
CU-6: Interpret and P-1. Recognize materials specifications (base metals and
Explain Welding fillers) according to Welding Procedure Specifications
Procedure (WPS)
Specifications P-2. Recognize weld type and joint design according to
(WPS Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS)
P-3. Recognize welding positions and parameters according
to Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS)
CU-7: Prepare a Welding P-1. Prepare sample Welding Procedure Specifications

Procedure (WPS) following a simple welding procedure
Specifications P-2. Follow written Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS)
(WPS to produce a production/sample weld

knowledge of:
K-1. Written communication skills (reading and comprehension)

K-2. Purpose of Welding Procedure Specifications
K-3. Common contents of WPS
K-4. Groupings of materials
K-5. Thickness range
K-6. Types of welds
K-7. Joint design
K-8. Welding processes
K-9. Welding positions
K-10. Welding consumables
K-11. Electrical characteristics - volts, current, polarity
K-12. Shielding gases
K-13. Purge gas
K-14. Gas flow rate
K-15. Nozzle diameter
K-16. Pre-heat/Post-heat
K-17. Welding speed

 Interpret a range of WPS documents.
S No. Descriptions
1 Hacksaw
2 Drill set
3 Drill Machine
4 Shaper Machine
5 Lathe Machine
6 Milling Machine
7 Cylindrical Grinder
8 Surface grinder
Prepare Materials for Welding
Overview:
This competency standard is designed to gain basic knowledge and skills required to
prepare materials for a specific job. The standard covers specific knowledge of marking the
material as per drawing/job requirement, setting up cutting equipment, cutting and preparing
edges of base materials, cleaning surfaces and edges, preparing welding consumables and
fitting up base materials.
CU-1: Select and Mark P-1. Select and obtain required material/s as per job
Material/s as per requirements
Drawing/Job P-2. Select appropriate marking tools as per job requirements
Requirement P-3. Mark the area to be cut as per drawing/ job requirements
CU-2: cut and Prepare P-1. Select appropriate cutting equipment as per job
Edge/s of Base requirements
Materials P-2. Set-up cutting equipment as per manufacturer’s
instructions/job requirements
P-3. cut the base material as per job specifications and
dimensions provided in the drawing
P-4. Prepare edges of the base materials as per drawing/
WPS
P-5. Check dimensions of the prepared edges as per drawing/
WPS
P-6. Select proper tools and chemicals for cleaning
P-7. Clean the edges of the base materials as per job
requirements
CU-3: Prepare Welding P-1. Select relevant welding consumables as per job
Consumables requirements/ WPS
P-2. Prepare consumables in accordance with required
specifications
CU-4: Fit-up Base P-1. Select proper tools and equipment to fit-up base
Materials materials
P-2. Tack weld joint/s as per drawing/ welding procedure
specifications (WPS)
P-3. Check root gap as per drawing/welding procedure
specifications (WPS)
P-4. Check alignment as per applicable code/standard

knowledge of:
K-1. Interpretation of drawings and sketches

K-2. Selection of appropriate method of edge preparation
K-3. Selection of appropriate cutting equipment, accessories and supplies
K-4. Operation of cutting equipment such as mechanical, gas and plasma
K-5. Operation of grinding equipment
K-6. Safety procedures for cutting and grinding

 Perform edge preparation in accordance with WPS and safety procedures
S No. Descriptions
1 Hacksaw
2 Drill set
3 Drill Machine
4 Shaper Machine
5 Lathe Machine
6 Milling Machine
7 Cylindrical Grinder
8 Surface grinder
Perform Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) in Vertical (3F, 3G) and
Overhead (4F, 4G) Positions
Overview:
This Competency Standard is designed to gain basic knowledge and skills required to
perform Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) operations in Flat (1F, 1G) and Horizontal (2F,
2G) positions at workplace. The standard covers specific knowledge of performing Shielded
Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) by selecting and setting up welding equipment, installing
consumables, adjusting welding parameters and making fillet and groove welds in Flat (1F,
1G) and Horizontal (2F, 2G) positions of plate. The standard also covers post welding
operations comprising cleaning, measuring, inspecting and repairing welds at workplace.
CU-1: Prepare Welding P-1. Identify welding requirements from the job, welding
Machine and procedure specifications and/or technical drawings
Accessories for P-2. Prepare SMAW welding machine in accordance with
SMAW welding procedure specifications/ manufacturer
instructions
P-3. Set up welding machine accessories and consumables
as per job requirements, welding procedure
specifications and/or manufacturer’s instructions
P-4. Connect welding machine to an independent power
supply
P-5. Set polarity indicated in the welding procedure
specifications
CU-2: Make Fillet Welds P-1. Adjust welding parameters (current, voltage etc.) as per
on Carbon Steel welding procedure specifications/job requirements to
Plate produce acceptable weld
P-2. Maintain gap between electrode and base metal as per
standard practices
P-3. Carry out welding in Flat (1F) and Horizontal
(2F)positions following standard procedures
P-4. Follow applicable manufacturing codes and standards for
acceptance criteria of visual welding defects
CU-3: Make Groove P-1. Adjust welding parameters (current, voltage etc.) as per
Welds on Carbon welding procedure specifications/job requirements to
Steel Plate produce acceptable weld
P-2. Maintain gap between electrode and base metal as per
standard practices
P-3. Carry out welding in Flat (1G)and Horizontal (2G)
positions following standard procedures
P-4. Deposit root pass as per welding procedure
specifications/ job requirements
P-5. Deposit filling passes as per welding procedure
specifications/job requirements
P-6. Deposit capping pass as per welding procedure
specifications/job requirements
P-7. Check root, filling and capping passes for any visual
discontinuities as per acceptance standards
P-8. Follow applicable manufacturing codes and standards for
acceptance criteria of visual welding defects
CU-4: Perform Post P-1. Carry out finishing work of welds following standard
Welding procedures
Operations P-2. Inspect weld visually and mark any visual defects, as
required
P-3. Carry out repair work in accordance with approved
procedures, as required
P-4. Clean work area in accordance with workplace safety
practices
P-5. Maintain and store tools/ equipment/ consumable
materials in accordance with organization guidelines

knowledge of:
K-1. Understanding of technical drawings

K-2. Electrical supply AC and DC
K-3. Polarity setting according to standard specifications
K-4. Specifications/ classification of electrode/s required for the job
K-5. Welding procedure specifications (WPS)
K-6. Method of Pre- heating of base metal
K-7. Electrical parameters like (voltage, current etc.) and their effects on weld
K-8. Welding techniques as per WPS/instruction sheet
K-9. Visual welding defects
K-10. Welding codes and standards

 Perform SMAW fillet weld at 1F, 2F positions, groove weld at 1G, 2G positions as per
given job specification
S No. Descriptions
1 Hacksaw
2 Drill set
3 Drill Machine
4 Welding Machine
5 Lathe Machine
6 Milling Machine
Perform Forging Operations
Overview:
This Competency Standard is designed to gain basic knowledge and skills required to
Perform main operation of forging (Drawing down and Swaging).The standard covers
specific knowledge of performing 0f Forging in drawing down and swaging.
CU-1: Draw down P-1. Make fire in available forge furnace

P-2. Put the stock in forge furnace.
P-3. Heat the stock upto bright red condition ( Plastic State)
P-4. Grip the heated stock by tong and put on anvil.
P-5. Apply firm blows of sledge hammer on both sides of
stock.
P-6. Put the stock again in forge furnace and repeat process
P-7. Always wear safety dress before start the performance.
CU-2: Perform P-1. Make fire in forge furnace

Swaging P-2. Put the round stock in forge furnace.
P-3. Heat the stock upto bright red condition.
P-4. Fix the bottom swage in hardy hole.
P-5. Put the red hot round bar in the bottom swage.
P-6. Put the top swage over round bar with the help of
handle.
P-7. Apply firm blows of sledge hammer and move round bar
longitudinally and circumferentially.
P-8. Always wear safety dress before start the performance.

Knowledge of:
K-1. Understanding of techniques of drawing down

K-2. Proper preparation and selection of stock.
K-3. Understand the use of proper equipment.
K-4. Using proper safety dress before starting performance.
K-5. Complete the drawing down and swaging process rapidly.
 Prepare the job through drawing down process.

 Prepare the job through Swaging process
S No. Descriptions
1 Hacksaw
2 Drill set
3 Drill Machine
4 Welding Machine
5 Lathe Machine
6 Milling Machine
15. Basic Engineering Drawing and CAD-I Mech-163
Perform Drawing, Sketch Making
Over View
This competency standard of manual drawing identifies the competencies to apply basic of
drawing making sketches.
Competency Unit Performance Criteria
CU-1. Draw Different P-1. Draw convention layout drawing

Forms of Drawing P-2. Draw convention electrical circuit drawing
P-3. Draw lines with different scale of measurement
P-4. Select the sheet format
P-5. Select the tool and equipment
CU-2. Draw different P-1. Draw horizontal lines

lines for free hand P-2. Draw vertical lines
sketching P-3. Draw arcs
P-4. Draw circles
P-5. Draw ellipse
P-6. Draw all conic section
P-7. Draw projection of lines
P-8. Sketch different objects
CU-3. Draw different P-1. Draw single Stroke lettering

lines with P-2. Draw double stroke gothic letter
measurement P-3. Draw different types of letter
P-4. Draw alphabet of lines in original scale
P-5. Apply alphabet of lines in drafting

This includes the knowledge of draw development by
K-1. Draw mechanical drawing

K-2. Draw electrical drawing
K-3. Draw civil drawing
K-4. Draw terms use in drawing
K-5. Draw application of drawing forms
K-6. Draw scales used in drawing
K-7. Draw fundamentals units i.e. Arcs, circles and ellipse
K-8. Draw single stroke and double stroke gothic letters
 Capable to draw different king of drawings
 Capable to draw different kinds of lines
S No. Descriptions
1. T square
2. Set square
3. Compass
4. Eraser
5. Pencil
6. Sharpener
7. Drawing sheet
8. Paper tape
9. Drawing board
Draw Pictorial Drawing
Over View:-
This Competency standard of manual drawing identifies the competencies to draw pictorial
drawings.
Competency unit Performance criteria
CU-1: Draw different P-1. Draw oblique drawing

types of pictorial P-2. Draw axonometric drawing
drawing P-3. Draw perspective drawing
P-4. Draw Multi view drawing
CU-2: Draw multi view P-1. Draw principle plane of projection

projection P-2. Draw projector / projection lines
P-3. Draw auxiliary view of objects
P-4. Draw Multi view drawing of machine components

knowledge of:
Draw development by
K-1. Draw oblique drawing

K-2. Draw axonometric drawing
K-3. Draw perspective drawing
K-4. Draw multi view drawing
K-5. Draw plan of projection
K-6. Draw projection drawing
K-7. Draw multi view drawing of machine equipment
 Capable to draw pictorial drawings
 Capable to draw multi view projections

S No Descriptions
1. T square
2. Set square
3. Compass
4. Eraser
5. Pencil
6. Sharpener
7. Drawing sheet
8. Paper tape
9. Drawing board
Perform Basic Dimensioning System in Working Drawing
Over View
This Competency standard of manual drawing identifies the competencies to apply skills in
having expertise in dimensioning systems and geometrical construction.
Competency Unit Performance Criteria
CU-1: Draw dimensional P-1. Draw the types of dimensioning ( size of dimension and
geometrical location of dimension
constructions P-2. Draw system of dimensioning
P-3. Draw dimensioning of holes
P-4. Draw dimensioning of arc
P-5. Draw dimensioning circles
P-6. Draw dimensioning of angles
P-7. Draw all conic sections separately
P-8. Draw engineering involute curve of a circle
CU-2: Draw working P-1. Draw preliminary designee sketching

Drawing P-2. Draw detail Drawing of an object
P-3. Draw Assembly Drawing of an object
P-4. Draw working drawing of machine component

knowledge of:
Draw development by
K-1. Draw types of dimensioning

K-2. Draw system of dimensioning
K-3. Draw dimensioning in size of holes
K-4. Draw dimension in size of arc
K-5. Draw dimensions in size of circle
K-6. Draw all conic section separately
K-7. Draw detail drawing of an object
K-8. Draw assembly drawing of an object
K-9. Draw working drawing of machine components
 Capable to draw dimensions
 Capable to draw work drawing
S No. Description
1. T square
2. Set square
3. Compass
4. Eraser
5. Pencil
6. Sharpener
7. Drawing sheet
8. Paper tape
9. Drawing board
Perform Sectioning and Pictorial Drawing
Over View:-
This Competency Standard of manual Drawing. Identifies the competencies to apply skill in
sectioning and pictorial drawing.
CU-1: Draw sectioning P-1. Draw material symbols used in sectioning

P-2. Draw full section of an object
P-3. Draw half section of an object
P-4. Draw broken section of an object
P-5. Draw sectional view of machine components
CU-2: Draw pictorial P-1. Draw isometric view of an object

Drawing P-2. Draw isometric view of arc
P-3. Draw isometric view of circle
P-4. Draw oblique view of a rectangular block
P-5. Draw isometric views of an object / components

knowledge of:
Draw development by
K-1. Draw material symbols used in engineering drawing

K-2. Draw full section of an object
K-3. Draw half section of an object
K-4. Draw sectional views of machine components
K-5. Draw oblique view of a rectangular block
K-6. Draw isometric views of an object
 Capable to draw sectioning drawing
 Capable to create cutting plan in the drawing
S No Descriptions
1. T square
2. Set square
3. Compass
4. Eraser
5. Pencil
6. Sharpener
7. Drawing sheet
Draw Auxiliary Drawing
Over view
This Competency Standard of manual Drawing. Identifies the competencies to apply skill in
auxiliary drawing, projection and any component of part.
CU-1: Draw primary P-1. Draw Primary auxiliary view of frontal projection
auxiliary view P-2. Draw primary auxiliary view of horizontal projection
P-3. Draw primary auxiliary view of profile projection
P-4. Draw Example of all these
CU-2: Draw true length P-1. Draw true length line in auxiliary view of different objects
line P-2. Draw auxiliary view in different objects
P-3. Draw auxiliary view of objects
P-4. Draw auxiliary view of component part
P-5. Draw example of above two

knowledge of:
Draw development by
K-1. Apply auxiliary views

K-2. Draw primary auxiliary views of frontal projection
K-3. Draw primary auxiliary view in horizontal projection
K-4. Draw primary auxiliary view in profile projection
K-5. Draw true length line in the auxiliary view of different objects
K-6. Draw secondary auxiliary view in different objects
 Capable to draw different views
 Capable to draw true length line

S No. Descriptions
1. T square
2. Set square
3. Compass
4. Eraser
5. Pencil
6. Sharpener
7. Drawing sheet
Problems in Internal Combustion Engines AD-203
Diagnose Engine Fault
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to find out the faults and rectify
accordingly, learner will be able to overhaul the engine under the specified format in the
service manual.
CU-1: Engine fault P-1. Perform engine adjustment/setting of Engine Timing,

adjustment Setting Distributor timing, tappet adjustment, drive
belt/fan belt adjustment.
P-2. Change the engine head gasket, Crank main oil seal,
Engine timing belt, manifold packing, and exhaust
muffler.
CU-2: Engine fault P-1. Use the compression tester and test engine compression
diagnosing to diagnose fault in piston rings or valve seats/burnt valve
under specified procedure.
P-2. Start the engine and identify the condition of engine
missing, stalling, and lack of power, back fire, knocking,
black smoke/heavy fuel consumption, excessive oil
consumption, and leakages.
K-1. Describe the following;
Valve timing: lead, lag, overlap, timing diagrams, valve,

clearances/adjustment/adjustment methods.
Terms: Top Dead Centre (TDC), Bottom Dead Centre (BDC),Bore, Stroke, Capacity,
Clearance Volume, Swept Volume, Compression Ratio, Crank Throw, Torque at
Revs/Min, Brake power at Revs/min, Specific fuel consumption (SFC),Volumetric
Efficiency, OHV, and OHC.
 Capable of setting and adjustment the engine timing, tappet, drive belt tension.
 Capable to replace the head gasket.
 Capable of changing faulty components in the engine.
S No. Descriptions

2 Compression tester, compression gauge)
3 Measuring tools (Vernier calliper, micrometre, bore gauge, dial gauge, Steel rule,
filler gauge, try square)
4 Torque wrench
5 Impact gun
6 Oil can
7 Belt tensioner
8 Spray gun
9 Valve lapping tool
10 Timing gun
11 Engine analyzer
12 Tachometer
13 Scraper
Consumable Items:
S No. Descriptions
1 Fuel (petrol/diesel)
2 Cotton rag
3 WD 40 spray
4 Carb cleaner spray
5 Kerosene oil
6 Engine oil
7 Engine coolant
8 fan belt
9 Timing belt
10 oil seals
11 Gasket
12 Silicone
13 Emery paste
Perform Engine Overhauling (Petrol/Diesel)
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to find out the faults and rectify
accordingly, learner will be able to overhaul the engine under the specified format in the
service manual.
CU-1: Engine sub- P-1. Make the engine sub-assemblies and inspect the
assemblies performance for (setting piston rings, piston pin and
connecting road),
P-2. Make the engine sub-assemblies and inspect the
performance for (valve train and test for the leakage from
valve seats),
P-3. Make the engine sub-assemblies and inspect the
performance for (fitting crankshaft with main bearings
and pistons with the big end bearings),
P-4. Perform the straightness inspect of engine head and
block straightness/war page level and make decision for
correctness.
CU-2: Engine P-1. Use appropriate measuring tool and Measure piston
measurement bore, measure crankshaft main journals, crankshaft big
end journals,
P-2. Use appropriate measuring tool and Measure Camshaft
main journals, Cam loops,
P-3. Use appropriate measuring tool and Measure engine
thrust washer, and piston connecting pin.
P-4. Assemble the engine block with the engine head and
adjust tappets, engine timing, and spark distributor of
petrol engine under specified procedure.
K-1. The possible causes of high fuel consumption as following.

K-2. Overload the engine, excessive oil reducing, faulty air filter, carburetor poor setting,
engine over cooled and hard/jam running of engine, faulty fuel injectors, faulty fuel
pump/fuel filter.
 Capable to take decision for engine overhauling.

 Capable of knowing the engine faults
 Capable to assemble the engine.
 Capable to measure the engine components
S No. Description

2 Compression tester, compression gauge)
3 Measuring tools (Vernier calliper, micrometre, bore gauge, dial gauge, Steel rule,
filler gauge, try square)
4 Torque wrench
5 Impact gun
6 Oil can
7 Belt tensioner
8 Spray gun
9 Valve lapping tool
10 Timing gun
11 Engine analyzer
12 Tachometer
13 Scraper
Consumable Items:
S No. Description
1 Fuel (petrol/diesel)
2 Cotton rag
3 WD 40 spray
4 Carb cleaner spray
5 Kerosene oil
6 Engine oil
7 Engine coolant
8 fan belt
9 Timing belt
10 oil seals
11 Gasket
12 Silicone
13 Emery paste
Diagnose Engine Cooling System Faults and Repair
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to diagnose the fault related to
the vehicle cooling system and troubleshoot accordingly by Auto Mechanic, in accordance
with the manufacturer’s Manual.
CU-1: Cooling system P-1. Inspect engine cooling system’s main components and
service diagnose the performance of (Radiator cap, water
body/pump, drive belt/fan belt, thermostat Valve,
radiator, Drain plug, hoses/clamps, and gasket/ seals)
P-2. Inspect/service the radiator and top up with the
coolant/antifreeze as per specified ratio in the manual.
CU-2: Repair Cooling P-1. Change the water body under specified procedure and
system start the engine to confirm correct operation.
P-2. Adjust fan belt tension under specified procedure and
start the engine to confirm correct operation.
K-1. Describe the operating principles and terminologies of cooling system as following.
Air cooled engine, liquid cooled engine, operating temperature, thermal efficiency,
pressurized system, heat exchange method (conduction, radiation, and convection),
corrosion, and inhibitors/antifreeze)
K-2. Describe the functions and purpose of engine cooling system components as
following.
Electrical motor operated fan with thermo switch, belt operated fan, temperature
controlled/ viscous coupling fan, pressure cap, water body/pump, drive belt,
thermostat, radiator, core plug, hoses/clamps, and gasket/ seals.
 Capable of diagnose, adjust and rectify the cooling system faults.

 Capable to replace the water body (Pump) under the specified method.
 Capable to replace the hoses.
S No. Description

2 Radiator leak tester
5 Drive belt
Consumable Items:
S No. Description
Sealant
Hose pipe
Thermostat valve
Diagnose Faults in Engine Lubrication System
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to diagnose the fault related to
the lubrication system and troubleshoot accordingly by Auto Mechanic, in accordance with
the manufacturer’s Manual.
Units of Competency Performance Criteria
CU-1: Lubrication P-1. Inspect engine lubrication system’s main components and
system check (engine oil level)
P-2. Inspect engine lubrication system’s main components and
check (oil leakage)
check (oil warning switch)
check (and PCV valve)
CU-2: Repair P-1. Inspect/replace of oil warning switch, PCV valve, oil
Lubrication sump, oil sump seal/gasket, and oil pump under the
system specified procedure.
P-2. Carryout safe procedure to change the engine oil and oil
filter.
K-1. Describe the functions/operating principle and main components of engine

lubrication system as following.
Wet sump, dry sump, total loss, Oil pumps and its types, pressure relief valves, oil
filter, oil cooler, ventilation/PCV Valve, hoses, and oil level indicators.
Lubricant (oils viscosity, viscosity index, oil classifications, Reduction of frictional
forces, cooling effect, cleaning effect, corrosion resistance, and noise reduction).
K-2. Describes the (Law of friction, static/dynamic friction (difference), coefficient of
friction).
 Capable of diagnose, adjust and rectify the lubrication system faults.

 Capable to change the engine oil and filter.
 Capable to diagnose the PCV valve.
S No. Description

2 Car Lift
4 Sealant/gasket
Diagnose Faults of Carburetor Fuel System
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the work on vehicle fuel system to
diagnose and rectify the faults in petrol and diesel engines by Auto Mechanic, in accordance
CU-1: Service of Fuel P-1. Diagnose performance of petrol engine’s (Carburetor

system (carburetor type) main components and Service/replace under the
type engine) specified procedure of (Air Filter).
P-2. Diagnose the performance of petrol engine’s (Carburetor
type) main components and Service/replace under the
specified procedure of (Fuel pump).
specified procedure of (Carburetor and Fuel filter).
specified procedure of (fuel lines/clips, fuel sending unit).
CU-2: Repair of Fuel P-1. Start the engine and set air fuel mixture by adjusting
system (carburetor required engine RPM at idling and at speed under
type engine) specified procedure.
P-2. Perform service of carburetor under specified procedure.
K-1. Describe the features of main components of engine fuel system as following:
Fuel tanks, filler cap/security, venting, fuel level sender, lines/filters, carburetor, and
fuel lift pumps (mechanical/electrical),Fuel (Octane Rating, Octane Number ,
Cetane Number , Cetane Rating, Leaded, Unleaded).
 Capable to diagnose and troubleshoot the petrol engine (Carburetor type)

 Capable to adjust air fuel ratio
 Capable to service of carburetor
 Capable to replace the fuel pump.

2 Test lamp/DMM (Digital multimeter)
5 Safety wears
Consumable Items:
 Carburetor cleaner, Carburetor Gasket Set, Petrol, Injector Rings,

Diagnose Diesel Fuel System and Adjust
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to work on vehicle diesel fuel
system and diagnose, rectify the faults in diesel engines by Auto Mechanic, in accordance
CU-1: Service Fuel P-1. Use injector pressure tester machine and Service/set
System (diesel pressure of fuel injector as specified in the manual.
engine) P-2. Apply safety precautions and perform air bleeding from
low pressure side and high pressure side under the
CU-2: Repair Fuel P-1. Inspect diesel engine main components and diagnose
System (diesel the performance of (heater plug).
engine) P-2. Inspect diesel engine main components and diagnose
the performance of (injectors).
P-3. Inspect diesel engine main components and diagnose
the performance of (injection pump, sediment /filter).
P-4. Inspect diesel engine main components and diagnose
the performance of (sediment /filter).
K-1. Describe the Diesel injection systems main components as following.

Single/multi-hole injectors, inline fuel injection pump, rotary fuel injection pump, fuel
injection pressure, bleed points, fuel cutoff switch, governor operation, in
Combustion chamber types, main features of pressure/volume diagrams/effects of
advanced/retarded/no fuel injection
K-2. Describe the as following statements.
Diesel fuel composition, effects of low temperature, viscosity, volatility, calorific
value, cetane rating.
 Capable to diagnose and troubleshoot the not starting condition of diesel engine.
 Capable to service the injectors.
 Capable to test the diesel injector pressure by use of pressure tester.
 Capable to bleed the air from the diesel fuel system.
S No. Descriptions

2 Test lamp/DMM (Digital multimeter)
5 Safety wears
Consumable Items:
 Carburetor cleaner, Carburetor Gasket Set, Petrol, Injector Rings,

Diagnose Faults of Ignition System
Overview

ignition system as well as conceptualize the ignition system mechanism in the engine.
CU-1: Repair Ignition P-1. Inspect the vehicle Ignition system and diagnose the
System following (Note: follow safe working procedure).
P-2. Crank the engine and test presence of spark in a system,
identify faulty fuse in fuse box, test the performance of
plug cable and plugs, inspect distributor cap/rotor for the
performance, assess the correct ignition timing, inspect
vacuum advancer, assess C.B Point condition/gap and
test condenser, test ignition coil performance, and test
CDI of distributor.
CU-2: Adjust ignition P-1. Installation of distributer assembly under specified
timing procedure and start the engine, adjust ignition timing with
P-2. Inspect/Replace ignition switch, inspect/replace ignition

coil, and Repair/replace electrical connectors under
K-1. Describe the Purpose and function of ignition system’s following parts.
Spark ignition system contact breaker type, spark ignition system breaker less type.
Ignition switch, Ignition coil, resister, plug cable, distributer cap, rotor arm, vacuum
advancer, centrifugal advancer, contact breaker assembly, condenser, high tension
leads/connectors, suppression, spark plug(construction, heat range type, size),
Magnetic Reflector, hall effect trigger/amplifier, differentiate the performance of
contact breaker and contact breaker less type.
K-2. Describe primary circuit, secondary circuit of ignition system, identifies change in
the spark timing in accordance to the load and speed of the engine.
 Troubleshot the vehicle ignition system (Non EFI engines)

 Capable to adjust the ignition timing
 Capable to service (Tuning) the ignition system.
S No. Description
1 Vehicle/ Simulator
2 Digital Multi-meter (DMM).
3 Tools Box
4 Test Lamp
5 Timing Gun
16. Suspension, Steering & Brakes AD-213
Repair Vehicle Brake System.
Overview:
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to work on vehicle brake
system, and replacing the faulty parts. These competency standards designed to enable the
learner to work on vehicle electronic features and troubleshoot on ABS system by Auto
Mechanic, in accordance with the manufacturer’s Manual.
CU-1: Brake system P-1. Inspect the vehicle brake system for the brake fluid level,
vacuum booster performance, master cylinder pressure,
brake wheel cylinder for oil leakage, disc run out, brake
pad/shoe fading/worn, and drum brake performance
under the specified procedure.
P-2. Service/Replace the Master cylinder, vacuum booster,
wheel cylinder, brake disk, brake pad, and brake shoe
P-3. Perform brake bleeding of the vehicle brake system
CU-2: Brake system ABS P-1. Check vehicle instrument panel and identify ABS mall
functioning light.
P-2. Diagnose the vehicle ABS system with the use of
scanner for wheel Sensors performance test, ABS
Modular/actuator test under the specified procedure.
P-3. Change the wheel sensors, actuator and related fuse
K-1. Describe the purpose and function of the following.

Disc brakes, drum brakes (reduce vehicle speed, stop vehicle), use of friction and
friction materials, hydraulic system in a vehicle brake system, vehicle mechanical/
hand bake, engine braking in the vehicle.
K-2. Describe the brake main Components as following
Master cylinder (single/tandem), wheel cylinder, calipers (single/tandem),
pipes/flexible hoses, brake shoes (leading/ trailing), brake pads, brake discs, brake
drum, handbrake operating mechanism, pedal, limiting valves, adjusters, brake
fluid, brake warning light, brake light, brake light switch, wear indicator.
K-3. Describe the principles and functions of ABS system in a vehicle as following.
ABS system, Traction control system, vehicle stability control system, Wheel
sensors, Ecu, ABS modulator assembly, vehicle body (Honda G-CON) (Toyota
GOA).
 Capable of servicing Disk and drum brake assembly.

 Capable of performing brake bleeding
 Capable to diagnose and rectify the ABS system.
S No. Description
1 Vehicle equipped with the ABS

3 Hydraulic jack /safety stand
4 Car lift
5 Automotive scanner
6 Vacuum gun
Consumable Items:
S No. Description
1 Brake oil
2 Master cylinder kit
3 Wheel cylinder kit
Repair Vehicle Steering System.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to work on vehicle steering
system, and replacing the faulty parts. These competency standards designed to enable the
learner to work on vehicle power assisted steering system and troubleshoot accordingly by
Auto Mechanic, in accordance with the manufacturer’s Manual.
CU-1: Steering system P-1. Inspect the vehicle steering system for rubber boots on
(inner and outer ball joint), Tie road condition, and
inner/outer ball joints play, steering rack and pinion box,
mounting for the steering box under the specified
procedure.
P-2. Replace/service the Outer tie road, inner tie road,
steering mountings, steering boots (inner and outer ball
joint), under the specified procedure.
P-3. Service the steering gear (Rack and pinion) box under
CU-2: Power steering P-1. Inspect/replace power assisted steering system

system components for Pump, control valve, complete steering
box.
P-2. Replace the power steering oil and perform air bleeding
from the system under the specified procedure.
K-1. Describe the purpose and function of the following:

Steering systems (non-assisted/manual), power assisted system, electronic
steering system with a motor.
K-2. Describe the main components and mechanism of the following:
Ackerman principle, true rolling motion, steering ratio, toe in/out, camber, caster,
steering axes inclination, steering wheel/column, rack and pinion, steering
gearboxes, steering ball joints, steering arm, front hubs, bearings/seals.
 Capable of servicing steering (Rack and pinion) system

 Capable of performing power steering air bleeding.
 Capable to replace the power steering pump.
 Capable to replace the steering box.
S No. Description
1 Vehicle equipped with the power steering

4 Car lift
6 Ball joint removal
7 Grease gun
8 Steering fluid pressure tester
9 Oil can
Consumable Items:
S No. Description
1 Grease
2 Steering oil
3 Seals
4 Kerosene Oil
5 Cotton rag
6 Spray gun
Maintain Vehicle Suspension System.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to work on vehicle suspension
system and the learner will be able to replace the main components of suspension system
CU-1: Inspect P-1. Inspect the vehicle suspension system and diagnose the
Suspension system rubber bush for damage, Leaking the shock absorber oil,
broken coil spring/ leaf spring,
P-2. Inspect the vehicle suspension system and diagnose the
rubber bush for lower arm ball joints under the specified
procedure.
CU-2: Repair Suspension P-1. Replace the shock absorber, Coil spring, leaf spring, and
System rubber bushes under the specified procedure.
P-2. Inspect the vehicle ride height, trim height, axle displaced

Independent suspension system, non-independent suspension system, semi-
independent system, sprung weight, un-sprung weight.
K-2. Describe the effect of road surface irregularities on passengers/vehicle/load,
maintaining wheel contact with the road, supporting the sprung weight,
minimizing un-sprung weight, absorbing torque reaction.
K-3. Describe the Suspension main Components as following
Beam axle, live axle, strut/McPherson strut, wishbone, trailing arm/semi trailing
arm, torsion beam, springs (Coil, leaf, torsion, air), antiroll bars, sub-frame
assemblies, shackles, hangers, u bolt, damper bushes.
 Capable of diagnosing the faulty suspension components.

 Capable to replace the spring, shock absorber and suspension bushes..
S No. Description
1 Vehicle
4 Car lift
7 Grease gun
8 Oil can
Consumable Items:
S No Description
1 Grease
2 Seals
3 Kerosene Oil
4 Cotton rag
5 Spray gun
Carry out Wheel Alignment
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to handle the wheel alignment
machine and perform wheel alignment of the vehicle as well as the learner will be able to
balance the wheel using the wheel balancing machine by Auto Mechanic, in accordance
CU-1: Pre alignments P-1. Check for the vehicle pre alignment for proper Tire
checks pressure/inflation, and axle bushes under specified
procedure.
P-2. Check for the vehicle pre alignment for loose ball joints,
wheel bearings, and tie road ends under specified
procedure.
P-3. Check for the vehicle pre alignment for faulty spring, tire
deformation, and vehicle ride height under specified
procedure.
P-4. Check for the vehicle pre alignment for loose stabilizer
bar under specified procedure.
CU-2: Perform wheel P-1. Drive the vehicle and load/offload it on wheel alignment
alignment machine following safety rules as specified in the manual.
P-2. Perform wheel alignment using the wheel alignment
machine as described procedure in the machine manual
and adjust Toe, camber of front and rear wheels under
K-1. Describe the following functions/principles of wheel alignment.

Ackerman principle for a true rolling motion, steering pull, steering center point,
steering wheel vibration causes.
K-2. Describe the wheel alignment faults as following.
Toe in, toe out, positive camber, negative camber, positive caster, steering axes
inclination, included angle, tire wear, ride height, trim height of vehicle.
 Capable to perform wheel alignment of the vehicle.

 Capable to check the pre alignment checks.
S No. Description
1 Vehicle
3 Hydraulic jack
4 Wheel alignment machine
5 Wheel balancing / tire changing machine
6 Air pressure compressor and gauge
Carry Out Wheel Balancing
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to work on tire changing
machine to replace the tire as well as the learner will be able to balance the wheel using the
wheel balancing machine by Auto Mechanic, in accordance with the manufacturer’s Manual.
CU-1: Use Tire changing P-1. Use the tire changing machine and replace/inflate the tire
machine. as described in the machine manual under specified
procedure.
P-2. Replace the valve of the tire under the specified
procedure.
CU-2: Perform wheel P-1. Use the wheel balancing machine and balance the wheel
balancing as described in the machine manual under the specified
procedure.
P-2. Keep the weights firmly with the rim
P-3. Perform wheel balancing on allow rim under the specified
procedure.
K-1. Describe the wheel balancing machine features as following.

Setting procedure, Digital data setting procedure, cycle time, weight installation and
removal procedure, machine calibration.
 Capable to perform wheel balancing

 Capable to perform tire changing.
S No. Description
1 Vehicle
3 Hydraulic jack
Consumable Items:
S No. Description
1 Weights
2 Cotton rag
Replace SRS System
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to apply safe working practice
and handle the SRS system of the vehicle as well as the learner will be able to use scanner
apparatus by Auto Mechanic, in accordance with the manufacturer’s Manual.
CU-1: Check the P-1. Check for vehicle SRS sensor under the specified
Supplementary procedure.
Restrain System P-2. Check for the vehicle SRS wiring under the specified
(SRS) procedure.
CU-2: Installation of P-1. Reinstall the SRS spiral cable under the specified
new procedure.
Supplementary P-2. Start the vehicle and confirm the malfunctioning light is
Restrain System removed.
(SRS)
K-1. Understand the purpose, construction and working of supplementary restrained

systems (SRS) air bag control system. State the purpose of P2-Air Bag Control
System.
K-2. Enlist the Components of Air Bag Control system.
K-3. Describe the construction & Working of Air Bag Control System.
 Capable to reset the SRS System warning light by use of scanner
S No. Description
1 Vehicle
3 Hydraulic jack
17. Workshop Practice-II AD-224
Arrange Common Automotive Hand Tools and their Use
Overview:
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to handle appropriate hand
tools and the importance of housekeeping in the workplace under the specified procedure of
the vehicle by Auto Mechanic, in accordance with the manufacturer’s Manual.
CU-1: Demonstrate P-1. Demonstrate use of general hand tools under specified
Common Hand instructions and keep in secure location.
Tools P-2. Demonstrate service of general hand tools under
specified instructions and keep in secure location.
CU-2: Perform 5s at P-1. Demonstrate tools 5s (Sort, Set In Order, Shine,

Workplace Standardize, Sustain)
K-1. Describe the types and use of the following automobile workshop hand tools.
Screw driver, Hammers, Pliers, Lock pliers, Spanners, Wrenches, Socket sets,
Torque wrench, Pullers, Oil seal extractor/installer, Tube bender, Tube cutter,
Flaring tool, Strap wrench, Automotive stethoscope, Valve spring compressor,
piston ring expender, piston ring compressor, grease gun, flexible wire magnet, pop
rivet plier, tin snap, hacksaw, punches, chisels, hollow punch set, spark plug
spanner, Allen key
 Capable to use and service the hand tools

 Capable to implement the 5s at workplace.
S No. Descriptions
1. Screw driver set

2. Hammers
3. Pliers
4. Lock pliers
5. Spanners
6. Wrenches
7. Socket sets
8. Torque wrench
9. Pullers
10. Oil seal extractor/installer
11. Tube bender
12. Tube cutter
13. Flaring tool
14. Strap wrench/oil filter spanner
15. Valve spring compressor
16. piston ring expender
17. grease gun
18. flexible wire magnet
19. pop rivet plier
20. Punches
21. Chisels
22. spark plug spanner
23. Allen key set
24. Files
25. Steel foot rule
26. Vernier calliper
27. Micrometre (inside/Outside)
28. Dial gauge
29. Feeler gauge
30. Thread pitch gauge
Carry Out Measurements with Automotive Measuring Tools
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to handle appropriate

measuring tools and the importance of housekeeping in the workplace under the specified
procedure.
CU-1: Demonstrate P-1. Demonstrate service of measuring tools under specified

Measuring tools instructions and keep in secure location.
P-2. Demonstrate use of measuring tools under specified
instructions and keep in secure location.
CU-2: Perform 5s at P-1. Demonstrate measuring tools 5s (Sort, Set In Order,

workplace Shine, Standardize, Sustain)
K-1. Describe the types and use of the following automobile workshop measuring tools.
Steel foot rule, Spring scale, Vernier caliper, Micrometer (inside/Outside), Dial
gauge, Feeler gauge, Thread pitch gauge, wire gauge, Belt tension gauge,
Telescoping gauge, Tire pressure gauge.
 Capable to measure with the measuring tools vernier caliper, micrometer and dial
gauge.
S No. Descriptions
1. Screw driver set

2. Hammers
3. Pliers
4. Lock pliers
5. Spanners
6. Wrenches
7. Socket sets
8. Torque wrench
9. Pullers
10. Oil seal extractor/installer
11. Tube bender
12. Tube cutter
13. Flaring tool
14. Strap wrench/oil filter spanner
15. Valve spring compressor
16. piston ring expender
17. grease gun
18. flexible wire magnet
19. pop rivet plier
20. Punches
21. Chisels
22. spark plug spanner
23. Allen key set
24. Files
25. Steel foot rule
26. Vernier caliper
27. Micrometer (inside/Outside)
28. Dial gauge
29. Feeler gauge
30. Thread pitch gauge
Perform Test on Vehicle with Automotive Workshop Equipment
Overview

workshop equipment and the importance of housekeeping in the workplace under the
CU-1: Demonstrate P-1. Demonstrate of workshop equipment under specified

Workshop instructions and keep in secure location.
Equipment P-2. Demonstrate use of workshop equipment under specified
instructions and keep in secure location.
CU-2: Perform 5s at P-1. Demonstrate equipment 5s (Sort, Set In Order, Shine,

workplace Standardize, Sustain)
K-1. Describe the types and use of the following automobile workshop equipment.
Chain pulley block, Car lift, Crane, Spark plug cleaner machine, Tire changer,
Electronic injector testing machine, Tire inflator, Engine repairing stand/repair
trolley, Compressor and pneumatic tools, Ramp and pits, Waste oil receptacle,
Hydraulic press, Mechanical arbor press, Drill machine (bench and portable),
Grinder (Bench and portable), Hydraulic jack, Mechanical jack, Radiator pressure
cap tester, Safety floor stands, Creeper, Valve grinding and re facing machine,
cleaning tank, Engine timing gun, Scanner
 Capable to maintain workshop equipment.

S No. Descriptions
1. Plug wire gauge

2. Tire pressure gauge
3. Car lift
4. Tire inflator
5. Engine repairing stand/repair table
6. Waste oil receptacle
7. Hydraulic jack
8. Mechanical jack
9. Radiator pressure cap tester
10. Safety floor stands
11. Creeper
12. Engine timing gun
13. OBD II Scanner
14. Compression tester
Diagnose Faults by Computerized Performance Testing Equipment
Overview

automotive testing and diagnosing instruments the importance of housekeeping in the
workplace under the specified procedure.
CU-1: Perform P-1. Use of compression tester in the engine to diagnose

Mechanical condition of valve under the specified procedure
Efficiency Test by P-2. Use of compression tester in the engine to diagnose
Engine Testing condition of piston rings under the specified procedure.
Equipment. P-3. Use of vacuum tester to identify the intake manifold
pressure to diagnose the engine condition.
P-4. Use of engine leak tester in the engine to diagnose
condition of valve, piston ring, and head gasket under
the specified procedure
P-5. Clean and service the equipment and place on safe
location.
CU-2: Perform Electronic P-1. Use of timing gun in the engine to identify correct engine
Efficiency Test by timing under the specified procedure.
Engine testing P-2. Use of tachometer in the engine to identify correct engine
Equipment. RPM under the specified procedure
K-1. Describe the functions and operating principle of the following equipment:
Tachometer, Compression Gauge, Vacuum Gauge, Engine Leakage Tester,
Ignition Timing Gun.
 Capable to use the equipment and explain the operating principles.

 Capable to maintain the tools and equipment in good condition.
Tools and Equipment
S No. Descriptions
1 Tachometer
2 Compression Gauge
3 Vacuum Gauge
4 Engine Leakage Tester
5 Ignition Timing Gun
Categorize Automotive Fasteners Types and their Uses
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to Categorize Automotive

Fasteners Types and their Uses the importance of housekeeping in the workplace under the
CU-1: Identify Fastener P-1. Inspect and understand the Types of permanents
by their Types Fasteners.
P-2. Inspect and understand the Types of Temporary
Fasteners.
CU-2: Carry out P-1. Perform application of permanents fasteners

Fastening P-2. Perform application of Temporary fasteners
K-1. Describe the functions and operating principle of the following Permanents
Fastener. Electric arc welding, Gas welding, spot welding, riveting,
soldering and Brazing.
K-2. Describe the functions and operating principle of the following Temporary
Fastener. Nuts and bolts, screw and studs
 Capable to use the Permanents fastener and explain the operating principles.
 Capable to use the Temporary fasteners and explain the operating principles
Tools and Equipment
S No. Descriptions
1 Permanents Fasteners
2 Temporary Fastener
Specify Vehicle’s Lubricants Types
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to handle lubricants and the
importance of housekeeping in the workplace under the specified procedure of the vehicle
CU-1: Identify Engine P-1. Identify different viscosity of engine oils and there
Lubricants different climate under the specification of SAE.
P-2. Understand the viscosity index and select the appropriate
engine oil under the weather condition.
P-3. Understand the mineral oil formula oil and synthetic oil
under the specification of manufacturer.
CU-2: Identify Vehicle P-1. Identify the different kind of grease with respect to the
lubricants use in the vehicle system under the specification.
P-2. Identify the power steering fluid and understand its
properties.
P-3. Identify the ATF fluid and understand its properties.
P-4. Identify the brake fluid and understand its properties
K-1. Describe the following:

Lubricant (oils viscosity, viscosity index, oil classifications, Reduction of frictional
forces, cooling effect, cleaning effect, corrosion resistance, and noise
reduction).Multipurpose grease, CV joint grease, brake oil (DOT standard),
automatic transmission fluid
 Capable to select the appropriate lubricants use in the vehicle

 Capable to explain the lubricants use in vehicle
 Capable to explain the oil viscosity index.
Tools and equipment
S No. Descriptions
1. Complete Tool trolley (Tools kit)

2. Workshop tools equipment
3. Special service tools
4. Measuring tools
Differentiate Vehicle Oil Seals Types and Specifications Coding
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to differentiate oil seals types
and specifications and the coding specified procedure of the vehicle by Auto Mechanic, in
CU-1: Identify Seals and P-1. Demonstrates oil seal replacement procedure under the
Gasket specified procedure.
P-2. Identify material and types of gaskets and seals
P-3. Identify causes and remedies of seals and gasket failure.
CU-2: Replace main oil P-1. Change engine main oil seal under specified procedure.
seal P-2. Change gear main oil seal under specified procedure
K-1. Describe the head gasket types and thickness, main oil seal temperature resistant
property.
K-2. Problems in head gasket blown
 Capable of replacing the head gasket

 Capable to replace engine main oil seals (Crank and Cam)
Tools and Equipment
S No. Descriptions
1 Complete Tool trolley (Tools kit)

2 Workshop tools equipment
3 Special service tools
4 Measuring tools
5 Seals and Gas kit
Specify Vehicle Bearing’s Types and Coding
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner understand purpose, types,
materials and application of bearing on the vehicle by Auto Mechanic, in accordance with the
CU-1: Service Bearing P-1. Demonstrate bearing replacement procedure under the
specified procedure
P-2. Identify material, types (Friction & Antifriction), size, and
application of Bearings.
P-3. Install Antifriction bearings in vehicle with special
reference (load and size).
P-4. Inspect antifriction Bearing.
CU-2: Diagnose Bearing P-1. Change axle bearing under specified procedure.
Faults P-2. Change alternator under specified procedure.
K-1. Describe the different types of bearing, application of bearing.

K-2. Describe the Problems in bearing during working.
 Capable of replacing the axle bearings.
Tools and Equipment
S No. Descriptions
1. Complete Tool trolley (Tools kit)
2. Workshop tools equipment
3. Special service tools (Bearing Puller)
4. Measuring tools
5. Bearing
Read and Interpret Quality Control Standards and Certification
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner understand quality control
standard and their certification of the vehicle by Auto Mechanic, in accordance with the
CU-1: Describe Quality P-1. Elaborate the quality control standards

Control Standards P-2. Describe the quality control standard Application
CU-2: Describe Quality P-1. Elaborate the quality control certification

Control P-2. Describe the quality control certification Application
Certification
K-1. Describes the quality control standard and its importance.

K-2. Describe the quality control certification and its importance.
 Describe the quality control standard Application

 Describe the quality control certification Application
Plan and Organize Safe Workshop and Hazard Prevention Practices
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to follow the safety rules and
know the first aid techniques at workplace as well as candidate will be able to response in
any emergency situation.
CU-1: Safe Working P-1. Use the appropriate personal protective equipment
Practice before starting the job to ensure the implementation of
safety and health regulations.
P-2. Identify the workshop associated hazards that can cause
injury, burn, pinch, short circuit, and damages.
P-3. Report to the supervision to analyze potential level of
hazards that can cause damage.
P-4. Demonstrate first aid procedure in case of minor injury
and burn.
CU-2: Fire, Preventions P-1. Extinguish the different kind of fires using the appropriate
and Emergency. equipment and procedures.
P-2. Identify the expiry date, filing level of fire extinguishers
and report to the supervision.
P-3. Demonstrate the Emergency situations and perform safe
evacuations drill.
K-1. Describe the causes of accidents and preventions as following:

Human (Carelessness, lake of training, improper behavior, and over confidence)
Environmental (untidy workplace, bad ventilation, unguarded/faulty machines,
noise, and bad lighting).
K-2. Describes the hazards at workplace as following.
Vehicle battery handling, Rotating Pulleys and Belts, Jack and safety Stand,
Venting the Engine’s Exhaust
K-3. Describe the flammable materials/liquids and toxic substance, safe disposal of used
oil, asbestos, batteries, and recycling AC gas.
K-4. Describes personal hygiene, care of eye, care of lungs, and allergy.
K-5. Describe the fire triangle, types of fire, types of fire extinguishers, emergency
situations (Earth quack, fire, terrorism)
 Select and use appropriate PPE’s at workplace.

 Identify workplace hazards and its potential to harm.
 Perform First aid
 Use of fire extinguisher at different type of fire.
 Inspect the fire extinguisher for expiry and pressure.
 Execute emergency evacuation.
S No. Descriptions
1 Personal protective equipment

2 First aid box
3 Fire extinguisher
4 Emergency alarm
18. Metrology MT-252
Recognize Graduated Instruments
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner identify and uses of
graduated instrument as Steel Rule, Hook Rule, Folding Rule, and Measuring Tape.
CU-1: Steel Rule P-1. Inspect and measure different kind of measurement (mm
and inches) under the specified procedure.
P-2. Conversion different kind of measurement under
specified procedure
CU-2: Hook Rule P-1. Inspect and measure different kind of measurement (mm
specified procedure
CU-3: Folding Rule P-1. Inspect and measure different kind of measurement (mm
specified procedure
CU-4: Measuring Tape P-1. Inspect and measure different kind of measurement (mm
specified procedure
K-1. Describes the main functions these tools. Steel Rule, Hook Rule, Folding Rule,
Measuring Tape
K-2. Describe the taking measuring method of these tools.
 Capable to use steel rule.

 Capable to use Hook rule
 Capable to use Folding rule
 Capable to use Measuring Tape
 Capable to conversion method.
S No. Descriptions
1 Steel Rule, Hook Rule, Folding Rule, Measuring Tape

2 Object for measurement
Carry-Out Linear Measuring
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner identify and uses of
graduated instrument as Surface plate, Tool makers surface plate, Glass surface plate, Angle
plate, Cast Iron cubes, V- block, Straight Edge, Spirit level, Engineer’s level, Engineer’s parallel
CU-1: Surface Plate P-1. Perform different kind of measurement with surface plate.
P-2. perform different kind of measuring tools adjust with
surface plate
CU-2: Toolmakers P-1. Perform different kind of measurement with Toolmaker

Surface Plate surface plate.
P-2. Perform different kind of measuring tools adjust with
Toolmaker surface plate
CU-3: Glass Surface P-1. Perform different kind of measurement with Glass surface
Plate, plate.
P-2. Perform different kind of measuring tools adjust with
Glass surface plate
CU-4: Angle Plate P-1. Perform different kind of measurement with Angle plate.
P-2. Perform/adjust Angle plate with surface plate for
measurement.
CU-5: Cast Iron cubes P-1. Perform different kind of use OF cast iron cubes.
P-2. Perform/adjust Cast Iron cubes other measurement tools.
CU-6: Vee Block P-1. Perform/uses of Vee Blocks.

P-2. Perform/adjust Vee Block with U-Clamp and work piece
with operation.
CU-7: Straight Edge P-1. Perform measurement different kind of Steel straight
edge.
P-2. Perform/ adjust straight edge with surface plate and sprit
level..
CU-8: Spirit Level P-1. Perform / measure Horizontal surface with spirit level.
P-2. Perform / measure Angle or inclination surface with spirit
level.
P-3. Perform / measure Vertical surface with spirit level.
CU-9: Engineer’s level P-1. Perform measurement with Engineer level.
CU-10: Engineer's parallel P-1. Perform measurement with engineer parallel.
K-1. Describe Linear Measurement instruments functions as following:

a- Surface plate 2-Tool makers surface plate 3-Glass surface plate 4-Angle plate
b- Cast Iron cubes 6-Vee block 7-Straight Edge 8-Spirit level 9-Enginer's level 10-
Engineer's parallel
 Capable to use Surface plate

 Capable to use Tool makers surface plate
 Capable to use Glass surface plate
 Capable to use Angle plate
 Capable to use of Cast Iron cubes
 Capable to use Vee block
 Capable to use Straight Edge
 Capable to use Spirit level
 Capable to use Engineer’s level
 Capable to use Engineer's parallel
S No. Description
1. Surface plate
2. Tool makers surface plate
3. Glass surface plate
4. Angle plate
5. Cast Iron cubes
6. Vee block
7. Straight Edge
8. Spirit level
9. Engineer’s level
10. Engineer's parallel
Carry-out Precise Measuring
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner identify and uses of Precise
Measuring instruments. Micrometer, outside micrometer, inside micrometer, Depth
Micrometer, Plug Micrometer, Vernier Micrometer. Vernier caliper, Vernier Height gauge,
Vernier depth gauge, Dial Vernier caliper.
CU-1: Micrometer P-1. Inspect and measure different kind of measurement with
Outside micrometer (mm and inches) under the specified
procedure.
P-2. Inspect and measure different kind of measurement with
Inside micrometer (mm and inches) under the specified
procedure.
Depth Micrometer (mm and inches) under the specified
procedure.
Plug Micrometer (mm and inches) under the specified
procedure.
Vernier Micrometer (mm and inches) under the specified
procedure.

specified procedure
CU-2: Vernier caliper P-1. Inspect and measure different kind of measurement with
Vernier caliper (mm and inches) under the specified
procedure.
Vernier Height gauge (mm and inches) under the
Vernier depth gauge (mm and inches) under the
Dial Vernier caliper (mm and inches) under the specified
procedure.
specified procedure
K-1. Describe the different kind of measuring tools and its uses. Micrometer, Outside
micrometer, Inside micrometer, Depth Micrometer, Plug Micrometer, Vernier
Micrometer. Vernier caliper, Vernier Height gauge, Vernier depth gauge, Dial Vernier
caliper.
Critical Evidence(s) required

National Competency Standards Level- 5 in Automobile Technology
 Capable to use Micrometer  Capable to u Vernier Micrometer.

 Capable to use Outside micrometer  Capable to use Vernier caliper
 Capable to use Inside micrometer  Capable to use Vernier Height gauge
 Capable to use Depth Micrometer  Capable to use Vernier depth gauge
 Capable to use of Plug Micrometer  Capable to use Dial Vernier caliper
S No. Descriptions
1 Micrometer, Outside micrometer, Inside micrometer, Depth Micrometer, Plug Micrometer,

Vernier Micrometer.
2 Vernier caliper, Vernier Height gauge, Vernier depth gauge, Dial Vernier caliper.
Perform Angular Measuring.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner Angular Measuring Instrument as Bevel
protector, Bevel protector Vernier, and Single bar
CU-1: Bevel protector P-1. Inspect and measure different kind of measurement with Bevel
protector (Degree, Minute and second) under the specified
procedure.
P-2. Perform Adjustment of Bevel Protector
CU-2: Bevel Protector Vernier P-1. Inspect and measure different kind of measurement with Bevel
Vernier protector under the specified procedure.
P-2. Perform Adjustment of Bevel Protector
CU-3: Side bar P-1. Inspect and measure Known angle with the help of sine bar under
P-2. Measures the object with the help of formula of sine bar.
P-3. Inspect and measure Unknown angle with the help of sine bar
P-4. Measures the object with the help of formula of sine bar.
P-5. Inspect and measure Unknown angle of Heavy workpiece with the
help of sine bar under the specified procedure.
K-1. Describes the different kind of measuring tools and its uses. Bevel protector, Bevel protector Vernier
and Sine bar
K-2. Describe the operational principles of Bevel protector, Bevel protector Vernier and Sine bar
K-3. Understand different kind of formulas use in sine bar measurement
 Capable to measurement with Bevel protector.

 Capable to measurement with Bevel protector Vernier.
 Capable to measurement with Sine bar.
 Capable/ Understand different kind of formulas use in sine bar measurement.
S No. Descriptions
1 Bevel protector
2 Bevel protector Vernier
3 Side bar
4 Given Object
Identify the Types of Gauges.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner Fixed gauges, Adjustable gauges, Indicating
gauges, thread gauges
CU-1: Fixed Gauges Inspect and use following gauge under the specified procedure:
P-1. Fixed Master gauge under the specified procedure.
P-2. Fixed Limit gauge under the specified procedure.
P-3. Fixed Plug gauge under the specified procedure.
P-4. Fixed Ring gauge under the specified procedure.
P-5. Fixed snap gauge under the specified procedure.
P-6. Feeler gauge under the specified procedure.
P-7. Sheet metal and wire gauge under the specified procedure.
CU-2: Adjustable Gauges Inspect and use following gauge under the specified procedure:
P-1. Surface gauge under the specified procedure.
P-2. Depth gauge under the specified procedure.
P-3. Height gauge under the specified procedure.
P-4. Dial gauge under the specified procedure.
P-5. Snap gauge under the specified procedure.
CU-3: Indicating Gauges P-1. Inspect run-out gauge under the specified procedure.
P-2. Inspect back lash gauge under the specified procedure.
P-3. Inspect end play under the specified procedure.
P-4. Inspect cylinder bore under the specified procedure.
CU-4: Thread Gauges P-1. Inspect and use of thread gauge measure different kind of thread
CU-5: Ziess Micrometer P-1. Inspect and use of ziess micrometer under the specified
procedure.
K-1. Describes the different kind of Gauges and its uses.

K-2. Fixed gauges, Adjustable gauges, Indicating gauges, thread gauges
 Capable to measure with the Fixed gauges.

 Capable to measure with the Adjustable gauges.
 Capable to measure with the Indicating gauges.
 Capable to measure with the thread gauges.
S No Descriptions
1. Fixed gauges
2. Adjustable gauges
3. Indicating gauges
4. Thread gauges
Identify Comparators Instrument
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner identify and uses of graduated instrument
as Electrical/Electronic comparators, Pneumatic comparators, Optical/Projection comparators, Mechanical
comparators, Automatic gauging comparators, Gauge block comparators, Microscope (Tool Maker
microscope)
CU-1: Electrical/ Electronic P-1. Understand the parts and principle of Electrical/Electronic
comparators comparators
P-2. Inspect and measurement with Electrical/Electronic comparators
P-3. Performs the use of AC wheat stone bridge circuit incorporating a
galvanometer.
CU-2: Pneumatic comparators P-1. Understand the parts and principle Pneumatic comparators
P-2. Inspect and measurement with Pneumatic comparators under the
CU-3: Optical/Projection P-1. Inspect and measurement with Optical/Projection comparators

comparators under the specified procedure.
P-2. Adjust Optical/Projection comparators according to job condition
CU-4: Mechanical P-1. Inspect and measurement with rack and pinion comparators under
comparators the specified procedure.
P-2. Inspect and measurement with Cam and gear train comparators
P-3. Inspect and measurement with lever and tooth sector comparators
P-4. Inspect and measurement with compound comparators under the
P-5. Inspect and measurement with Twisted taut strip comparators
CU-5: Automatic gauging P-1. Understand the parts and principle Automatic gauging comparators
comparators P-2. Inspect and measurement with Automatic gauging comparators
CU-6: Gauge block P-1. Inspect and measurement with Gauge block comparators under the
comparators specified procedure.
CU-7: Microscope (Tool Maker P-2. Understand the parts and principle Microscope (Tool Maker
microscope) microscope).
P-3. Inspect and measurement with Microscope (Tool Maker

microscope).
K-1. Describes the different kind of measuring tools and its uses.
1-Electrical/Electronic comparators2- Pneumatic comparators 3-Optical/Projection comparators4-
Mechanical comparators5-Automatic gauging comparators6-Gauge block comparator7-Microscope
(Tool Maker microscope)
K-2. Describe the different type attachment with above comparators.
 Capable identify/ Measurement with the Electrical/Electronic comparators.

 Capable identify/Measurement with the Pneumatic comparators
 Capable identify/Measurement with the Optical/Projection comparators
 Capable identify/Measurement with the Mechanical comparators
 Capable identify/Measurement with the Automatic gauging comparators
 Capable identify/Measurement with the Gauge block comparator
 Capable identify/Measurement with the Microscope (Tool Maker microscope)
S No. Descriptions
1. Electrical/Electronic comparators
2. Pneumatic comparators
3. Optical/ Projection comparators
4. Mechanical comparators
5. Automatic gauging comparators
Gauge block comparator
6. Microscope (Tool Maker microscope)
19. Applied Thermodynamics AD-232
Analyses HVAC/R Systems Thermodynamic Performance
Overview
This Competency Standard covers the analysis of heating, ventilating, air conditioning and refrigeration
(HVAC/R) systems to provide solution to thermodynamic performance issues. It encompasses working
safely, apply extensive knowledge of thermodynamic parameters, gathering and analyzing data, applying
problem solving techniques, developing and documenting results and solutions for use in design work to
provide you the basis for your work.
CU-1: Prepare to analyze the P-1. Observe safe work practices and personal protective OHS
thermodynamic processes and procedures for a given work area are identified,
performance of obtained and understood.
HVAC/R systems P-2. Establish OHS risk control measures and procedures are followed
in preparation for the work.
P-3. Determine extent of the thermodynamic issues from performance
specifications, situation reports and in consultations with relevant
persons
P-4. Plan activities to meet scheduled timelines in consultation with
others involved in the work
P-5. Form effective strategies to ensure solution development and
implementation to carry out efficiently.
CU-2: Analyze the P-1. Apply thermodynamic principles to analytical solutions on

thermodynamic refrigeration and air conditioning systems.
performance of P-2. Obtain Parameters, specifications and performance requirements
HVAC/R systems in relation to refrigeration and air conditioning systems in
accordance with established procedures.
P-3. Carry out approaches to analyzing thermodynamic parameters to
provide the most effective solution.
P-4. Deal unplanned events with safely and effectively, consistent with
regulatory requirements and enterprise policy.
P-5. Monitor quality of work against personal performance agreement
and/or establish organizational & professional standards
CU-3: Report and action on P-1. Evaluate to determine their effectiveness of solutions for
the results of thermodynamic issues and modify where necessary. P2: Report
thermodynamic the analysis including details of all findings, calculations and
performance analysis assumptions.
P-2. Report analysis to appropriately personnel to establish appropriate
action to be taken based on findings.
P-3. Take actions regarding equipment, documented for inclusion in
work/project or development records in accordance with
professional standards and manufacturers specifications.
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit. Evidence shall
show that knowledge has been acquired of safe working practices and analyzing the thermodynamic
performance of HVAC/R systems.
K-1. Understanding the thermodynamic performance issues

K-2. Forming effective strategies for analyzing refrigeration and air conditioning systems performance
K-3. Obtaining thermodynamic performance parameters, specifications and performance requirements
appropriate to each situation.
K-4. Evaluating the results of the analysis
K-5. Documenting analysis details of all findings, calculations and assumptions.
Capable to solve the thermodynamics related problems
Capable to explain the thermodynamic diagrams.

Carry-out Smooth Boiler Operation
Overview
This Competency Standard covers the competencies required to enable the student to prepare boiler for
smooth operation. This unit covers the knowledge low pressure boiler, application of boiler in HVAC
technology, its controls, chemical treatment of boiler/ water and feed water tanks to provide you the basis
for your work.
CU-1: Prepare the Boiler for P-1. Review operational order and where required check with
Operation appropriate personal
P-2. Identify and report health and safety hazards / maintenance
requirements to appropriate personnel according to workplace
reporting procedures
P-3. Identify and set quantity of steam to be generated for allocated
Process
P-4. Purge the boiler according to workplace procedure
P-5. Perform pre-operational checks to confirm operational status of
boiler and related equipment
CU-2: Operate and Monitor P-1. Use equipment in line with organizational safety procedures,
Boiler manufacturer’s instructions and environmental protection practices.
P-2. Apply complete pre-operational safety and pre start-up checks to
ensure operational effectiveness.
P-3. Start boiler and bring safely on line; communicate recent
performance to appropriate personnel.
P-4. Monitor boiler operation, diagnose status and adjust to maintain
safe and efficient operation.
CU-3: Shut down and Store P-1. Shut down boiler according to workplace procedures and
Boiler manufacturer's recommendations
P-2. Clean boiler internally and externally according to workplace
procedures and manufacturer's recommendations
P-3. Remove valves and fittings in preparation for maintenance
P-4. Store the boiler in the appropriate storage mode according to
workplace procedures and manufacturer's recommendations
P-5. Store and record boiler house chemicals, in line with safety
procedures and environmental protection practices.
P-6. Follow emergency shutdown procedures in cases of fire.
P-7. Complete operating log, record fuel efficiency and report to
appropriate personnel.
CU-4: Analyze and Respond P-1. Analyze operating data and plant operating conditions to identify
to Abnormal causes of abnormal performance
Performance (Trouble P-2. Take action correctively in accordance with workplace procedures
Shooting of Boiler) in response to Hazards, out-of-specification test results and/or
plant performance
P-3. Implement emergency procedures as required according to
workplace procedures and manufacturer's recommendations
The candidate must be able to demonstrate underpinning knowledge and understanding required to carry
out tasks covered in this competency standard. This includes the knowledge of:
K-1. Safe work procedures including awareness of health and safety hazards related to boiler operation
and associated control measures. Hazards typically include working around hot surfaces, manual
handling, fuel and steam leaks
K-2. Purpose and limitations of protective clothing and equipment
K-3. Hierarchy of hazard control measures
K-4. Duty of care of the boiler operator
K-5. Purpose and basic principles of combustion and boiler operation. This includes principles of heat
transfer and properties of steam
K-6. Boiler system layout and steam cycle
K-7. The purpose of purging a boiler
K-8. The effect of fuel quality on boiler operation
K-9. Impact of ash removal on efficient boiler operation and impact of sluice water flow
K-10. Relationship to other processes. This includes an understanding of the impact of sudden load
changes on boiler pressure and plant operation
K-11. Purpose and limitations of protective clothing and equipment
K-12. Methods used to render equipment safe to inspect, maintain and/or clean including lock-out, tag-
out and isolation procedures
 Capable to explain the boiler system

 Capable to solve the boiler related problems.
Recognize Fundamentals of Thermodynamics Problems
Overview:
The user/ individual on the job needs to know and understand how to Solve problems of fundamentals of
thermodynamics ,heat, mass & weight, force, work done and power. Develop skill, mathematical attitudes
and logical perception in the use of mathematical instruments as required in the automobile fields.
CU-1: Preform the P-1. Measuring the temperature and convert to K to C.

conversation of P-2. Solve the problem with the help formula.
Temperature scales P-3. Measuring the temperature with appropriate tool.
CU-2: Measuring the vacuum P-1. Measure the vacuum use with vacuum gauge on engine.
and pressure gauge P-2. Measure the pressure use with the pressure gauge in different
scales.
P-3. Perform the conversation of vacuum and pressure in different
scales.
P-4. Solve the problems of mathematical attitudes and logical
perception in the use of mathematical instruments
CU-3: Understand and Solve P-1. Solve the problems of following energies:
the problems of a. Potential Energy
Different Energies b. Kinetic Energy
c. Thermal Energy
d. Chemical Energy
P-2. Drive the law of
a. Laws of thermodynamics
b. Law of conservation of energy

CU-4: Derive the P-1. Drive the following laws:
mathematical relations a. Boyles Law
b. Charles Law
c. Joules Law
P-2. Solve the mathematical problems applying the laws
K-1. Safe work.
Capable to solve the problems related to the heat, mass & weight, force.
Read and Interpret Perfect Gases Laws, Properties and Solve problems
Overview:
The user/ individual on the job needs to know and understand how to the knowledge of fundamentals of
thermodynamics, laws and properties of gases, thermodynamic processes and cycles, steam and Gas
turbines , I.C. Engines.
Competency Units Knowledge Criteria
CU-1: Applying Gas Laws in P-1. Derive the following mathematical relations:
problems a. General gas equation
b. Characteristic Gas equation
c. Universal Gas equation
P-2. Understand the specific heats of a gas and derive its mathematical
relations.
CU-2: Derive the P-1. Derive the mathematical equation of Enthalpy of a Gas.
mathematical
equation
Understanding and Knowledge:
K-1. Perfect gas and its properties.

K-2. Derive the mathematical relations.
a. Boyle’s law.
b. Charles’s law
c. Joule’s law
K-3. The mathematical relations..
a. General gas equation
b. Characteristic Gas equation
c. Universal Gas equation
K-4. Describe the following.
a. The two specific heats of a gas and derive its mathematical relations.
K-5. State the following.
a. Enthalpy of a Gas
 Capable to drive the gas equations

 Capable to drive the enthalpy gas equation
Read and Derived Thermodynamics Processes and Cycles
Overview:
The user/ individual on the job needs to know and understand how to prepare the properties of steam,
steam boilers and their performance , steam and Gas turbines , I.C. Engines, Air compressors and their
problems.
CU-1: Draw the different P-1. Explain CARNOT CYCLE with the help of P-V diagram; also derive
Cycles its mathematical relations for Air Standard Efficiency during the
cycle of operation.
P-2. OTTO CYCLE with the help of P-V diagram; also derive its
mathematical relations for Air Standard Efficiency during the cycle
of operation
P-3. DIESEL CYCLE with the help of P-V diagram; also derive its
mathematical relations for Air Standard Efficiency during the cycle
of operation.
P-4. Joule’s Cycle with the help of P-V diagram, also derive its
mathematical relations for air standard efficiency during cycle of
operation.
P-5. DUAL COMBUSTION CYCLE with the help of P-V diagram; also
derive its mathematical relations for Air Standard Efficiency during
the cycle of operation.
CU-2: Evaluate the P-1. Working and general construction of a boiler, Classification of
performance of steam boilers, Selection factors of a good steam boiler, Important terms
boilers used for steam boilers.
P-2. The construction and working of Simple Vertical Boiler with the help
of neat sketch.
P-3. The construction and working of COCHRAN Boiler (Multi tubular
boiler) with the help of neat sketch.
P-4. The construction and working of Babcock and Wilcox Boiler with
the help of neat sketch.
CU-3: Derived and solved P-1. Solve and Derived following

the mathematically a. Torque, and it’s unit in SI system.
problems of I.C b. Mean effective pressure.
engines c. Indicated power and its formula..
d. Brake Horse power and its formula.
e. Measurement of Brake Horse power
P-2. Solve and Derived following
a. Friction Horse power.
b. Mechanical efficiency.
c. Thermal efficiency.
Understanding and Knowledge:
K-1. Explain CARNOT CYCLE with the help of P-V diagram; also derive its mathematical relations for Air
Standard Efficiency during the cycle of operation.
K-2. Explain OTTO CYCLE with the help of P-V diagram; also derive its mathematical relations for Air
Standard Efficiency during the cycle of operation.
K-3. Explain DIESEL CYCLE with the help of P-V diagram; also derive its mathematical relations for Air
Standard Efficiency during the cycle of operation..
K-4. Explain DUAL COMBUSTION CYCLE with the help of P-V diagram; also derive its mathematical
relations for Air Standard Efficiency during the cycle of operation.
K-5. Solve the mathematical expressions of following:
i. Performance of boiler
ii. Equivalent evaporation of boiler
iii. Efficiency of boiler
K-6. Derived formula of Comparison between Water tube and Fire tube boilers.
Capable to explain the PV cycle
Capable to explain the Otto cycle, diesel cycle
Capable to explain the thermal efficiency and sole the related problems
Analyze Reciprocating & Rotary Air Compressors Performance
Overview:
This Competency standard identifies the competencies to transfer the knowledge of fundamentals of Air
compressors its types and their performance.
CU-1: Inspect/Understand P-1. Describe the introduction of Air Compressors, types of Air
component of air Compressors(Reciprocating & Rotary)
compressor and their a. And terms used for Air Compressors
types P-2. Describe the construction and working of single stage
reciprocating air compressor with the help of PV diagram and
sketch.
CU-2: Derived the work done P-1. Derived and draw Describe the work done per cycle by a single
as per cycle. stage reciprocating Air Compressor without and with
clearance volume, considering the following laws of compression.
a. Isothermal Compression.
b. Isentropic compression.
c. Polytrophic compression
P-2. Solve the multistage compression and understand its advantages.
CU-3: Derive mathematical P-1. Derive its mathematical Expression for the work done per cycle
expression two stage considering polytrophic law of compression
reciprocating air P-2. Drive a single stage and two stages reciprocating Air
problems. compressors; also derive its formulae.
Knowledge & Understanding:
K-1. Describe the work done per cycle by a single stage reciprocate Compressor without and with
clearance volume, considering the following laws of compression.
a. Isothermal Compression.
b. Isentropic compression.
c. Polytrophic compression.
K-2. Describe the multistage compression and its advantages.
K-3. Describe the two stage reciprocating air compressor with intercooler; also derive its mathematical
Expression for the work done per cycle considering polytrophic law of compression.
Capable to explain the Air compressor and its types
Capable to drive the work done as per cycle

Solves Problems of Internal Combustion Engine
Overview:
This Competency standard identifies the competencies required to develop and transfer the knowledge of
fundamentals, types of, IC. Engines and their performance.
CU-1: Understand and solve P-1. Perform the following.

the IC. engine a. Torque, and it’s unit in SI system.
b. Mean effective pressure.
c. Indicated power and its formula..
d. Brake Horse power and its formula
CU-2: Calculate the different P-1. Perform the following.

powers/ Efficiency IC. a. Measurement of Brake Horse power.
Engine b. Friction Horse power.
c. Mechanical efficiency.
d. Thermal efficiency
e. Volumetric efficiency
Understand and Knowledge:
K-1. Explain Torque, and its unit in SI system.

K-2. Explain Mean effective pressure.
K-3. Explain Indicated power and its formula.
K-4. Explain Brake Horse power and its formula.
K-5. Explain Measurement of Brake Horse power.
K-6. Explain Friction Horse power.
K-7. Explain Mechanical efficiency.
K-8. Explain Thermal efficiency.
Capable to explain mean effective pressure
Capable to explain the brake horse power

20. Motor Vehicle Driving AD-302
Inspect Vehicle Controls for pre Operational & Pre Starting
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to check performance of vehicle different
controls and perform pre operational and pre starting inspection.
CU-1: Practice to use of P-1. Check the performance & Working of following controls. Dashboard
Different Vehicle instruments cluster lights and dials controls
Controls  Speedometer
 Tachometer
 Fuel gauge
 Temperature gauge
 Warning lights for fuel, oil, engine, water
P-2. Steering Wheel control
 Steering wheel
 Windscreen wipers
 Indicators
 Headlights on full beam and dip
 Horn
P-3. Floor controls:
 Accelerator pedal
 Brake pedal
 Clutch pedal (for manual cars)
 Gear lever
 Handbrake or park brake
CU-2: Carry out Pre P-1. Inspect the following

operational Inspection  Vehicle tire pressure.
on Vehicle.  Fuel level.
 Oil pressure.
 Coolant level.
 Battery Electrolyte level.
 Brake Fluid level.
 Head Lights, Turn Signal Lights, brake light and Horn working.
 Brake Paddle Play, Accelerator Paddle Play, Clutch Paddle
Play.
 Hand brake operation.
 Steering operation.
P-2. Check the working of different interiors and exteriors of a car.
CU-3: Perform Basic Pre P-1. Perform following operations

Starting inspection on  Set the position of choke on.
Engine  Ignition Switch different Positions (Off, Acc, On, ST).
 Release of Ignition switch key just after the engine start.
 Engine Warm up Period.
 Glow of Oil pressure light, Battery charging light and Vehicle
Malfunction Indication Light just after Starting the engine.
 Abnormal engine noises.
 Engine Stopping.
K-1. Describes the performance & Working of following controls. Dashboard instruments cluster lights
and dials controls
 Speedometer
 Tachometer
 Fuel gauge
 Temperature gauge
 Warning lights for fuel, oil, engine, water
K-2. Explain Steering Wheel control
 Steering wheel
 Windscreen wipers
 Indicators
 Headlights on full beam and dip
 Horn
K-3. Explain Floor controls
 Accelerator pedal
 Brake pedal
 Clutch pedal (for manual cars)
 Gear lever
 Handbrake or park brake.
K-4. Explain the following
 Vehicle tire pressure.
 Fuel level.
 Oil pressure.
 Coolant level.
 Battery Electrolyte level.
 Brake Fluid level.
 Head Lights, Turn Signal Lights, brake light and Horn working.
 Brake Paddle Play, Accelerator Paddle Play, Clutch Paddle Play.
 Hand brake operation.
 Steering operation.
K-5. Explain following operations
 Set the position of choke on.
 Ignition Switch different Positions (Off, Acc, On, ST).
 Glow of Oil pressure light, Battery charging light and Vehicle Malfunction Indication Light just
after Starting the engine.
 Abnormal engine noises.
 Engine Stopping.
 Capable to Practice to use of Different Vehicle Controls

 Capable to Carry out Pre operational Inspection on Vehicle.
 Capable to Perform Basic Pre Starting inspection on Engine
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle Equipped with manual transmission

Read and Interpret Traffic Signals, Road Signs and Marking Lanes on Roads.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to Identify Traffic Signals, Road signs,
marking Lanes on Roads.
CU-1: Identify and follow P-1. Follow the following traffic signals,
Traffic signals.  Red signals.
 Yellow signals.
 Green signals.
 Traffic signal blackout.
CU-2: Identify and follow P-1. Follow the following road signs.
different Road signs.  Regulatory signs
 Guidance signs
 Warning signs
 Information signs
 Octagonal stop sign
 Triangular yield sign
 Diamond-shaped pedestrian priority sign
CU-3: Identify and follow P-1. Follow the following marking lanes on roads
Marking lanes on roads.
 Regulatory markings
 Warning markings
 Guidance markings
K-1. Describe the following traffic signals,

 Red signals.
 Yellow signals.
 Green signals.
 Traffic signal blackout.
K-2. Describe the following road signs.
 Regulatory signs
 Guidance signs
 Warning signs
K-3. Explain the following marking lanes on roads
 Regulatory markings
 Warning markings
 Guidance markings
 Capable to Identify and follow Traffic signals

 Capable to Identify and follow different Road signs.
 Capable to Identify and follow marking lanes on roads.
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle
2 Driving charts
Apply Power & Parking Brakes to Vehicle
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to use of brake & parking brake of vehicle and
park the vehicle in proper place under the specified procedure.
CU-1: Perform brake P-1. Brake controls on vehicle

operation on road. P-2. Start driving and apply brake in different condition and situation
P-3. Check and observe breaking distance
CU-2: Properly park the car at P-1. Drive car and take to proper parking place
proper place. P-2. Observe road signs and road lanes and marking on roads
P-3. Park the vehicle at proper place
P-4. Apply parking brake
This competency standard will provide knowledge related to:
K-1. Purpose of Brake and parking brake.

K-2. Factors effecting Vehicle Stopping.
K-3. Types of road surfaces and their effects on braking.
K-4. Vehicle Skidding.
K-5. Road Resistance / Road Grip.
K-6. Over Speeding and its Disadvantages.
K-7. Vehicle tires wear & tear and its limits.
K-8. Car Speed / Vehicle inertia to Braking

 Capable to apply braking in different situations

 Capable to drive a car in accordance to breaking distance.
 Capable to park vehicle in proper place and observe rules while parking.
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle
Drive Car in Different Condition
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to work on vehicle final drive the car in
different road conditions.
CU-1: Drive Car on Straight P-1. Driving on straight Road

Road  Proper use of indicators
 Proper use Road lanes.
 Proper use of horn
 Understanding road signs
 Proper use of brake.
CU-2: Driving In Hilly Area P-1. Driving in Hilly area

 Proper use of brake
 Proper use of Clutch
 Proper gear shifting
 Understanding Warning Signs.
 Observing Speed limits.
CU-3: Vehicle Overtaking P-1. Vehicle Overtaking

 Proper use indicators
 Proper use of Road lanes.
 Check oncoming lanes
 Check mirrors
 Go back to own lane after overtaking by using indicators.
K-1. Describe the Driving on straight Road

 Proper use of indicators
 Proper use Road lanes.
 Understanding road signs
 Proper use of brake.
K-2. Describe the Driving in Hilly area
 Proper use of brake
 Proper use of Clutch
 Proper gear shifting
 Understanding Warning Signs.
 Observing Speed limits.
K-3. Describe Vehicle Overtaking
 Proper use indicators
 Proper use of Road lanes.
 Check oncoming lanes
 Check mirrors
 Go back to own lane after overtaking by using indicators.
 Capable to Drive Car on Straight Road

 Capable to Driving In Hilly Area
 Capable to Vehicle Overtaking
S No Descriptions
1 Vehicle
Drive Vehicle with Manual& Automatic Transmission
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to driving of manual, and automatic vehicle.
CU-1: Drive Car With Manual P-1. Drive Car With Manual Transmission and follow the following
Transmission  Adjust mirrors
 Adjust seats
 Adjust Steering
 Know the Different pedals & their uses.
 Proper using of Clutch.
 Use proper gear Shifting & Gear position.
 Proper use of indicator.
 Know the Different pedals & their uses.
 Parking in proper place.
CU-2: Drive Car With Manual P-1. Drive Car With Manual Transmission and follow the following
Transmission  Adjust mirrors
 Adjust seats
 Adjust Steering
 Know the use of Brake & Accelerator.
 Shifting of gear lever in proper position
CU-3: Drive Four Stroke P-1. Drive Four Stroke Motorcycle and follow the following
Motorcycle  Adjust back view mirror
 Start motorcycle in proper sequence.
 Proper use of front wheel brake
 Proper use of rear wheel brake
 Proper use of clutch
 Proper use of indicator while turning
 Park in proper place
 Wear helmet before driving motorcycle
K-1 Describes the following

 Adjustment of mirrors
 Adjustment of seats
 Adjustment of Steering
 Different pedals & their uses.
 Gear Shifting & Gear position.
K-2 Explain the following
 Adjust back view mirror

 Starting of motorcycle in proper sequence.
 proper use of indicator while turning
 Capable to drive car with manual transmission

 Capable to drive four stroke motorcycle
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle Equipped with manual transmission

2 Vehicle Equipped with Automatic transmission
3 Motorcycle 125cc
Drive Motorcycle
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to driving of manual, automatic vehicle &
motorcycle
CU-1: Drive Four Stroke P-1. Drive Four Stroke Motorcycle and follow the following
Motorcycle  Adjust back view mirror
 Start motorcycle in proper sequence.
 Proper use of indicator while turning
CU-2: Safe driving techniques P-1. Drive Motorcycle and monitor the following:
 Wear helmet before driving motorcycle
 Understand motor vehicle act , traffic regulations
 Safe Overtaking
 Safe driving in different situations
 Parking at side stand
 Parking at double stand
K-1. Describes the following

 Adjustment of back view mirrors
 Different grips, pedals & their uses.
 Gear Shifting & Gear position.
K-2. Explain the following
 Starting of motorcycle in proper sequence.
 proper use of indicator while turning
 Park at single & double stand
 Capable to drive four stroke motorcycle
S No. Descriptions
1. Motorcycle 125cc
Drive Vehicle on Economy Speed for Fuel Saving
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to drive the vehicle on economy speed for
fuel saving
CU-1: Perform pre starting P-1. Perform following operations

 Set the position of choke on.
 Ignition Switch different Positions (Off, Acc, On, ST).
 Glow of Oil pressure light, Battery charging light and Vehicle
Malfunction Indication Light just after Starting the engine
 Warm up the engine to normal temperature.
CU-2: Drive the vehicle at P-1. Perform following operations

economic speed for fuel  Avoid Aggressive Driving
saving  Drive Steadily at Posted Speed Limits
 Avoid over Speeding
 Avoid Idling Your Vehicle in Both Summer and Winter
 Make Sure Your Tires Are Proper
 Select the Right Gear
 Use Your Air Conditioner Sparingly on Older Cars
 Use the Cruise Control
 Choose the Octane Fuel Which Best Suits Your Car
 Avoid Putting Your Car in Neutral When Idling
K-1. Describe the Aggressive Driving.

K-2. Describe the steadily driving at Posted Speed Limits
K-3. Explain the over Speeding
K-4. Explain proper gear shifting
 Capable to Drive the vehicle at economic speed for fuel saving

 Capable to Drive Steadily at Posted Speed Limits
 Capable to use proper gear shifting
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle
Perform Safety Practices While Driving
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner driving safety and first aid procedures.
CU-1: First aid given P-1. First aid cut injury

according to accepted P-2. First aid eye injury
medical regulations in P-3. First aid burn injury
case of road Accident
P-4. Provide artificial respiration
to Treat minor injuries
CU-2: Perform rescue drill and P-1. Provide artificial respiration.
training exercise in P-2. Support head & neck to avoid them twisting
case of accidents to P-3. Do not cover her eyes.
treat life saving P-4. Keep talking to them.
P-5. Keep checking that they are still breathing.
P-6. Keep the patient away from vehicle.
P-7. Call the Ambulance
K-1. Explain First Aid (according to accepted medical regulations in case of road Accident to Treat
minor injuries)
K-2. Describe rescue drill and training exercise in case of accidents to treat life saving
The candidate needs to produce following critical evidence(s) in order to be competent in this competency
standard:
 Capable to give first aid according to accepted medical regulations in case of road accident to treat
minor injuries
 Capable to Perform rescue drill and training exercise in case of accidents to treat life saving
S No. Descriptions
1 First Aid Box
21. Motor Vehicle Inspection AD-312

Inspect Tires & Wheels of Light & Heavy Duty Transport Vehicles (LTV & HTV).
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to inspect tires & wheels of HTV and LTV
vehicles According to specifications under the specified procedure.
CU-1: Check the condition & 1. Check And Inspect the following in tire,
quality of Light vehicle 2. Tire inflation
(LTV) tires and wheels. 3. Tire tread
4. Side wall
5. Pledge on tire
6. Tire type
7. Retreading
8. Broken fabrics
9. Broken wires
10. Check And Inspect the following in wheels,
11. Welded wheel
12. Broken wheel
13. Broken stud and nut.
14. Missing nut
15. Damage wheel
16. Oval hole in Wheel
17. Check the condition & 18. Check And Inspect the following in heavy tire,
quality of Heavy vehicle 19. Tire inflation
(HTV) tires and wheels 20. Tire tread
21. Side wall
22. Pledge on tire
23. Tire type
24. Retreading
25. Broken fabrics
26. Broken wires
27. Re-grooved
28. Restriction mark on tire
29. Same size of all tires
30. Check And Inspect the following in wheels,
31. Welded wheel
32. Broken wheel
33. Broken stud and nut.
34. Missing nut
35. Damage wheel
36. Oval hole in Wheel
37. Check stem
38. Check cap
K-1. Describes the following in Heavy and Light vehicle tire,

 Tire inflation
 Tire tread
 Side wall
 Pledge on tire
 Tire type
 Retreading
 Broken fabrics
 Broken wires
K-2. Explain the following in Heavy and Light vehicle wheels,
 Welded wheel
 Broken wheel
 Broken stud and nut.
 Missing nut
 Damage wheel
 Oval hole in Wheel
 Capable to check the condition & quality of Light vehicle (LTV) tires and wheels.
 Capable to check the condition & quality of Heavy vehicle (HTV) tires and wheels.
S No. Descriptions
1 Light vehicles tires

2 Light vehicles wheel/rim
3 Heavy vehicle tires
4 Heavy vehicle wheel/rim
5 Tool kit complete
Inspect Vehicle Suspension System.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to Inspect vehicle suspension system
According to specification. Under the specified procedure.
CU-1: Check performance of P-1. Coil spring inspection

spring, shock-absorber  Breakage
and tracking  Height
P-2. Leaf spring inspection
 Center bolt
 U bolt
 Leaves
 Bushes
P-3. Shock absorber inspection
 Leakage
 Bushes
 Attachments
 Tracking inspection
 By tracking gauge.
 By wet road test.
CU-2: Check performance of P-1. Check & verify the following,
the electronic control  Height sensor
suspension system.  Actuator
 Shock Absorber
 Compressor
 Switch
 Fuses
 Wring & relays
K-1. Describe the inspection of following

 Shock absorber inspection
 Shock absorber inspection
K-2. Describe the following in electronic suspension system
 Height sensor
 Actuator
 Shock Absorber
 Compressor
 Switch
 Fuses
 Wring & relays
 Capable to Identify Faults of spring, shock-absorber and tracking and rectify it

 Capable to check performance of the electronic control suspension system
 Capable to Identify Faults of electronic control system and rectify it.
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle equipped with electronic suspension system

2 Vehicle equipped with Manual suspension system
3 Tool kit complete
Inspect Vehicle Steering System and Wheel Alignment
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to inspect vehicle steering system and wheel
alignment under the specified procedure.
CU-1: Inspect and check the P-1. Inspect the vehicle steering system for rubber boots on (inner and
performance of steering outer ball joint), Tie road condition, and inner/outer ball joints play,
system and wheel steering rack and pinion box, mounting for the steering box under
alignment the specified procedure.
P-2. Replace/service the Outer tie road, inner tie road, steering
mountings, steering boots (inner and outer ball joint), under the
P-3. Service the steering gear (Rack and pinion) box under the specified
procedure.
P-4. Inspect and check the following components of steering system
 Lose steering Column
 Defective energy absorbing steering column
 Steering wheel play
 Steering linkage play
 Steering gear lash
 Steering wheel Hardness
 Lose Ball joint
 Front wheel bearing
CU-2: Inspect and check the P-1. Check for the vehicle pre alignment for proper Tire
wheel alignment pressure/inflation, loose ball joints, wheel bearings, tie road ends,
axle bushes, faulty spring, tire deformation, vehicle ride height, and
loose stabilizer bar under specified procedure.
P-2. Drive the vehicle and load/offload it on wheel alignment machine
following safety rules as specified in the manual.
P-3. Perform wheel alignment using the wheel alignment machine as
described procedure in the machine manual and adjusts Toe,
camber of front and rear wheels under specified procedure.

Steering systems (non-assisted/manual), power assisted system, electronic steering system with a
motor.
K-2. Describe the main components and mechanism of the following.
Ackerman principle, true rolling motion, steering ratio, toe in/out, camber, caster, steering axes
inclination, steering wheel/column, rack and pinion, steering gearboxes, steering ball joints,
steering arm, front hubs, bearings/seals.
K-3. Describe the following functions/ principles of wheel alignment.
Ackerman principle for a true rolling motion, steering pull, steering center point, steering wheel
vibration causes.
K-4. Describe the wheel alignment faults as following.
Toe in, toe out, positive camber, negative camber, positive caster, steering axes inclination,
included angle, tire wear, ride height, trim height of vehicle.

 Capable of servicing steering system

 Capable of performing power steering bleeding
 Capable to diagnose and rectify the steering system problems.
 Capable to perform wheel alignment of the vehicle.
S No. Descriptions

4 Car lift
7 Grease gun
8 Steering fluid pressure tester
9 Oil can
Inspect Light & Heavy Duty Vehicle Brake System
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to inspect light & heavy Duty Vehicle Brake
system as directed in the manual.
CU-1: Inspect Light Vehicle P-1. Check brake performance test on road
(LTV) Brake system. P-2. Check brake performance at inspection station on brake tester
P-3. Check The following
 Master cylinder
 Brake fluid leve
 Brake fluid leakage
 Gas kit
 Brake servo
 Wheel cylinder leakage
 Break line damage
 Disk brake lining
 Drum lining
P-4. Check vehicle instrument panel and identify ABS mall functioning
light.
P-5. Diagnose the vehicle ABS system with the use of scanner for wheel
Sensors performance test, ABS Modular/actuator test under the
P-6. Change the wheel sensors, actuator and related fuse under the
CU-2: Inspect heavy Vehicle P-1. Check brake performance test on road
(HTV) Brake system. P-2. Check brake performance at inspection station on brake tester
P-3. Check The following
 Master cylinder
 Brake fluid leve
 Brake fluid leakage
 Gas kit
 Brake servo
 Wheel cylinder leakage
 Break line damage
 Disk brake lining
 Drum lining
 Brake drum diameter.
 Drum thickness.
 Paddle reservoir
P-4. Check performance of brake booster.

Disc brakes, drum brakes (reduce vehicle speed, stop vehicle), use of friction and friction
materials, hydraulic system in a vehicle brake system, vehicle mechanical/ hand bake, engine
braking in the vehicle.
K-2. Describe the brake main Components as following
Master cylinder (single/tandem), wheel cylinder, calipers (single/tandem), pipes/flexible hoses,
brake shoes (leading/ trailing), brake pads, brake discs, brake drum, handbrake operating
mechanism, pedal, limiting valves, adjusters, brake fluid, brake warning light, brake light, brake
light switch, wear indicator.
K-3. Describe the principles and functions of ABS system in a vehicle as following.
ABS system, Traction control system, vehicle stability control system, Wheel sensors, Ecu, ABS
modulator assembly, vehicle body (Honda G-CON) (Toyota GOA).
 Capable of servicing brake system

 Capable of performing brake bleeding
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle equipped with the ABS

4 Car lift
6 Vacuum gun
Inspect Vehicle Light System.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner Inspect vehicle Lighting System as directed in
the manual.
CU-1: Check The P-1. Check Head Light Aiming Through Head Light Aimer.
Performance Of LTV P-2. Check The Beam of head light
Vehicle Lighting System P-3. Check Head light DIM and FULL Light Position
P-4. Check The Presence and working of Fog Lights
P-5. Check Parking Lights
P-6. Check Left Right Indicators
P-7. Check the double indicate switch
P-8. Check Brake lights
P-9. Check Reverse indication light.
P-10. Check Number plate lights
P-11. Check Warning lights present in dash board.
P-12. Check door lights
P-13. Check all interior lights.
CU-2: Check The P-1. Check Warning lights present in dash board
Performance Of HTV P-2. Check door lights
Vehicle Lighting System P-3. Check all interior lights.
P-4. Check Brake lights
P-5. Check Reverse indication light.
P-6. Check Number plate lights
P-7. Check Parking Lights
P-8. Check Left Right Indicators
P-9. Check the double indicate switch
P-10. Check Head Light Aiming Through Head Light Aimer.
P-11. Check The Beam of head light
P-12. Check Head light DIM and FULL Light Position
P-13. Check The Presence and working of Fog Lights
K-1. Describes the following

K-2. Head Light Aiming Through Head Light Aimer.
K-3. Beam of head light
K-4. Head light DIM and FULL Light Position
K-5. Fog Lights
K-6. Parking Lights
K-7. Indicators
K-8. Brake lights
K-9. Reverse indication light.
K-10. Warning lights present in dash board.
K-11. Door lights
 Capable to check the performance of LTV vehicle lighting system

 Capable to Check the performance of HTV vehicle lighting system
S No. Descriptions
1 Head light aimer

2 Tool kit
3 12 Volt tester
Inspect Vehicle Electric System
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to Inspect Vehicle Electric System as
directed in the manual.
CU-1: Check and Inspect the P-1. Check Wiring Condition

Performance of Light P-2. Check Wiring Color coding
Vehicle Electric system. P-3. Check alternator condition and its performance
P-4. Check ignition switch condition and working
P-5. Check safety starting switch performance
P-6. Check fuse box Inspect all fuses
P-7. Check horn circuit and its performance
P-8. Check wind screen wiper motor circuit and its performance
P-9. Check and inspect wind screen washer motor circuit and check its
performance.
P-10. Inspect vehicle defogger system performance
P-11. In case of key less ignition check push starting button.
P-12. Check and inspect the performance of starting motor of vehicle.
CU-2: Repair charging system P-1. Inspect the vehicle charging system and diagnose the following.
P-2. Battery warning light indication on instrument panel, test output
voltage of alternator, drive belt condition, alternator bearing noise,
wire harness, fuse, and proper insulated wires.
P-3. Dismantle/service of alternator as following.
P-4. Repair connector, replace carbon brushes, replace Rectifier Bridge,
replace voltage regulator, and replace stator winding.
K-1. Check Wiring Condition

K-2. Check Wiring Color coding
K-3. Check alternator condition and its performance
K-4. Check ignition switch condition and working
K-5. Check safety starting switch performance
K-6. Check fuse box Inspect all fuses
K-7. Check horn circuit and its performance
K-8. Check wind screen wiper motor circuit and its performance
K-9. Check and inspect wind screen washer motor circuit and check its performance.
K-10. Inspect vehicle defogger system performance
K-11. In case of key less ignition check push starting button.
K-12. Check and inspect the performance of starting motor of vehicle.
K-13. Describe the Purpose and function of Alternator’s following parts.
Rotor, stator windings, Voltage regulator, Rectifier Bridge, Internal cooling fan, Bearings,
carbon brush, mounting/adjustment bolts), drive belt and its types, ratio alternator/crank pulleys,
RPM, Alternator input/output voltages.
 Capable to Check and Inspect the Performance of Light Vehicle Electric system.
 Capable to troubleshoot the vehicle charging system
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle/simulator
2 Test lamp
3 DMM
4 Tool kit
5 Ampere meter
6 Fuses
7 Relay
Inspect Vehicle Glazing System
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to Inspect Vehicle glazing System as directed
in the manual.
CU-1: Check and inspect P-1. Check and inspect front screen for breakage.
Front Screen P-2. Check the type of glass used
P-3. Check that glass is according to automotive safety glazing.
P-4. Check for electric defogger system present on screen
P-5. Check the installation of front screen

CU-2: Check and inspect Rear P-1. Check and inspect Rear screen for breakage.
screen P-2. Check the type of glass used for rear screen
P-3. Check that Rear screen glass is according to automotive safety
glazing.
P-4. Check the installation of Rear screen
CU-3: Check and inspect P-1. Check and inspect all side glasses for breakage
Side glasses P-2. Check that all glasses are properly installed and operate able.
P-3. Check all glasses are according to automotive safety glazing,
This competency standard will provide knowledge related toexplain the following
K-1. Check and inspect front screen for breakage.

K-2. Check the type of glass used
K-3. Check that glass is according to automotive safety glazing.
K-4. Check for electric defogger system present on screen
K-5. Check the installation of front screen
K-6. Describe the following
K-7. Check and inspect Rear screen for breakage.
K-8. Check the type of glass used for rear screen
K-9. Check that Rear screen glass is according to automotive safety glazing.
K-10. Check the installation of Rear screen
K-11. Check and inspect all side glasses for breakage
K-12. Check that all glasses are properly installed and operate able.
K-13. Check all glasses are according to automotive safety glazing,
The candidate needs to produce following critical evidence(s) in order to be competent in this competency
standard:
 Capable to Check and inspect Front Screen

 Capable to Check and inspect Rear screen
 Capable to Check and inspect Side glasses
S No. Descriptions
1 Tempered glass
2 Laminated glass
3 Front screen with defogger
4 Rear screen with defogger
Inspect Vehicle Fuel System
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to inspect vehicle fuel system According to
specification under the specified procedure.
.Unit of Competency Performance Criteria
CU-1: Check and Inspect P-1. For inspection of Petrol engine fuel system check the performance
Petrol Engine Fuel of following,
System  Fuel tank
 Fuel gauge unit
 Fuel pump
 Fuel lines
 Fuel filter
 Charcoal canister
 Carburetor
P-2. For EFI system Also Check
 Electric Fuel Pump
 Fuel rail
 Fuel injectors
 Pressure regulator Valve
CU-2: Check and Inspect P-1. For inspection of Diesel engine fuel system check the performance
Diesel Engine Fuel of following,
System  Fuel tank
 Fuel gauge unit
 Fuel Pump
 Diesel Fuel Filter
 Fuel Lines
 Fuel Injection Pump
 Fuel injectors
Describes the following petrol components
K-1. Fuel tank

K-2. Fuel gauge unit
K-3. Fuel pump
K-4. Fuel lines
K-5. Fuel filter
K-6. Charcoal canister
K-7. carburetor
For EFI system Also Check
K-8. Electric Fuel Pump

K-9. Fuel rail
K-10. Fuel injectors
K-11. Pressure regulator Valve
Explain the following diesel components
K-12. Fuel tank

K-13. Fuel gauge unit
K-14. Fuel Pump
K-15. Diesel Fuel Filter
K-16. Fuel Lines
K-17. Fuel Injection Pump
K-18. Fuel injectors
 Capable to check and Inspect Petrol Engine Fuel System.

 Capable to check and Inspect Diesel Engine Fuel System.
S No. Descriptions
1 Diesel engine
2 Petrol engine
3 Tool kit
5 Engine analyser
Inspect Vehicle Body Accessories.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to Inspect vehicle body accessories
According to specification under the specified procedure.
CU-1: Check and Inspect the Check and inspect the following
Performance of Vehicle P-1. Front and rear bumper (car)
Body Accessories P-2. Side skirts
exterior P-3. Bumper lips
P-4. Bumper canards
P-5. Bumper diffusers
P-6. Bumper splitters
P-7. Bumper grilles
P-8. Fenders with vents
P-9. Fender flares
P-10. Wide body fenders and quarter panels
P-11. Spoilers
P-12. custom hoods
P-13. Hood Scoops
P-14. Roof scoops
P-15. Side scoops
CU-2: Check and Inspect the Check and inspect the following
Performance of Vehicle P-1. Dashboard
Body Accessories P-2. Console box
interior. P-3. Seats
P-4. Trims
P-5. Roof
P-6. Seat belts
P-7. Interior lights
P-8. Rear view mirror
Describe the following Interiors

K-1. Front and rear bumper (car)
K-2. Side skirts
K-3. Bumper lips
K-4. Bumper canards
K-5. Bumper diffusers
K-6. Bumper splitters
K-7. Bumper grilles
K-8. Fenders with vents
K-9. Fender flares
K-10. Wide body fenders and quarter panels
K-11. Spoilers
K-12. custom hoods
K-13. Hood Scoops
K-14. Roof scoops
K-15. Side scoops
Describe the following exteriors
K-16. Dashboard
K-17. Console box
K-18. Seats
K-19. Trims
K-20. Roof
K-21. Seat belts
K-22. Interior lights
K-23. Rear view mirror
 Capable to check and Inspect the Performance of Vehicle Body Accessories exterior
 Capable to check and Inspect the Performance of Vehicle Body Accessories interior.
S No. Descriptions
1 Tool kit complete

Inspect Vehicle Exhaust System.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to inspect vehicle exhaust according to the
CU-1: Exhaust system P-1. Inspect the performance of main components of exhaust manifold
components P-2. Remove and assemble exhaust manifold from engine
P-3. Inspect the performance of Muffler.
P-4. Dismantle and assemble the Muffler from pipe.
CU-2: Emission control P-1. Identify catalytic converter and understand the function.
system P-2. Identify the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV)and understand the
function.
P-3. Identify and understand the functions of exhaust gas recirculation
system(EGR)
K-1. Describe the exhaust manifold types and its functions.

 Capable to check and Inspect vehicle exhaust system components
 Capable to analyze the emission control system
S No. Descriptions

4 Car lift
Prepare Comprehensive Vehicle Inspection Report.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to inspect Light & heavy Duty Vehicle with
the consideration of performance as directed in the manual.
CU-1: Make Vehicle

Vehicle inspection report consist of following system inspection,
inspection report
P-1. Complete lighting system of vehicle conditions
P-2. Complete mirrors and glasses condition
P-3. Engine condition
P-4. Fuel system condition
P-5. Exhaust system condition
P-6. Brake system condition
P-7. Vehicle interior conditions
P-8. Vehicle body condition
P-9. Vehicle suspension system condition
P-10. Vehicle steering system condition
P-11. Vehicle all lubricants condition
P-12. Vehicle power train condition
P-13. Vehicle tires and wheels condition
P-14. Vehicle alignment condition
P-15. Cooling system condition
P-16. Vehicle heating and A/C system condition.
P-17. SRS system condition

K-1. Complete lighting system of vehicle conditions
K-2. Complete mirrors and glasses condition
K-3. Engine condition
K-4. Fuel system condition
K-5. Exhaust system condition
K-6. Brake system condition
K-7. Vehicle interior conditions
K-8. Vehicle body condition
K-9. Vehicle suspension system condition
K-10. Vehicle steering system condition
K-11. Vehicle all lubricants condition
K-12. Vehicle power train condition
K-13. Vehicle tires and wheels condition
K-14. Vehicle alignment condition
K-15. Cooling system condition
K-16. Vehicle heating and A/C system condition.
K-17. SRS system condition
 Capable to inspect vehicle performance and main components
 Capable to analyze performance report of the vehicle
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle
4 Car lift
6
Prepare Vehicle Title Certificate.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to prepare certificate of title for a vehicle.
CU-1: Make a Certificate of The certificate of title Includes the following,

title P-1. Vehicle owners name
P-2. Vehicle owners address
P-3. Vehicle owners contact
P-4. Vehicle registration no
P-5. Vehicle chassis no
P-6. Vehicle engine no
P-7. Vehicle maker detail
P-8. Vehicle year of manufacture
P-9. Vehicle Body type
P-10. Vehicle loading capacity
P-11. Vehicle seating capacity
P-12. Color of vehicle
P-13. Vehicle body type
P-14. Vehicle tax detail
P-15. Vehicle fitness certification

K-1. Vehicle owners name
K-2. Vehicle owners address
K-3. Vehicle owners contact
K-4. Vehicle registration no
K-5. Vehicle chassis no
K-6. Vehicle engine no
K-7. Vehicle maker detail
K-8. Vehicle year of manufacture
K-9. Vehicle Body type
K-10. Vehicle loading capacity
K-11. Vehicle seating capacity
K-12. Color of vehicle
K-13. Vehicle body type
K-14. Vehicle tax detail
K-15. Vehicle fitness certification
 Capable to check all related documents of the vehicle
 Capable to read the document of vehicle record
Vehicle
22. Fuel Injection and Carburetion AD-343
Diagnose Faults of Intake System.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner intake and exhaust system, adjust and
service the problems as well under the specified procedure in the manual.
CU-1: Service Intake system P-1. Inspect the main components intake system.
P-2. Change/service the intake manifold specified procedure.
P-3. Change/service air cleaner.
P-4. Replace throttle body/carburetor from intake manifold
P-5. Remove and dismantle turbocharger from intake manifold
CU-2: Service Turbo charger/ P-1. Inspect the main components turbocharger system
super charger system P-2. Dismantle and assemble turbocharger/supercharger
P-3. Fault trace of Turbo charger/super charger
K-1. Describes the intake system main components and their functions as following.
K-2. Plenum, Runner, Tuned intake manifold, motor, resonator, pipe.
K-3. Describe the operational principles of intake system systems.
K-4. Describe the operation of turbocharger/super charger
K-5. Describe the components of turbocharger/super charger
 Capable to service intake system.

 Capable to change intake system.
 Capable to change Tuned intake motor vehicle.
 Capable to replace faulty components for intake manifold system.
 Capable to check tuned intake manifold motor
 Capable to check fault turbocharger/super charger
 Capable to service turbocharger/super charger
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle
2 Tools trolley (Complete set of Hand Tools)
3 Multi-meter
4 Special Service tools
Diagnose Faults of Exhaust System
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to inspect and service of exhaust system
under the specified procedure in the manual.
CU-1: Service exhaust system P-1. Inspect the performance of main components of exhaust manifold
P-2. Remove and assemble exhaust manifold from engine
P-3. Inspect the performance of Muffler.
CU-2: Emission control P-1. Inspects catalytic converter under the specified procedure.
system P-2. Inspect and perform service of positive crankcase ventilation
(PCV)
P-1. Inspect and perform service of exhaust gas recirculation
system(EGR)

 Capable identify/service the Muffler assembly.

 Capable to service catalytic converter.
 Capable to service PCV System.
 Capable to service EGR system.
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle
3 Gas analyzer
4 Vacuum pump
Diagnose Faults of Fuel Supply System.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to inspect and fuel supply system faulty
parts nor repairable parts to be changed under the specified procedure in the manual.
CU-1: Conventional Fuel P-1. Inspect fuel, fuel tank, filter and lines and identify fault/s according
Supply System of Petrol to set standards.
Engine P-2. Inspect Fuel pump and identify fault/s in fuel supply to Carburetor
according to set standards.
P-3. Inspect Fuel pump operating function by camshaft
P-4. Check and identify fault/s to ensure the proper functioning of
Carburetor.
CU-2: Conventional Fuel P-1. Inspect fuel, fuel tank, primary fuel pump, Fuel injection pump, filter
Supply System of and lines and identify fault/s according to set standards.
Diesel Engine P-2. Inspect Fuel pump and identify fault/s in fuel supply to Fuel injection
pump, according to set standards.
P-3. Inspect Primary Fuel pump operating function by camshaft
P-4. Check and identify fault/s to ensure the proper functioning of Fuel
injection.
P-5. Adjust the procedure of phasing and calibration of diesel fuel
injection pumps.
P-6. Adjust the procedure of setting of timing of diesel fuel injection
pump.
P-7. Inspect and replace diesel engine glow plug.
CU-3: Electronic Fuel injection P-1. Inspect the components of EFI system Fuel pump, fuel line, fuel
system of petrol engine filter, pressure regulator, common rail, injector
P-2. Inspect and replace fuel pump
P-3. Inspect and replace pressure regulator
P-4. Inspect and replace fuel filter
P-5. Inspect and replace fuel gallery
P-6. Inspect and replace injector
P-7. Inspect and replace fuel line
CU-4: Electronic Fuel injection P-1. Inspect the components of EFI system Fuel pump, fuel line ,fuel
system of Diesel engine filter, pressure regulator, common rail, injector
P-2. Inspect and replace fuel pump
P-3. Inspect and replace pressure regulator
P-4. Inspect and replace fuel filter
P-5. Inspect and replace injector
P-6. Inspect and replace fuel line
CU-5: Sensors P-1. Inspect the of EFI system sensors Air Flow meter ,Map sensor ,Air
temperature sensor, Water temperature sensor, Throttle position
sensor, , Knock sensor, RPM sensor, Oxygen sensor.
P-2. Inspect and replace Air Flow meter
P-3. Inspect and replace Map sensor
P-4. Inspect and replace Air temperature sensor
P-5. Inspect and replace Water temperature sensor
P-6. Inspect and replace Throttle position sensor
P-7. Inspect and replace Knock sensor
P-8. Inspect and replace Knock sensor
P-9. Inspect and replace Oxygen sensor
CU-6: Compressed Natural P-1. Inspect the components of CNG system Cylinder, line, filler cap,
Gas Mechanical gauge, change over switch, converter, petrol and CNG
solenoid.
P-2. Inspect and replace cylinder
P-3. Inspect and replace filler valve
P-4. Inspect and replace gauge
P-5. Inspect and replace change over switch
P-6. Inspect and service convertor
P-7. Inspect and replace petrol and CNG solenoid
P-8. Inspect , install and repair CNG wiring
P-9. Diagnose the CNG system problem
CU-7: Liquid petroleum gas P-1. Inspect the components of LPG system Cylinder, line, filler cap,
Mechanical gauge, change over switch, converter, petrol and LPG
solenoid.
P-2. Inspect and replace cylinder
P-3. Inspect and replace filler valve
P-4. Inspect and replace gauge
P-5. Inspect and replace change over switch
P-6. Inspect and service convertor
P-7. Inspect and replace petrol and LPG solenoid
P-8. Inspect , install and repair LPG wiring
P-9. Diagnose the LPG system problem

K-1. Describe construction of fuel tank
K-2. Describe construction and working of fuel gauge and its circuit
K-3. State the function of fuel pump, it’s types
K-4. Adjustment the ideal Air / Fuel ratio of different fuels
K-5. Describe air-fuel ratio for different engine working conditions.
K-6. Describe air-fuel mixture adjustment at idle speed
K-7. Describe Carburetor types according to No of barrels, No of Venturies, Air draft and fix & variable
Venturies.
K-8. Methods of Carburetor troubleshooting and remedies for the faults i.e.
a. Excessive Fuel Consumption.
b. Engine Dieseling.
c. Engine Missing.
d. Fuel Blockage.
e. Engine starving
f. Carburetor over flow
K-9. Describe Fuel injection pump according to operation.
K-10. Describe the components of EFI system
K-11. Describe the function of EFI system sensors Air Flow meter ,Map sensor ,Air temperature sensor,
Water temperature sensor, Throttle position sensor, , Knock sensor, RPM sensor, Oxygen sensor.
K-12. Describe the components of CNG system
K-13. Describe the components of LPG system
 Capable identify/service the Petrol Engine.

 Capable to service the EFI system
 Capable to service Diesel engine.
 Capable to service LPG System.
 Capable to service CNG system.
S No Descriptions
1 Vehicle (petrol and Diesel)

3 Complete CNG kit and LPG kit
4 Special service tool for EFI System
Diagnose Faults & Repair Hybrid System
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to work on vehicle Hybrid system and
repair or replace the faulty components as directed in the manual.
CU-1: Perform Inspection. P-1. Identify the type of system

P-2. Check the components:
 Cable
 Switches
 Modules
 Cooling devices
 Protective devices
P-3. Identify the components.
 Missing
 Damage
 Leak
 Loose
 Worn
P-4. Defective components
CU-2: Repair Hybrid system P-1. Diagnose complex system faults
P-2. Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage
systems in battery electric vehicles
P-3. Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in
battery electric vehicles
P-4. Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in
battery electric vehicles
P-5. Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated
components in battery electric vehicles
CU-3: Diagnose Hybrid P-1. Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety
system interlocks in battery
P-2. Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage
cooling systems in battery electric vehicle
P-3. Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric
vehicles
P-4. Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage
systems in hybrid electric vehicles
P-5. Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems
CU-4: Verify Repair of hybrid P-1. Use testing tools manually
Systems and P-2. Verify through computerized system.
Components P-3. Evaluate performance of the components through test drive
P-4. Verify the codes pressure, vibration , noise and leak points
P-5. Ensure all the devices affix properly.
K-1. Describe the final drive main components and functions as following
Battery, generator, invertor, Motor, wiring (Harness)
K-2. Describe the function of hybrid Battery
K-3. Describe the function of Generator.
K-4. Describe the function of invertor.
 Capable identify the faults in Hybrid system.

 Capable to check and replace battery.
 Capable to replace Motor generator.
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle
3 Hybrid system repair kit
4 Scanner
Diagnose Faults & Repair Engine Valve Control System
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to work engine valve control system and
repair or replace the faulty components as directed in the manual.
CU-1: Engine Valve control P-1. Inspect, adjust and replace components of variable valve timing
system Intelligence (VVT-i).
P-2. Inspect, adjust and replace components of variable valve timing
and electric lift control systems (VTEC).
P-3. Inspect ,adjust and replace the components VANOS
K-1. State the Purpose of Variable valve timing control systems (VVT-I, VTEC ,VANOS)
K-2. Enlist the components of Variable valve timing control systems (VVTI, VTEC ,VANOS)
K-3. Describe the working principles of Variable valve timing control systems (VVT-I,VTEC, VANOS)
 Capable identify the faults valve control system.

 Capable to check and replace Variable valve timing control systems (VVT-I, VTEC, VANOS).
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle
3 Special service kit
4 Scanner
23. Automotive Transmission AD-363
Diagnose Faults & Repair Clutch.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to adjust and service the clutch related
problems of mechanical and hydraulic system as well under the specified procedure in the manual.
CU-1: Repair Clutch System P-1. Inspect the main components of clutch for paddle free play, smooth
(Manual) gear changing, clutch cable, drive the can and check pickup,
release bearing abnormal noise under the specified safe procedure.
P-2. Change/service the clutch cable under specified procedure.
P-3. Change the clutch plate while inspecting the release bearing, pilot
bearing, clutch pressure plate, fork operation under specified
procedure.
CU-2: Repair Clutch System P-1. Service/replace clutch master cylinder, slave cylinder under the
(Hydraulic) specified procedure in the manual.
P-2. Perform clutch oil bleeding and top up the clutch oil reservoir under
K-1. Describes the clutch main components and their functions as following.
Clutch cables, self-adjusting mechanisms, master/slave cylinders, pressure plate/cover, clutch
plates, release bearings, gear input shaft front support bearings (pilot), release bearing carriers,
fluid, fluid/hydraulic pipes.
K-2. Describe the operational principles of clutch systems.
Transmitting torque (turning moment), gradual drive, take-up, neutral gear (at park), drive path
(flywheel/gearbox input).
 Capable to service/adjust clutch system.

 Capable to change clutch cable.
 Capable to change clutch plate from the vehicle.
 Capable to replace faulty components for hydraulic clutch system.
 Capable to perform clutch bleeding
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle
3 Hydraulic jack
4 Clutch special tools
Consumable Items:
S No. Descriptions
1. Master cylinder kit

2. Clutch Fluid
3. Cotton Waste
Diagnose Faults &Repair Manual Gear Box.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to inspect and repair faulty gearbox parts
nor repairable parts to be changed under the specified procedure in the manual.
CU-1: Inspect Gearbox P-1. Inspect the performance of main components of gear box for lake
(Manual) of drive, noisy operation, difficulty engaging/ disengaging gears,
jumping out of gears, oil leakage, vibration, excessive movement of
gear lever, speedometer inoperative under the specified procedure.
CU-2: Service Gearbox P-1. Change the gear shift lever foundation to correct excessive
(Manual) movement of gear lever under the specified procedure.
P-2. Change and top up the gear oil under the specified procedure.
P-3. Service the gearbox while repairing the faults under the specified
procedure.
CU-3: Over Drive Units P-1. Inspect the performance of main components of over drive units for
lake of drive, noisy operation, difficulty engaging/ disengaging
gears, oil leakage, vibration, under the specified procedure.
P-2. Service of over drive unit under the specified procedure.
P-3. Change and top up the gear oil under the specified procedure.
K-1. Describe the gearbox main types and there functions as following.
Types of gear (Spur, Bevel, Helical) used in gearbox, difference between transaxle and
transmission, front wheel drive and rear wheel drive, difference between all-wheel drive and 4X4
K-2. Describe main components and functions gearbox as following.
Input shaft, output shaft, gear selector shaft, reverse gear, synchronizer, gear ratios, reverse
switch, differential, and speedometer sender in the transaxle.
Inputs shaft, counter/lay shaft, output shaft, gear ratio, reverse switch, speedometer sender,
synchronizer, and selector shafts in the Transmission.
K-3. Describe the main components and function overdrive as following
Input shaft, planetary gear, locking device, output shaft,
 Capable identify the faults in the gear system.

 Capable to service the gear system.
 Capable to replace gear shift lever foundation.
 Capable to replace the gear oil.
 Capable identify the faults in the over drive system.
 Capable to service the over drive system.
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle
3 Hydraulic jack
4 Gear service special tools
Diagnose Faults & Repair Automatic Gear Box.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to inspect and repair no the gearbox faulty
parts or repairable parts to be changed under the specified procedure in the manual.
CU-1: Diagnose Faults in P-1. out road test at different speeds for smooth operations of torque
Automatic Transmission converter and gear shifting according to Manufacturer standard
System P-2. Check automatic transmission mounting for faults.
P-3. Check automatic transmission fluid (ATF) level, according to
standard specification and identify leaks if any
P-4. Check automatic transmission solenoid by using automotive
scanner and identify faults if any
P-5. Check electrical controls and Hydraulic pressure of automatic
transmission for faults if any
CU-2: Disassemble Automatic P-1. Remove automatic transmission and disassemble it to check for
Transmission System worn-out/ faulty parts and replace them as per Manufacturer
and Repair Manual
Ancillary Components P-2. Check automatic transmission performance by ensuring proper
linkages and controls as per standards
P-3. Reassemble automatic transmission and refit to the vehicle
according to standards

K-1. Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) precautions
K-2. Describe the function of Manual gear box(input shaft, idler shaft, counter shaft, reverse shaft)
K-3. Describe the importance mechanical transmission fluid.
K-4. Describe the function/operation Automatic transmission(Torque converter, pump, clutches, brake
band, planetary gear, valve body)
K-5. Describe the function of Automatic transmission fluid.

 Capable to service of Manual gear box.
 Capable to service and adjust shift cable.
 Capable to check and replace the gear box oil.
 Capable to service automatic transmission.
 Capable to service and adjust shift cable.
 Capable to replace the Automatic transmission fluid.
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle
3 Hydraulic jack
4 Gear service special tools
Diagnose Faults & Repair Final
Drive.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to work on vehicle final drive and repair or
replace the faulty components as directed in the manual.
CU-1: Repair propeller shaft P-1. Inspect the performance of main components of propeller shaft like
as slip joint, Universal joint, Central bearing, and Flexible coupling.
P-2. Replace/service the propeller shaft like as slip joint, Universal joint,
Central bearing under the specified procedure in the manual.
CU-2: Repair Axle P-1. Inspect the performance of main components of final drive for Axle
noise during turning of a vehicle, axle rubber boots conditions on
CV joints under the specified procedure.
P-2. Replace/service the Axle CV Joints outer and inner under the
specified procedure in the manual.
CU-3: Repair differential P-1. Inspect the performance of main components of differential for
uneven noise during the acceleration, propeller shaft free play, oil
leakage, and breather valve assembly under the specified
procedure in the manual.
P-2. Service/adjust differential assembly under the specified procedure.
K-1. Describe the Propeller shaft and main components functions as following
Slip joint, Universal joint, Central bearing,Flexible coupling.
K-2. Describe the function dead and live axle, CV joint.
K-3. Describe the operational principles of final drive and differential systems.
Final drive, final gear reduction and ratio, differential unit (torque equalizer), torque reaction on a
live rear axle, driving/braking conditions, pinion location in relation to crown wheel.
 Capable to service of propeller shaft (slip joint, Universal joint, Central bearing, Flexible coupling).
 Capable to service the axle CV Joints.
 Capable to replace differential system.
 Capable to replace the differential oil.
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle
3 Hydraulic jack
4 special tools
5
24. Auto Body Building & Finishing AD-383
Understand Vehicle Body Shell
Overview
This unit covers the competencies required to identify external body parts internal body parts, and welded
parts, bolted parts and fundamental construction of car body ensuring safe working in such operations
and also in the use of related tools and equipment.
CU-1: Identify the body P-1. Inspect and identify the external body parts.
construction P-2. Inspect and identify the external body parts.
P-3. Identify welded body parts
P-4. Identify bolted body parts
P-5. Identify the classification of vehicle by shape
CU-2: Identification of P-1. Identify the engine support method

Monocoque and Frame P-2. Identify center member method
type vehicle P-3. Identify direct mounted method.
P-4. Identify fundamental construction of passenger car body
P-5. Identify the vehicle classification by space
P-6. Identify the crash impact absorbing front & rear area
CU-3: Identification P-1. Identify FF type vehicle

Characteristic of P-2. P-2 Identify FR type vehicle
Monocoque & frame P-3. P-3 Identification MR type vehicle
type vehicle. P-4. P-4 Identification 4WD type vehicle
K-1. Basic knowledge of passenger vehicle and commercial vehicle construction.

K-2. Basic Knowledge of Monocoque and Frame type vehicle
K-3. Basic knowledge of FF type vehicle
K-4. Basic knowledge of FR type vehicle
K-5. Basic knowledge of side body FF and FR type vehicle
K-6. Basic knowledge of welded parts
K-7. Basic knowledge of bolted parts
K-8. Basic knowledge of fundamental construction of car body
K-9. Knowledge of various types of car body shape
 Capable to identify the vehicle body parts
 Capable to know monocoque construction and name the parts
S No. Descriptions
Marker
Pen/ Pencil
Cotton gloves (PPE)
Goggles (PPE)
Safety Helmet (PPE)
Prepare Cost Estimate for Damaged Vehicle Body and Chassis
Overview
This unit covers the competencies required to inspect a damaged automobile, generatea job sheet,
estimate the cost of damage, prepare a quotation and cost a job. Inthe process of preparing an estimate for
repairs, safe working in such operations aswell as in the use of related tools and equipment shall be
ensured.
CU-1: Assess extent of P-1. Inspect the vehicle body to ascertain the extent of damage
necessary P-2. Identify body work and chassis work to be done
repair/replacement and P-3. Measurements taken to quantify damage
identify work to be done P-4. Identify vehicle body fittings that need to be replaced
P-5. Prepare Job sheet for the necessary repairs
CU-2: Obtain quotations and P-1. Prepare Quotations for the necessary replacement
calculate the cost of parts/components obtained
spare P-2. Prepare Quotations evaluated and the most reasonable quotation
parts/components to be based on the price, quality and the choice of the customer,
replaced P-3. Calculated Total cost of replacement parts
CU-3: Prepare an estimate of P-1. Calculated Total material cost by getting quotations for materials
the total cost to the necessary for the repair
client/ insurance P-2. Calculated Total cost of labor by estimating the number of man
company hours necessary in each category of craftsmen
P-3. Calculated Total machinery running and equipment usage cost by
listing out the machinery and equipment necessary to carry out the
identified load of repair work
P-4. Calculated Individual or total overhead cost according to company
Policy
P-5. Calculated Profit margin in accordance with company policy
P-6. Calculated Total cost of repair estimated
P-7. Provided Estimate to client / insurance company
K-1. Knowledge of body repair & basic of automobile working principles and arithmetic.
K-2. Basic geometry including angular measurements and longitudinal measurements.
K-3. Techniques of measuring body repair work areas, for estimation purposes.
K-4. Safety precautions connected with inspection of damaged vehicles.
K-5. Conversion of measurements from imperial to metric units.
K-6. Knowledge of body layouts.
K-7. Use of current industrial norms in estimation.
K-8. Estimation procedures according to company principles.
K-9. Awareness of current insurance requirements.
K-10. Estimation of current rates for labor material
K-11. Replacement and repair of parts.
K-12. Knowledge of simple metal working practices.
K-13. Knowledge of dismantling procedures.
K-14. Care and maintenance of tools.
 Capable to assess the damage of body
 Capable to calculate the damage cost
S No. Descriptions
1.Measuring Tape 4.Calculator

2.Measuring Tools 5.Pen/ Pencil
3.General Hand Tools

Perform Vehicle Body and Chassis Alignment and Repair
Overview:
This unit covers the competencies required to inspect a damaged vehicle body, diagnose the chassis
damage, prepare and align the chassis, and reassemble the automobile chassis and body parts ensuring
safe working in such operations, and also in the use of related tools and equipment.
CU-1: Inspect a damaged P-1. Inspected to identify the total extent of chassis damage.
automobile and P-2. Assess direct and indirect damage estimated in order to commence
diagnose the chassis repairs / replacements.
damage P-3. Identify the types of metal replacements required to repair the
chassis identified.
P-4. Identify the Chassis repairs and alignment required determined
according to manufacturer’s specifications and company policies.
CU-2: Select tools and P-1. Select Tools and equipment for aligning the chassis to restore the
equipment and align vehicle to original condition
the chassis P-2. Remove body parts and fittings to facilitate the repair and stored in
such a manner as to facilitate retrieval for reassembly.
P-3. Protect Electrical/electronic systems to avoid damage during repair.
P-4. Carried out Necessary repairs to the chassis follow the safety
practices.
P-5. Chassis aligned using jigs according to manufacturer’s
specifications.
P-6. Components welded to complete repair according to manufacturer’s
specifications, follow the safety practices.
P-7. Verified Chassis measurements according to manufacturer’s
specifications.
P-8. Prepared and repaired metal areas and painted with primer /
prescribed anticorrosive paints according to manufacturer’s
specifications.
CU-3: Reassemble chassis P-1. Replaced Chassis parts, aligned and refitted according to
and body parts and manufacturer’s specifications.
complete the job P-2. Interpreted Wheel alignment report and adjustments made, if
necessary, according to manufacturer’s specifications.
P-3. Replaced Body parts, aligned and refitted according to
manufacturer’s specifications.
P-4. Removed all accessories from the automobile, reassembled and
fixed to meet original specifications.
P-5. All repairs and replacements done recorded for the purpose of
costing the job to the customer, according to company policies.
P-6. Keep clean work place, tools & equipment properly
K-1. Knowledge of body repair & basic knowledge of automobile working principles
K-2. Basic arithmetic
K-3. Basic geometry including angular measurements and longitudinal measurements
K-4. Techniques of interpreting measurements of body work areas listed in estimates
K-5. Safety precautions connected with working with metal sheets and in welding
K-6. Conversion of measurements from imperial to metric units
K-7. Knowledge of body layouts
K-8. Repair procedures according to company principles based on estimate provided.
K-9. Types of chassis and chassis frame construction
K-10. Interpretation of wheel alignment report & diagnosis of chassis defects
K-11. Stiffening of thin sheet metal by mechanical methods such as edging, seaming and flanging
K-12. Knowledge of preventing rust and scale formation
K-13. Basic knowledge of welding consumables.
K-14. Knowledge of reducing warping and distortion of sheet metal during welding
K-15. Use of different types of fire extinguishers.
 Capable to use the body alignment tools
 Capable to align the chasses
S No. Descriptions
1. Measuring Tape
2. Measuring Tools
3. Universal Measuring Systems
4. General Hand Tools
5. Body Repair Tools
6. Wire Brush
7. Hydraulic, Pneumatic And Mechanical Pullers
8. Cotton Gloves
9. Welding Unit
10. MIG Welding Wire
11. Welding Gloves
12. Centering Gauges
13. Industry Approved Body Frame Aligner Equipment
14. Drill Machine
15. Grinding Disc
16. cutting Disc
17. Safety Shoes
18. Safety Helmet
19. Calculator
20. Pen/ Pencil
21. Body Repair Manual
Perform Vehicle Body Repairs Work
Overview
This unit covers the competencies required to inspect a damaged automobile, diagnose the body damage,
prepare and align the bodywork and reassemble body parts of all types of automobiles, ensuring safe
working in such operations and also in the use of related tools and equipment and compliance with
government regulation.
CU-1: Diagnose body P-1. Inspect & identify damage body work
Damage P-2. Amount of direct and indirect damage identified in order to commence
repairs / replacements
P-3. Types of metal required to repair the vehicle, determined
P-4. Misaligned and damaged parts identified for repair / replacement Any
chassis repairs and alignment required, identified
CU-2: Align and repair P-1. Tools and equipment required to align and repair the body according to
Body work manufacturer’s specifications
P-2. All serviceable components that are obstructing the repair removed
and stored in such a manner as to facilitate retrieval for reassembly
P-3. Electrical/electronic systems protected to ensure that they are not
damaged during repair
P-4. Necessary repairs to the bodywork carried out and body aligned as
necessary to regain the original shape
P-5. Bodywork aligned according to manufacturer’s specifications
Components welded and sealants applied to complete repair according
to manufacturer’s specifications.
P-6. Body measurements verified according to manufacturer’s
specifications
P-7. Parts and fittings checked during repair for damage caused and
rectified as necessary
CU-3: Finish body work by P-1. Repaired metal areas cleaned and primer and under coating applied
preparing the according to manufacturer’s specifications
surface for painting P-2. Repaired areas leveled by applying metal filler to restore the body
shape so that excessive putty application is not required
P-3. All accessories removed for the repair, refitted in original positions
Linings, sound deadener pads and sealers fixed according to
manufacturer’s specifications
P-4. Tools and equipment cleaned and returned to appropriate places and
work area cleaned
K-1. Knowledge of body repair & basic knowledge of automobile working principles
K-4. Techniques of interpreting measurements of body repair work areas listed in estimates
K-8. Repair procedures according to company principles based on estimate provided.
K-9. Removal of rust and de-rusting mechanically and chemically
K-10. Application procedures of anticorrosive paints & body primer
K-11. Interpretation of wheel alignment report & diagnosis of chassis defects affecting body work
K-12. Use of different types of fire extinguishers
K-13. Government regulations applicable to vehicle specification
 Capable to repair the vehicle body
 Capable to prepare for body finishing work
S No. Descriptions
1.Measuring Tape 16.

Industry Approved Body Frame Aligner
2.Measuring Tools Equipment
3.Universal Measuring Systems 17.

Drill Machine
4.General Hand Tools 18.

Grinder Machine
5.Body Repair Tools 19.

Sealant Gun
6.Wire Brush 20.

C-Clamps
7.Hydraulic, Pneumatic And Mechanical 21.

Equipment For Painting
Pullers 22.
Body Jack
8.Cotton Gloves 23.
Grinding Disc
9.Welding Unit (MIG Welder) 24.
cutting Disc
10.
Washer Welder 25.
Safety Shoes
11.
MIG Welding Wire 26.
Safety Helmet
12.
Welding Gloves 27.
Calculator
13.
Welding Goggle 28.
Pen/ Pencil
14.
Welding Apron 29.
Body Repair Manual
15.
Centering Gauges
Carryout Panel Repair with Washer Welder Machine
Overview
After successful completion of this module the trainee will be able to perform each task of the following
according to the relevant standards and specifications
1. Assessing the range of damage.

2. Repair using hammer and dolly technique.
3. Repair using washer welder.
4. Repair using shrinking method.
5. Assess the repaired panel.
6. Apply anti rust agent in back side of repaired sheet.
CU-1: Assess the range of P-1. Visual inspect and Asses the range of damage
damage. P-2. Apply inspection rules –Observe-Touch-Press and compare.
P-3. Mark the damage area with marker.
CU-2: Repair using hammer P-1. Inspect complete panel and mark the damage area.
and dolly. P-2. Select the hammer and dolly according to required area.
P-3. Hold hammer and dolly with S.O.P.
P-4. Apply method hammer and dolly technique at damage area.
P-5. Time to time check damage surface with undamaged surface.
P-6. After completion of repair process it must be compare with
undamaged surface.
P-7. Clean work place.
P-8. Clean tools and equipment’s and store safe place.
CU-3: Repair using washer P-1. Select tool and equipment which is required.
welder. P-2. Prepare the panel before repair.
P-3. Mark assess the range of damage.
P-4. Remove old paint with appropriate method.
P-5. Weld the washer for earthling.
P-6. Sliding hammer attached with washer welding gun with star bit.
P-7. Set the parameter of washer welder first.
P-8. Apply washer welder at damage area for removing dents.
P-9. Apply copper electrode for removing the burrs.
P-10. Check damage area to undamaged area.
P-11. Off the washer welder after the completion the work.
P-12. Keep the tools and equipment neat and clean and safe condition.
CU-4: Repair using shrinking P-1. Select tools and equipment according to the job.
method. P-2. Set the parameter of washer welder.
P-3. Attach copper electrode with washer welder gun.
P-4. Apply shrinking method.
P-5. Cool the surface with air blow gun.
P-6. Check the strength of surface from undamaged area.
P-7. All tools and equipment cleaned and stored in appropriate places.
CU-5: Assess the repaired P-1. Inspect all damage area
area after the P-2. Apply straight ruler according the S.O.P
completion of panel P-3. Compare damage and undamaged area
repair P-4. The damage area should be lower than the undamaged surface
P-5. Apply anti rust agent in back side of repaired sheet
K-1. Guideline for Inspection criteria and asses the range of damage
K-2. Knowledge about repairing technique for damage panel
K-3. Knowledge about Remove old paint film according to standard
K-4. Knowledge about hammer and dolly technique with respect to job
K-5. Operation method of washer welder
K-6. Shrinking method application process.
K-7. Washer welder parameter setting procedure
K-8. Assess the repaired area after when work finish to undamaged surface
K-9. Anti-rust application
 Capable to Assessing the range of damage.

 Capable to Repair using hammer and dolly technique.
 Capable to Repair using washer welder.
 Capable to Repair using shrinking method.
 Capable to assess the repaired panel.
Apply anti rust agent in back side of repaired sheet
S No. Descriptions
1. Measuring Tape
2. Measuring Tools
3. Universal Measuring Systems
5. Body Repair Tools
6. Wire Brush
7. Hydraulic, Pneumatic And Mechanical Pullers
8. Cotton Gloves
9. Welding Unit (MIG Welder)
10. Washer Welder
11. MIG Welding Wire
12. Welding Gloves
13. Welding Goggle
14. Welding Apron
15. Centring Gauges
16. Industry Approved Body Frame Aligner Equipment
17. Drill Machine
18. Grinder Machine
19. Sealant Gun
20. C-Clamps
21. Equipment For Painting
22. Body Jack
23. Grinding Disc
24. cutting Disc
25. Safety Shoes
26. Safety Helmet
27. Calculator
28. Pen/ Pencil
29. Body Repair Manual
Repair Vehicle Body Fittings
Overview
This unit covers the competencies required to inspect a damaged automobile, diagnose the body damage,
prepare and align the bodywork and reassemble body parts of all types of automobiles, ensuring safe
working in such operations and also in the use of related tools and equipment and compliance with
government regulation.
CU-1: preparations for the P-1. Identified Damaged and missing fittings by inspecting vehicle body
repair of automobile P-2. Remove Wire harness and all other fittings including which are
fittings obstructing the repair, using specified tools and methods.
P-3. Undamaged fittings labeled and stored to be retrieved when re-
fixing Them.
P-4. Damaged fittings dismantled for repair or replacement.
P-5. Fittings that are irreparable, including missing fittings, identified.
P-6. Misalignments and damage caused to repairable fittings identified
and the necessary repairs assessed.
P-7. Orders placed for the replacement fittings to be received, before
Commencement of re-assembly.
P-8. Job orders to repair damaged and misaligned fittings by
straightening, welding and leveling initiated.
CU-2: Repair fittings and refit P-1. Tools and equipment required to carry out the repair according to
them manufacturer’s specifications and government regulations selected.
P-2. Necessary repairs to the fittings carried out and shaping done to
restore them to original condition.
P-3. Fittings aligned according to manufacturer’s specifications.
P-4. Fittings welded and leveled to complete repair according to
manufacturer’s specifications and government regulations.
P-5. Other fittings / parts checked for any damage caused during repairs
and rectified as necessary.
P-6. Surface protection provided to all repaired fittings as necessary.
P-7. Remove other fittings and accessories from the vehicle, refitted.
P-8. Arrange Wire harness and re-fixed in original position.
P-9. Clean work place, tools & equipment and stored in appropriate
places.
K-1. Knowledge of body repairing & basic knowledge of automobile working principles
K-4. Techniques of interpreting measurements of work areas listed in estimates
K-5. Safety precautions connected with working with metal sheets and in reverting, soldering and
welding
K-8. Repair procedures and company policies
K-9. Use of different types of fire extinguishers.
K-10. Removing methods of upholstery
 Capable to refit the components on the vehicle.
Capable to Repair using hammer and dolly technique
S No. Descriptions


Drill Machine

Grinder Machine

Sealant Gun
6.Wire Brush 20.

C-Clamps

Pullers 22.
Body Jack
8.Cotton Gloves 23.
Grinding Disc
cutting Disc
10.
Washer Welder 25.
Safety Shoes
11.
Safety Helmet
12.
Welding Gloves 27.
Calculator
13.
Welding Goggle 28.
Pen/ Pencil
14.
Welding Apron 29.
Body Repair Manual
15.
Centring Gauges
Perform Welding Operations on Vehicle Body
Overview
This unit covers the competencies required to perform welding operations in the body repair work of
automobiles, ensuring safe working in such operations and also in the use of related tools and equipment.
CU-1: Preparations for welding of P-1. Inspected and identify the body for welding work
automobile body, chassis P-2. Disconnected battery, wire harness and all other components
and other components. which are obstructing the repair removed, and the serviceable
ones labeled and stored to be retrieved when reassembling after
welding.
P-3. Dismantle damaged components that are to be welded
P-4. Select Tools and equipment for leveling, aligning and clamping
the components to enable the repair to be carried out according
to manufacturer’s specifications.
P-5. Surfaces to be welded prepared by grinding, facing and aligning.
CU-2: Weld automobile Chassis, P-1. Tools and equipment required for welding the components to
body and other enable the repair to be carried out according to manufacturer’s
components. specifications selected.
P-2. The type of welding to be carried out on the item determined.
P-3. Body and components arranged for welding.
P-4. Set the parameter of MIG welding machine according repair
P-5. Components aligned according to manufacturer’s specifications.
P-6. Components welded and leveled to complete repair according to
manufacturer’s specifications.
P-7. Quality of fabrication checked by visual inspection.
P-8. All components and accessories removed from the automobile
before the repair.
P-9. Component measurements verified according to manufacturer’s
specifications.
P-10. Surface protection provided to all repaired components.
P-11. Wire harness arranged and re-fixed in original position.
P-12. Clean work place, body repair tools, welding equipment and
store them in appropriate places
K-1. Knowledge of body repairing & basic knowledge of automobile working principles
K-3. Basic geometry including angular and longitudinal measurements
K-4. Techniques of interpreting measurements of body work areas, listed in estimates
K-7. Knowledge of welding with gas, arc, spot, TIG, MIG/ MAG and polymer welding equipment in
respect to automobile
K-8. Knowledge of minimizing warping, distortion and stress formation in sheet metal while welding
K-9. Safe handling and care of various types of welding equipment
K-10. Repair procedures according to S.O.P
K-11. Interpretation of the wheel alignment report & diagnosis of chassis defects affecting the bodywork
K-12. Knowledge of visual inspection / non-destructive testing methods.
 Capable to weld the vehicle body.
S No. Descriptions


Drill Machine

Grinder Machine

Sealant Gun
6.Wire Brush 20.

C-Clamps

Pullers 22.
Body Jack
8.Cotton Gloves 23.
Grinding Disc
cutting Disc
10.
Washer Welder 25.
Safety Shoes
11.
Safety Helmet
12.
Welding Gloves 27.
Calculator
13.
Welding Goggle 28.
Pen/ Pencil
14.
Welding Apron 29.
Body Repair Manual
15.
Centring Gauges
Maintain Machinery, Tools and Equipment
Overview
After successful completion of this module the trainee will be able to perform each of the tasks according to
the relevant standards and specifications.
1. Label tools and equipment for easy identification and store safely.
2. Maintain MIG welder
3. Prepare a monthly plan for maintenance of hand tools
4. Maintain washer welder
5. Maintain frame aligner
6. Inform relevant sections about malfunctioning equipment
7. Use of welding equipment
8. Maintain plasma & gas cutter
9. Maintain pneumatic and power tools
CU-1: Maintain MIG welder P-1. Remove all dirt, dust or debris from the machine and its
accessories
P-2. MIG welder is to keep covered when not in use
P-3. Check all electrical component of MIG welder machine
P-4. Drive rolls should be clean & settled properly
P-5. Adjust the driver rolls tension properly
P-6. Clean gun & nozzle regularly
CU-2: Maintain Washer P-1. Remove all dirt, dust or debris from the machine and its
welder machine accessories
P-2. Washer welder is to keep covered when not in use
P-3. Clean earth cable with dry sand paper
P-4. Clean the sliding hammer properly
P-5. Service at the proper time
P-6. Check all electrical component of washer welder machine
CU-3: Maintain spot welder P-1. Remove all dirt, dust or debris from the machine and its
machine accessories
P-2. Spot welder is to keep covered when not in use
P-3. Check all electrical component of spot welder machine
P-4. Clean the air filter of machine
P-5. service at the proper time
P-6. Clean spot gun properly
P-7. Clean & replace welding tools
CU-4: Maintain Grinder P-1. Check all bolts and screws for tightness
P-2. Check condition of hub or drum assembly and replace flaps, cutters
or axles if required
P-3. Check the security of all hoses clamps and fittings,
P-4. Clean air filter lubricator
P-5. Check the vibration of grinder
CU-5: Maintain frame aligner P-1. Remove any dirt or sealer from all pulling clamp of body aligner
P-2. Check the leakage of hydraulic oil from pump
P-3. Clean all accessories of frame aligner
P-4. Check whether there were leaks at the places where the hose was
fixed
P-5. Check & clean all safety cable of frame aligner
CU-6: Maintain pneumatic P-1. Check that all screws on tool are tight.
tools P-2. Keep magazine and feeder mechanism clean.
P-3. Lubricate "O" rings that are replaced.
P-4. Clean filter element-then blow air through filter in direction opposite
to normal flow.
P-5. Drain airline filter(daily) and Keep lubricator filled
CU-7: Top up oil level of P-1. Check the oil level of the compressor every day in the morning
compressor P-2. Select the type of oil according to that given by the manufacturer
P-3. If the oil level has dropped, fill oil up to the marked level
CU-8: Drain water in the air P-1. Check whether there was water in the air tank of the compressor
tank of compressor every day in the morning
P-2. Drain water by opening the drain tap
P-3. Close the tap to prevent air leakage
P-4. If there was water while painting, drain the water collected in the air
tank following Steps 2 and 3 above
CU-9: Replace air filter of P-1. Decide whether a filter has to be fixed to the compressor or not
compressor P-2. Decides a suitable type of filter?
P-3. Collect necessary raw materials and equipment after replacing the
filter, and operate the compressor again and check whether the air
produced was free from water clean and store the equipment
CU-10: Drain water in air P-1. Decide whether water had to be drained from the regulator
regulator P-2. Drain the water by activating the knob or the switch key of the
regulator
P-3. Check a number of times whether the air coming through the
regulator was free from water
K-1. Guidelines on maintenance of tools and equipment

K-2. Guidelines to be followed and matters to be considered when storing of equipment
K-3. Guidelines to be considered in storage
K-4. Documents used in storing and their maintenance
K-5. Guidelines to be considered in maintaining the frame aligner
K-6. Maintain MIG welder, washer welder, spot welder
K-7. Aspects to be considered in using welding machine.
K-8. Functioning of the welding machine and guidelines to be considered in its maintenance
K-9. Aspects to be considered in updating maintenance register
K-10. Knowledge about the components of the air compressor and pneumatic tools
K-11. Knowledge about guidelines for maintaining air compressors and pneumatic tools
 Capable of Label tools and equipment for easy identification and store safely.
 Capable of Maintain MIG welder
 Capable of Prepare a monthly plan for maintenance of hand tools
 Capable of Maintain washer welder
 Capable of Maintain frame aligner
 Capable of Inform relevant sections about malfunctioning equipment
 Capable of Use of welding equipment
 Capable of Maintain plasma & gas cutter
 Capable of Maintain pneumatic and power tools
S No. Descriptions

2. Cotton Gloves
3. cutting Disc
4. Safety Shoes
5. Safety Helmet
6. Compressor oil
7. Lubrication oil
8. Cleaning thinner
Remove and Fix Glass Items
Overview
This unit covers the competencies required to remove glass items from automobiles before body repairing
and painting, and re-fixing after repairs, ensuring safe working in such operations and also in the use of
related tools and equipment.
CU-1: Determine the P-1. Inspected and identify the specified glass items.
scope of the task in P-2. Identify Any uneven surfaces, cracks / corrosion on the frames of the
removing specified specified glass items.
glass items from P-3. Remove glass without any damages wit specified procedure
frame and re-fixing P-4. Fixing the glass without damages with specified procedure
them
CU-2: Remove glass items P-1. Select Tools and equipment to remove and re-fix glass items from the
from automobiles automobile selected.
and re-fix them P-2. Operations to be carried out on the glass frame and beading for
removal and fixing without damage
P-3. Remove Glass carefully without damaging either the glass or the
frame.
P-4. Cleaned glass with kerosene, water, detergents etc. as appropriate
and stored carefully in a safe place for easy retrieval when re-fixing.
P-5. Frame cleaned with kerosene, water, detergents and cutting
compound as necessary to produce a smooth surface.
P-6. Condition of the prepared frame surfaces checked by visual inspection
or by any method using measuring instruments if applicable, to ensure
compatibility with the respective glass items.
P-7. Any specified paints or other appropriate material applied on the frame
surfaces for the prevention of corrosion
P-8. Appropriate sealing material applied as required, to ensure a proper fit.
P-9. Glass fixed carefully into the frame, ensuring that it is correctly fitted.
P-10. Leak test carried out with water to ensure that the joint is leak proof.
P-11. Glass and surrounding area cleaned to complete the job.
P-12. All glass fixing tools cleaned and stored in appropriate places.
K-1. Basic knowledge about different type of glass

K-2. Basic geometry including angular and longitudinal measurements
K-3. Techniques of interpreting measurements of body repair work areas listed in estimates
K-4. Safety precautions connected with working with glass items and frames
K-5. Conversion of measurements
K-6. Knowledge of glass removal and fixing
K-7. Repair procedures according to company standard
K-8. Interpretation of the alignment report & diagnosis of glass frame defects due to accidents and
corrosion in the bodywork
K-9. Knowledge of various types of safety glass such as laminated, tempered, reflective, and polymer
types such as flexi glass polycarbonates
K-10. Knowledge of various types of paints, sealants and adhesives, and their uses
 Capable of fixing the door glass

 Capable of fixing the front and rear screen of the vehicle.
Capable of Maintain MIG welder
S No. Descriptions

Glass primer
2.Cotton Gloves 14.
Glass Sealant
3.Goggles 15.
Special equipment for fixing glass
4.Safety Shoes 16.
Suction type glass holders
Hand Drills
6.Mallets in Rubber 18.
Sealant cutting tool
7.cutting Disc 19.
Safety Shoes
8.Grinders 20.
Safety Helmet
9.Wire Brushes 21.
Compressor oil
10.
Sealant Gun 22.
Lubrication oil
11.
Files 23.
Cleaning thinner
12.
Glass cleaning equipment
Perform Body Surface Cleaning by Mechanical Process
Overview
1. Use power operated wire brush and normal grinder

2. Use double action sander
3. Remove paint on aluminum panels using single action sander
4. Remove rust on vehicle body parts using wire brush and Sandpaper
CU-1: Remove paint in P-1. Select the areas from which Paint had to be removed.
aluminum body using P-2. Take necessary tools and equipment
single action sander P-3. Prepare the single action sander for removing paint
P-4. Removes existing paint using the single action sander.
P-5. Smoothen the body surface by applying dry sandpaper
P-6. Clean the body surface
P-7. Clean the work place and tools and store them properly
CU-2: Surface preparation P-1. Examine the areas marked for removing rust
P-2. Take necessary tools and equipment, check their workability.
P-3. Prepare the single action sander for removing rust
P-4. Remove rust using the single action sander check whether all the
rust had been removed
P-5. Clean the body using dry sandpaper
P-6. Clean the workplace and tools and store them
CU-3: Remove rust using P-1. Determine the areas to be clean
power wire brush P-2. Using a power wire brush
P-3. Take necessary tools and equipment
P-4. Prepare the power wire brush appropriately for relevant job
P-5. Remove rust from the determined areas using the power wire brush
P-6. Apply dry sandpaper only on places cleaned using the power wire
brush
P-7. Clean the de-rusted vehicle body parts
P-8. Clean the workplace and tools and store them properly
CU-4: Remove rust using Dry P-1. Mark the areas from where rust had to be removed.
sandpaper P-2. Select dry sandpaper according to the extent of rusting.
P-3. Remove the rust completely using dry sand paper.
P-4. Cleans the vehicle body parts and keeps in a suitable place.
P-5. Clean the work place and tools and store them properly.
K-1. Rusting and steps to be taken to prevent it

K-2. Instructions for removing rust
K-3. Use of double action sander, normal grinder, power wire brush and sand paper and hints on
maintaining the above mentioned equipment
K-4. Aspects to be considered when using double action grinder
K-5. Types of double action sander and their functioning
K-6. Aspects to be considered for proper operation of sanders
K-7. Distinguishing properties of aluminum metal
K-8. Dry sandpaper and distinguishing properties of different types, methods and situations of using
them
K-9. Hints for selecting required sandpaper
 Capable of Use power operated wire brush and normal grinder

 Capable of Use double action sander
 Capable of Remove paint on aluminum panels using single action sander
 Capable of Remove rust on vehicle body parts using wire brush and Sandpaper
S No. Descriptions

2. Cotton Gloves
3. Dust mask
4. Goggles
5. Safety Shoes
6. Measuring Tape
7. Mallets in Rubber
8. cutting Disc
9. Grinders
10. Single Action Sander
11. Double action sander
12. Wire Brushes
13. Power Wire Brush
14. Files
15. Sand papers
16. Shop Cloth
17. Glass Sealant
18. Safety Shoes
19. Safety Helmet
Perform Body Surface Cleaning with Chemical Process
Overview:
1. Remove rust from corroded vehicle body / body parts using chemicals.
2. Remove existing paint from body parts of vehicles using chemicals.
3. Remove oil and grease on vehicle body / body parts using chemicals.
4. Remove dampness in vehicle body parts using chemicals.
5. Remove silicon in vehicle parts using chemicals.
CU-1: Remove rust using P-1. Mark the areas from which rust had to be removed
chemicals P-2. Prepare the necessary tools and chemicals
P-3. Wear PPE according to instruction
P-4. Mask the areas where rust removing chemicals were not applied
P-5. Remove rust by applying the rust removing chemical
P-6. Check whether all the rust was removed
P-7. Clean vehicle body, tools and equipment and workplace using
detergents.
CU-2: Remove existing paint P-1. Determine the areas on the body parts from which paint had to
using chemicals beremoved
P-2. Collect required chemicals and other materials
P-4. Remove paint only from areas where paint had to be removed
usingchemicals
P-5. Examine whether all paint had been removed
P-6. Perform work in well-ventilated area
P-7. Clean the tools, vehicle body parts and the workplaces after
finishing work
CU-3: Remove oil and grease P-1. Mark the areas covered with oil and grease
using chemicals P-2. Collect the chemicals to be applied and tools
P-3. Apply chemicals in relevant areas and remove oil and grease
P-4. Examine whether all the oil and grease were removed
P-5. Perform work in well-ventilated area
P-6. Clean the tools and the workplace after finishing work
CU-4: Remove dampness of P-1. Select the areas with oil and grease on the vehicle body
body surface P-2. Prepare necessary tools and chemicals
P-4. Apply chemicals on the damp areas and remove oil and grease
P-5. Check whether vehicle body was fully dry
CU-5: Remove silicon using P-1. Examine well and identify the area from which silicon had to
chemicals beremoved
P-2. Prepare the required chemicals and tools
P-3. Apply chemicals on areas coated with silicon
P-4. Remove silicon using chemicals according to the instructions of the
manufacturer
P-5. Check whether silicon had been removed
K-1. Types of chemicals used to remove existing paint, rust, oil andGrease, dampness and silicon from
vehicle body parts and their qualities.
K-2. Guidelines and safety measures to be followed in the use of chemicals.
 Capable of Remove rust from corroded vehicle body / body parts using chemicals.
 Capable of Remove existing paint from body parts of vehicles using chemicals.
 Capable of Remove oil and grease on vehicle body / body parts using chemicals.
 Capable of Remove dampness in vehicle body parts using chemicals.
 Capable of Remove silicon in vehicle parts using chemicals.
S No. Descriptions

2. Chemical resistance gloves
3. Respirator
4. Goggles
5. Safety Shoes
6. Paint Remover
7. Rust Remover
8. Degreaser
9. Shop Cloth
10. Masking Tape
11. Masking Paper
12. Sealant cutting tool
13. Safety Shoes
14. Safety Helmet
15. Cleaning thinner
Maintain Vehicle Body Repair Tools, Equipment and Machinery
Overview
1. Label tools and equipment for easy identification and store safely.
2. Maintain polisher
3. Prepare a monthly plan for maintenance of hand tools
4. Make a sanding block
5. Maintain sanding machine
6. Inform relevant sections about malfunctioning equipment
7. Dismantle spray gun and record its performance
8. Use spray gun cleaner
9. Connect the spray gun to the air compressor and activate the air compressor.
CU-1: Maintain polisher P-1. Remove, wash, dry and store the pads of the polisher
P-2. Clean the polisher with compressed air and store
P-3. Service the polisher at the proper time
CU-2: Maintain sanding P-1. Clean the dust extraction bag
machine P-2. Check the amount of oil required for the machine
P-3. Control air current obtained from the compressor
P-4. Clean the sanding machine with compressed air and store it
P-5. Service at the proper time
CU-3: Clean spray gun P-1. Dismantle separately the spray gun, the nozzle, the bottle and the
manually cap after applying one kind of paint
P-2. Wash each of them separately using cleaning thinner kerosene
P-3. Cleaning the nozzle, did you insert a thin wire and remove the paint
in the vent
P-4. Place the nozzle inside the bottle of spray gun and store all the
parts securely
CU-4: Clean spray gun using P-1. Dismantle the spray gun into separate parts
gun cleaner P-2. Prepare spray gun cleaning liquid and pour it into the gun cleaner
P-3. Place in the cleaning machine the parts dismantled from the spray
gun(nozzle, bottle, cap, control lever (trigger)
P-4. Activate the machine and wash the parts twice or more number of
times(until all the paint was removed)
P-5. Put thinner to the washed and cleaned parts and assemble again
P-6. Store the spray gun in a secure place
CU-5: Replace compressor air P-1. Take the tools needed to fix the hose to the air compressor to the
hose relevant place
P-2. Select the hose to be fixed to the air compressor according to the
instructions of the manufacturer
P-3. Fix the hose to the compressor using couplings
P-4. Check whether there were leaks at the places where the hose was
fixed by activating the compressor
P-5. Clean and store the tools and equipment
CU-6: Replace spray gun P-1. Dismantle parts of the spray gun separately according to the
repair kit instructions of the manufacturer
P-2. Select the repair kit of the spray gun according to the part number
of the manufacturer
P-3. Assemble the spray gun again using the repair kit according to the
instructions of the manufacturer
P-4. Check whether there were air leaks by connecting the spray gun to
the air compressor
P-5. Clean and store securely the spray gun
CU-7: Top up oil level of P-1. Check the oil level of the compressor every day in the morning
compressor P-2. Select the type of oil according to that given by the manufacturer
P-3. If the oil level has dropped, fill oil up to the marked level
CU-8: Drain water in the air P-1. Check whether there was water in the air tank of the compressor
tank of compressor every day in the morning
P-2. Drain water by opening the drain tap
P-3. Close the tap to prevent air leakage
P-4. If there was water while painting, drain the water collected in the air
tank following Steps 2 and 3 above
CU-9: Replace air filter of P-1. Decide whether a filter has to be fixed to the compressor or not
compressor P-2. Decides a suitable type of filter?
P-3. Collect necessary raw materials and equipment after replacing the
filter, and operate the compressor again and check whether the air
produced was free from water clean and store the equipment
CU-10: Drain water in air P-1. Decide whether water had to be drained from the regulator
regulator P-2. Drain the water by activating the knob or the switch key of the
regulator
P-3. Check a number of times whether the air coming through the
regulator was free from water
K-1. Guidelines on maintenance of tools and equipment

K-2. Guidelines to be followed and matters to be considered when storing finishing equipment
K-3. Guidelines to be considered in storage
K-4. Documents used in storing and their maintenance
K-5. Guidelines to be considered in maintaining the polisher
K-6. Maintain single action and double action sander and their functions
K-7. Aspects to be considered in using sanding machine.
K-8. Functioning of the sanding machine and guidelines to be considered in its maintenance
K-9. Aspects to be considered in updating maintenance register
K-10. Knowledge about the components of the air compressor and the spray gun
K-11. Knowledge about guidelines for maintaining air compressors and spray gun
 Capable of Label tools and equipment for easy identification and store safely.
 Capable of Maintain polisher
 Capable of Prepare a monthly plan for maintenance of hand tools
 Capable of Make a sanding block
 Capable of Maintain sanding machine
 Capable of Inform relevant sections about malfunctioning equipment
 Capable of Dismantle spray gun and record its performance
 Capable of Use spray gun cleaner
 Capable of Connect the spray gun to the air compressor and activate the air compressor.
S No. Descriptions

2. Cotton Gloves
3. Compressor Oil
4. Lubrication Oil
5. Cleaning Thinner
Maintain Paint Booth and Stores
Overview
1. Maintain paint booth Sealing filters, Floor filter, pre filter

2. Replacement of paint booth filter
3. Fuel filling in fuel tank of paint booth burner
4. Store material in order position
5. Update the documents relevant to stores when raw materials and chemical
6. Understanding of 5S and ISO method
CU-1: Maintain paint booth P-1. Take the air filter out and blow air into it
filters P-2. Cleans the inside of paint booth using an air hose
P-3. Fixes the air filter blowing air to clean it
P-4. Operate air filter in the paint booth for at least half an hour
P-5. Air filter was more than 18 month old replace it with a new one
CU-2: Maintain cleanliness of P-1. Decide on the parts to be cleaned
paint booth P-2. Gather the tools / equipment and materials
P-3. Test the functioning of tools /equipment
P-4. Remove the vehicle, paint and other material
P-5. Clean the interior of the paint booth using a vacuum cleaner
P-6. Close doors to prevent the entry of dust
P-7. Store the tools / equipment properly
CU-3: Replace paint booth P-1. Decide on the task to be performed
filter P-2. Gather tools and equipment
P-3. Test the condition of tools and equipment If paint dust remains
inside often after painting about 100 vehicles,
P-4. Remove filters from their attachments
P-5. Clean the places where filters and their supports were fixed using a
vacuum cleaner
P-6. Select filter according to the accessory number of paint booth
manufacturer
P-7. Fix that filter according to the instructions of manufacturer
P-8. Test the functioning of the filter
P-9. Store the tools / equipment properly after completion the work.
CU-4: Fill fuel in paint booth P-1. Identify the fuel tanks of the paint booth
furnace / burner P-2. Examine the fuel tanks of the paint booth
P-3. Fill the fuel tanks with not more than the required quantity of fuel
P-4. Remove electric wires and inflammable materials
P-5. Fix fire extinguishing equipment
P-6. Fix alarm sign
CU-5: Store materials P-1. Separate raw materials (types of chemical paints), inflammable
materials and poisonous materials
P-2. label all the materials for easy identification (using suitable
diagrams or names) and store them in the correct places
P-3. Store inflammable materials separately from other materials
P-4. Store these materials under environmental conditions as stated by
the manufacturer of such materials
P-5. Keep records of receipts and issues of materials
CU-6: Maintain paint stores P-1. label paint and other chemicals and store them separately
P-2. Store tools and equipment enabling easy access
P-3. Note down places where fans and blowers required for raw
materials are fixed
P-4. Update the documents relevant to stores when raw materials and
chemical substances get spilled inside the stores,
P-5. Mention how they should be removed without catching fire
P-6. Remove unusable materials from the stores
CU-7: Store tools and P-1. Separate tools and equipment according to their use and value
equipment P-2. Provide numbers / labels to identify every tool and equipment
P-3. Decide on the place for storing each tool and equipment
P-4. Decide about safe places for storing valuable tools and equipment
P-5. Label such places
P-6. Store tools and equipment at the relevant places
P-7. Enter information about tools and equipment in the stock-book
P-8. Sort out the malfunctioning tools and equipment and store them
separately
P-9. Maintain data about malfunctioning tools and equipment
K-1. Different materials used in painting and their properties

K-2. Types of filters and their properties, their applications and manufacturer’s instructions
K-3. The guidelines to be considered in maintaining filters
K-4. A brief introduction about the 5S method and ISO 14000
K-5. Fuel tanks and their maintenance
K-6. Guidelines regarding stores and maintenance of materials stored
K-7. Techniques of cleaning
K-8. Classification of paints, cost of painting materials and distinguishing inflammable materials
K-9. Aspects to be considered in storing paint
K-10. Safety precautions to be adopted in maintaining stores
 Capable of Maintain paint booth Sealing filters, Floor filter, pre filter
 Capable of Replacement of paint booth filter
 Capable of Fuel filling in fuel tank of paint booth burner
 Capable of Store material in order position
 Capable of Update the documents relevant to stores when raw materials and chemical
 Capable of Understanding of 5S and ISO method
S No. Descriptions

2. Cotton Gloves
3. Dust Mask
4. Air Compressor
5. Air blow Gun
6. Shop cloth
Apply Polyester Putty
Overview
1. Assessment the range of damage

2. Surface preparation
3. Putty application
4. Putty shaping
5. Putty sanding
6. Filler application
CU-1: Assessment the range P-1. Collect the necessary tools & equipment
of damage P-2. wear the necessary safety gear.
P-3. Clean the panel so as not to overlook damage
P-4. Assess damaged area by (observe, Touch, Press, Compare )
P-5. Mark the top, bottom, left and right limits and define the range of
damage.
P-6. Assess the dent and bump on the surface.
P-7. Check the tension of the damage panel
P-8. Assess the differences by comparing damaged area to undamaged
area
P-9. Define the range of damage
CU-2: Surface preparation P-1. Identify the areas to be prepare
P-2. Collect the necessary tools, equipment and materials
P-3. Prepare the areas to be protected
P-4. Prepare the panel for putty application
P-5. Remove old paint coat and rust to within the marked area.
P-6. Sand the surface with a single-action sander using 60 to 80 grit
sandpaper
P-7. Smooth out the step between the bare metal and original paint film
P-8. Attach 120 grit sandpaper to the dual action sander for sanding
P-9. Remove dirt, dust and grease from the surface to prevent
irregularities.
P-10. Wipe off the area with a shop cloth
P-11. Blow air after removing any dirt or dust with a shop cloth
P-12. Apply primer to exposed bare metal
CU-3: Apply polyester putty P-1. Identify the areas for applying the putty
manually P-2. Collect the tools & equipment and materials
P-4. Mix the putty and the hardener
P-5. Mix the putty by moving the mixing stick up and down while turning
the can.
P-6. Tighten the cap of tube and massage the entire tube to mix the
hardener
P-7. Combine the putty and hardener for mixing ratio follow the
manufacturer instruction.
P-8. Apply putty thinly with in 10mm of the outer edge of the scuffed
area.
P-9. Apply putty higher than the undamaged surface overlaps 1/3 of the
previously applied putty.
P-10. Clean the workplace tools & equipment and store them properly.
CU-4: Putty sanding by Dry P-1. Identify the areas to be sanded

sanding machine P-2. Collect the tools equipment and materials
P-4. Identify the parts to be protected
P-5. Adjust the tools and equipment for sanding
P-6. Stand in a position where the sander can reach both ends of the
putty application area easily
P-7. Start sanding when the putty and panel reach room temperature
P-8. Use a sander with 80 grit sandpaper to remove dent or bump from
putty surface
P-9. Sand the putty surface to 80% of the correct surface with 120 grit
sand paper
P-10. Sand the putty surface to 90% of the correct surface with 180 to
220 grit sand paper
P-11. Sand with 320 grit sandpaper for surface finishing
P-12. Check the finish of putty surface remove all abrasion mark
P-13. Clean the work place tools & equipment and store them properly
CU-5: Putty sanding by Hand P-1. Identify the areas to be sanded
sanding block P-2. Collect the tools equipment and materials
P-4. Identify the parts to be protected
P-5. Attached the hand sanding block with dust extraction machine
P-6. Stand in a position where the hand sanding block can reach both
ends of the putty application area easily
P-7. Start sanding when the putty and panel reach room temperature
P-8. Use a hand sanding block with 80 grit sandpaper to remove dent or
bump from putty surface
P-9. Sand the putty surface to 80% of the correct surface with 120 grit
sand paper
P-10. Sand the putty surface to 90% of the correct surface with 180 to
220 grit sand paper
P-11. Sand with 320 grit sandpaper for surface finishing
P-12. Check the finish of putty surface remove all abrasion mark
CU-6: Apply one pack P-1. Take a decision regarding the weather
nitrocellulose primer P-2. Decide on the areas for application of NC filler
filler P-3. Decide on the areas to be protected
P-4. COLLECT the tools, equipment and materials
P-5. Check the workability of tools and equipment
P-7. Mix NC paint using weighing scale according to ( MSDS )
P-8. Filter the paint and pour in to the spray gun
P-9. Adjust the pressure of air
P-10. Adjust the spray gun according repair area
P-11. Clean the surface with cleaning thinner
P-12. Air blowing on surface to remove dirt particle on surface
P-13. Apply tack cloth
P-14. Apply paint on surface according to paint spraying method
P-15. Clean the spray gun after work finish
P-16. Clean the work place, tools & equipment and store them properly
CU-7: Apply 2 pack Urethane P-1. Take a decision regarding the weather
type filler P-2. Decide on the areas for application of urethane type filler
P-3. Decide on the areas to be protected
P-4. Collect the tools, equipment and materials
P-5. Check the workability of tools and equipment
P-7. Mix urethane primer and hardener using weighing scale according
to ( MSDS)
P-8. Filter the primer and pour in to the spray gun
P-9. Adjust the pressure of air
P-10. Adjust the spray gun according repair area
P-11. Clean the surface with cleaning thinner
P-12. Air blowing on surface to remove dirt particle on surface
P-13. Apply tack cloth
P-14. Apply paint on surface according to paint spraying method
P-16. Clean the work place, tools & equipment and store them properly
CU-8: Apply nitrocellulose P-1. Make a decision about the weather
putty P-2. Determine the areas to be filled
P-3. Identify the areas to be protected
P-4. Collect the tools, equipment and materials
P-6. Test the workability of the rubber pad
P-7. apply putty between 900- 600 for small holes / defects
P-8. apply again using reduced pressure
P-9. Clean the workplace and the tools / equipment and store the tools
/equipment
P-10. Allow to dry for 1 hours
K-1. Types of metal filler, high filler, and one pack nitrocellulose primer filler, nitrocellulose putty; their
qualities and information on using them
K-2. Guidance to be followed in the use of above material
K-3. Hints on leveling metal filler by wet method and dry method
K-4. Hints for deciding areas that do not require any application
K-5. Hints for deciding the suitable weather for applications
K-6. Properties of raw materials used for application and their usage
K-7. Types of metal fillers and their properties
K-8. Instructions to be followed during applications
K-9. Hints for leveling using a machine
K-10. Hints on detecting defects of the vehicle body by touch and observation
K-11. Information about sand papers
K-12. Types of high fillers and instructions on using them
K-13. Instructions to be followed polyester putty & filler
K-14. Types of nitrocellulose; their use and properties
K-15. Information on polyester putty and its use
 Capable of Assessment the range of damage

 Capable of Surface preparation
 Capable of Putty application
 Capable of Putty shaping
 Capable of Putty sanding
 Capable of Filler application
S No. Descriptions

Putty Spatula
2.Solvent Resistance Gloves 12.
Air Compressor
3.Apron 13.
Spray Gun
4.Google 14.
Air blow Gun
5.Respirator 15.
Shop cloth
6.Dry Sanding Machine 16.
Polyester Putty
7.Sanders 17.
NC Putty
8.Hand Sanding Block 18.
NC Primer
9.Weighing Scale 19.
Urethane Primer
10.
Paint Mixing Stick 20.
Orbital Sand Papers
21.
Sand Paper for Hand Block
Prepare Paint Booth and Vehicle
Overview
CU-1: Mask required body P-1. Decide what coating to be applied

parts P-2. Decide what body parts do not need the particular coating
P-3. Select materials and tools required to mask those body parts
P-4. Cover such body parts with masking tape or some other material to
prevent paint dripping on to them when applying
P-5. Clean tools and equipment and store them
CU-2: Remove dust on P-1. Identify the areas to be painted
painted surface P-2. Select the required equipment and material
P-3. Use suitable water sand paper
P-4. Scrub off the dust layer
P-5. Check whether parts covered with dust were scrubbed off
P-6. Clean the place where the task was performed and store equipment
and material
CU-3: Adjust paint booth P-1. Determine the weather condition in making the decision
temperature P-2. Check whether the sensors in the paint booth were kept in the
places mentioned by the manufacturer
P-3. Adjust the temperature regulator in the room to the required
temperature
P-4. Measure the internal temperature.
P-5. Determine correctly the task at hand and the relevant temperature
P-6. Check whether the machines and equipment operated as stated by
manufacturer
CU-4: Fix water separating P-1. Examine whether there was a defect in the water separating filter
filter P-2. Prepare the required tools and equipment
P-3. Unfix and remove the water separating filter
P-4. Select water separating filter of the particular type
P-5. Fix it at the correct location
P-6. Clean and store tools and equipment
CU-5: Adjust paint booth P-1. Mask the parts that needed to be protected
burner / furnace P-2. Gather the tools / equipment and the materials
P-3. Check whether there was fuel / electricity leakage in the vehicle that
was painted
P-4. Remove paint / thinner from the paint booth
P-5. Check whether the burners were in working order
P-6. Locate the vehicle at the center of the paint booth
P-7. Close all the doors of paint booth
P-8. Check whether the fire extinguishing equipment was functioning
P-9. Adjust both / all the plugs in the burners to emit a high temperature
P-10. Operate all the burners
P-11. Prepare for the next task until the green bulb in the thermometer
turned red and stopped automatically
CU-6: Adjust paint booth P-1. Decide the time required for heating according to the intended paint
heating timer P-2. application and the job
P-3. Adjust both / all the timers as to indicate the same time
P-4. Adjust the relevant timers according to the required time
CU-7: Operate paint booth P-1. Gather the tools / equipment and material
ventilator feed air fan P-2. Check whether they were functioning properly
P-3. Prepare the vehicle to be painted/ paint and were you ready
P-4. Check whether the feed / exhaust air fan in paint booth was
functioning
P-5. Switch on the fan
P-6. Switch off the feed / exhaust fan in the paint booth after painting
K-1. Instructions for removing dust on the body parts before painting
K-2. Aspects to be taken into consideration in removing dust (safety)
K-3. Instruction for controlling the internal temperature of the paint booth
K-4. Instruction for safety precautions to be adopted when adjusting the internal temperature
K-5. Instruction for functioning of a water separating filter
K-6. Reasons for draining water from the air system
K-7. Aspects to be taken into consideration in adjusting the heating furnace in the paint booth
K-8. Instruction for safety precautions to be adopted in adjusting the heating furnace
K-9. Instruction the necessity of adjusting the heating timer in the paint booth
K-10. Aspects to be considered in adjusting the heating timer
 Capable of adjust the paint booth temperature

 Capable to adjust water spreading filter
S No. Descriptions

2. Cotton Gloves
3. Dust Mask
4. Air Compressor
5. Air blow Gun
6. Shop cloth
7. Masking tape
8. Masking Paper
9. Sand Paper
Apply Primer Surface
Overview
CU-1: Scuffing for primer P-1. Determine the areas for scuffing primer Surface
Surface with sanding P-2. Determine the areas that need to be masking
machine P-3. Collect tools, equipment and material
P-4. Check functioning of equipment
P-6. Attached 320 grit sand paper with dual action sander
P-7. Adjust the revolution speed of dual action sander
P-8. Scuff the surface to a distance of 100mm from the edge
P-9. Bring the sander into contact with the panel before starting the
sander
P-10. Scuffing the act of finely scratching a surface with sandpaper
P-11. Clean the work place
P-12. Clean tools & equipment and store them properly
CU-2: Scuffing for primer P-1. Determine the areas for scuffing primer Surface
Surface with hand P-2. Determine the areas that need to be masking
sanding block P-3. Collect tools, equipment and material
P-4. Check the pad of sanding block
P-6. Attached 320 grit sand paper with hand sanding block
P-7. Attached hand sanding block with dust extraction machine
P-8. Scuff the surface to a distance of 100mm from the edge
P-9. Hold the sanding block at 45degrees to direction of sanding
P-10. Scuffing the act of finely scratching a surface with sandpaper
CU-3: Cleaning & degreasing P-1. Determine the area for cleaning & degreasing
before primer Surface P-2. Collect the necessary tools / equipment and materials
application P-3. Wear PPE according to instruction
P-4. Wipe the area with shop cloth which is socked in degreaser
P-5. Blow air on the surface to dry the degreaser
P-6. Wipe away any dirt or dust with a tack cloth Without applying
pressure
P-7. Clean work area
CU-4: Masking before primer P-1. Determine the parts & body for masking
Surface application P-2. Gather tools / equipment and materials
P-3. Protect all body for over spray use masking foil
P-4. Mask the openings after remove fittings.
P-5. Mask the gaps between the panel
P-6. Use reverse masking to avoid creating a step around the edge of
the repainted area
P-8. Clean Tools & equipment and store them properly
CU-5: Mixing of primer P-1. Decide the area where primer Surface is to be applied
Surface P-2. Calculate the amount of primer to be Mixed
P-3. Collect tools / equipment and materials
P-4. Mix it primer Surface & hardener according to manufacturer’s
instructions
P-5. Calibrate the weighing scale at zero
P-6. Pour the primer Surface in to the mixing container according to job
P-7. Pour the hardener in to the container according to manufacture
instruction
P-8. Mix all component properly using a mixing stick
P-9. Clean work place
P-10. Clean tools / equipment and store them properly
CU-6: Primer Surface P-1. Determine the areas Primer Surface to the applied
application P-2. Mask the body that need to be protected
P-3. COLLECT tools / equipment and materials
P-4. Check whether the tools / equipment are functioning
P-5. Strain the primer Surface using a strainer according to instruction
P-6. Pour the primer Surface in to the spray gun
P-7. Adjust the air pressure according to instruction
P-8. Adjust the spray gun
P-9. Apply primer Surface according to specified method
CU-7: Drying of primer P-1. Determine the area for drying of primer Surface
Surface From infrared P-2. Collect tools / equipment and materials
heater P-3. Wear PPE according to instruction
P-4. Connect the power cable securely
P-5. Adjust the distance of infrared heater between panel
P-6. Adjust the timer of infrared heater according to standard
P-7. Dry the primer Surface according to manufacturer instruction
P-8. Clean and store tools/ equipment and store them securely
K-1. Types of primer Surface

K-2. Mixing of primer Surface
K-3. Types of anticorrosive paints and their properties
K-4. Instructions to be followed when using anticorrosive paints
K-5. Types of infrared heater and drying procedure
K-6. Types of foam and properties
K-7. Instructions for mixing of hardener
K-8. Types of mixing thinner and there use according to temperature
K-9. Instructions on determining application condition
K-10. Types of hardener and there use
K-11. Instructions related to application of primer Surface
 Capable of application of scuffing for primer

 Capable of decreasing the surface
 Capable of applying the paint on the surface
S No. Descriptions

Mixing Stick
2.Solvent Resistance Gloves 11.
Shop cloth
3.Spray Suit 12.
Masking tape
4.Spray Gun 13.
Masking Paper
5.Respirator 14.
Sand Paper P-300
6.Air Compressor 15.
Primer Surface
7.Air blow Gun 16.
Hardener
8.Paint Booth 17.
Mixing Thinner
9.Weighing Scale
Preform Color Matching & Mixing
Overview
the relevant standards and specifications
CU-1: Decide type of paint to P-1. Discuss to decide the customers requirement
be applied P-2. Decide on different types of paint to be applied
P-3. Prepare approximate estimates
P-4. Decide on the type of color
P-5. Decide on the price based on agreement with the customer
CU-2: Measure existing color P-1. Decide the area where paint is to be applied
of vehicle body P-2. Select the required tools and equipment
P-3. Take the vehicle to a place with suitable lighting condition
P-4. Keep the color gauge on the vehicle and obtain data
P-5. Get paint prepared and examined from a color matching
CU-3: Match colors to be P-1. Obtain information about the color to be applied by discussing with
applied the customer
P-2. Compare the required color with the color card
P-3. Prepare colors by mixing primary colors in different ratios
P-4. Apply paint on a part of the vehicle and compare (by looking at 450
)
CU-4: Mix paint colors P-1. Select primary color mixtures
P-2. Prepare necessary weighing scale and measuring instruments for
matching colors
P-3. Get color volumes from the computer for matching color
P-4. Mix colors according to volumes to get the required color
P-5. Match colors by applying on another metal sheet before applying it
on the vehicle
P-6. Compare either with color code or with the color of vehicle to check
whether the required color was obtained
P-7. Calculate the volumes of paints to be used Accordingly
P-8. Prepare the required quantities (liters) of paint
P-9. Clean and store the tools and equipment used for mixing
CU-5: Mix component colors P-1. Operate color mixing computer at color matching room
using computer P-2. Obtains the available color code or color catalogue number
according to customer’s request
P-3. Enter the color code in the computer and obtain primary colors
ratios
P-4. Measure volume ratios using an electronic weighing machine
P-5. Pour the measured volumes of paint into a clean vessel and stir it
P-6. Compare the prepared mixture with the color to be applied
P-8. Shut down the computer after getting the relevant information
CU-6: Decide basic color P-1. Identify clearly the given colors
ratios P-2. Decide the primary colors of which the particular color is made of
P-3. Mix primary colors in different ratios to find the ratio of primary
colors
P-4. Calculate the primary color ratios after it was matched
CU-7: Adjust paint viscosity P-1. Mix paint to be applied using a mixing stick
P-2. Measure the paint using ICI measuring ruler and pour into a clean
vessel
P-3. Measure an equal volume of thinner with the same measuring ruler
and pour into the vessel
P-4. Mix paint and thinner According to manufacture instruction
P-5. Check the viscosity of the mixture using measured volumes of paint
and thinner until the required viscosity was obtained
P-6. clean the used equipment with thinner after obtaining the required
viscosity
K-1. Guideline for shade card, formula chart, color tint guide
K-2. Guide lines to use the color gauge
K-3. Techniques used to match colors
K-4. Guide lines to mix colors manually
K-5. Paint colors and their characteristics
K-6. Guide line to select basic colors and ratios
K-7. Decide quality of paints
K-8. Effects of light conditions in matching colors and color matching light
K-9. Understand basic color, secondary color, and complimentary color
K-10. Identify types of paints using different methods
K-11. Factors to be considered in comparing colors
K-12. Calculate the quantity of paint
K-13. Hints on obtaining the required colors mixing quickly by identifying new colors
K-14. Use of computers for mixing ratio
 Capable of decide the paint to be applied

 Capable to decide the color ratio
 Capable to set paint viscosity
S No. Descriptions

2. Solvent Resistance Gloves
3. Google
4. Spray Suit
5. Spray Gun
6. Respirator
7. Air Compressor
8. Air blow Gun
9. Paint Booth
10. Weighing Scale
11. Mixing Stick
12. Shop cloth
13. Computer with formula software
14. Mixing color with mixing rack
15. Mixing Container
16. Mixing Thinner
17. Mixing Stick
18. Sand Paper P-300
19. Primer Surface
20. Hardener
21. Mixing Thinner
Apply Body Sealer
Overview
CU-1: Scuffing for body P-1. Collect tools & equipment for scuffing
sealing P-2. Wear PPE according to instruction
P-3. Scuff the area with double action sander use 600 grit sand paper
P-4. Scuff with 600 grit scuffing material in locations where it is
impossible to use a dual action sander
P-5. Scuff the area, as it will be difficult to scuff after applying body
sealer the paint manufacturer
CU-2: Nozzle processing P-1. Collect tools & equipment for nozzle processing
P-3. cut the tip of nozzle according to required shape of the sealer
P-4. cutting both size to form a peak shape
P-5. cutting one side of a peak shape
P-6. Press with pliers
P-7. cut the other side so that it is flat
CU-3: Cleaning & degreasing P-1. Decide on the areas to be clean
P-2. Collect necessary tools & material
P-3. Clean and degrease the surface where body sealer is to be applied
P-4. Blow air across the surface to remove dirt and dust
P-5. Wipe the surface with a shop cloth soaked id degreaser
P-6. Wipe away any dirt or dust with a tack cloth
CU-4: Application of body P-1. Wear PPE according to instruction
sealer P-2. Collect the essential equipment and materials
P-3. Grasp the lever with your dominant hand, and hold your other in the
vicinity of the nozzle
P-4. Adjust the air pressure Use low air pressure to apply the sealer in a
narrow and thin manner
P-5. Adjust the air pressure Use high air pressure to apply the sealer in
a wide and thick manner
P-6. Adjust the angle of sealing gun
P-7. Adjust speed and movement of sealer gun
P-8. Find a position that allows you to stand in one place and apply the
sealer from start to finish without moving
P-9. Use a rubber spatula to shape the body sealer
K-1. Types and composition of body sealer

K-2. Preparation for body sealer
K-3. Purpose of body sealer application
K-4. Instructions on preparation for application of body sealer
K-5. Relevant details of body sealer
K-6. Guidelines and safety precautions to be followed in the application of body sealer
K-7. Understanding of location and shape of body sealer
 Capable of application of body sealer

 Capable to process the nozzle
S No. Descriptions

3. Google
4. Body Sealing Gun
5. Spatula
6. Respirator
7. Air Compressor
8. Air blow Gun
9. Knife cutter
10. Weighing Scale
11. Mixing Stick
12. Shop cloth
13. Mixing Thinner
14. Mixing Stick
15. Body Sealer
16. Cleaning Thinner
Perform Masking
Overview
CU-1: Preparation before P-1. Determine the area for cleaning & degreasing
masking P-2. Collect the necessary tools / equipment and materials
P-4. Wipe the area with shop cloth which is socked in degreaser
P-5. Blow air on the surface to dry the degreaser
P-6. Wipe away any dirt or dust with a tack cloth Without applying
pressure
P-7. Clean work area
CU-2: Masking on opening P-1. Collect tools & equipment for masking
area P-2. Wear PPE according to instruction
P-3. Insert your middle finger into the hole in the roll, pull out the desired
length of tape
P-4. Mask the openings left after fittings are removed
P-5. Make sure that masking tape will not be peeled off by the air
pressure
CU-3: Masking on gaps P-1. Collect tools & equipment for masking
P-3. Mask the gaps between the panels use gap tape
P-4. Pay extra attention to the upper and lower edges when masking the
front and rear door gaps
CU-4: Masking on fitting & P-1. Collect tools & equipment for masking
glass P-2. Wear PPE according to instruction
P-3. Mask the borders of the fittings last using 18mm masking tape
P-4. Leave a gap the thickness of the paint coat between the panel
surface and the masking tape
P-5. Mask the areas that require fine line tape first
P-6. Mask the glass moldings that come into direct contact with the paint
surface
P-7. After painting, remove the masking tape at a 90-degree angle to the
vehicle’s surface.
K-1. Purpose of masking

K-2. Types of masking tape and masking paper and masking foil
K-3. Use of masking material
K-4. Instructions on preparation for masking
K-5. Relevant details of masking equipment
K-6. Guidelines and safety precautions to be followed in masking procedure
 Capable of Appling the masking in different conditions

 Capable to Appling the masking on fitting glass
S No. Descriptions

2. Cotton Gloves
3. Masking Dispenser
4. Knife cutter
5. Masking Tape
6. Shop cloth
7. Masking Papers
8. Masking Foil
9. Cleaning Thinner
Apply Under Coat
Overview
CU-1: Apply undercoats P-1. Collect necessary tools & equipment

P-3. Mask all the body parts of the vehicle except those that were to be
painted
P-4. Mix filler or primer with thinner according to the instructions of the
paint manufacturer
P-5. Measure the viscosity of the mixture According to instruction of the
paint manufacture
P-6. Fill the spray gun with the prepared mixture and start the air
compressor
P-7. Adjust the nozzle of the spray gun and test the uniformity of the
spray
P-8. Start the spray gun and apply the undercoat uniformly follow the
method of application
P-9. Check the under coat was uniformly applied covering all the areas
P-10. Allow it to dry for 15 minutes
P-11. Wash the vessels and equipment used with thinner
CU-2: Apply one pack solid P-1. Collect necessary tools & equipment
color paint P-2. Wear PPE according to instruction
P-3. Obtain paints and thinner
P-4. Open the can, safely and mix the paint to have a uniform color
P-5. Measure the quantity of paint by putting it into a separate vessel
P-6. Close the can with the remaining paint and keep it air tight
P-7. Mix paint and thinner according to MSDS
P-8. Adjust the air pressure to the required level
P-9. Add paint to the spray gun (to 3/4 of its volume)
P-10. Spray paint by holding the spray gun at the appropriate distance in
accordance with the prescribed method
P-11. Allowing it to dry for the required period
CU-3: Apply two pack metallic P-1. obtain the required brands and quantities of 2K metallic pearl color
pearl color paint paint and thinner
P-2. Collect the essential equipment and materials
P-3. Obtain the spray gun 1.2 mm or 1.3 mm nozzle
P-4. Mix the paint homogeneously
P-5. Measure the required quantity of paint with the gauge and put into a
clean vessel
P-6. Measure hardener with the gauge in the required proportion, add to
the vessel of paint and mix
P-7. Measure thinner with the gauge in the required proportion, add it to
the vessel containing paint and hardener and mix
P-8. Prepare the paint mixture according to the instructions of the paint
manufacturer (4 parts of paint, 1 part of hardener and 10% of
thinner).
P-9. Adjust the temperature of the paint booth to the required level
P-10. Fill 3/4 of the spray gun with the paint mixture
P-11. Adjust air pressure to the prescribed level and draw air in through
the air filter
P-12. Apply paint on the vehicle body follow the prescribed method
P-13. Allow to dry the paint
P-15. Keep the painted body/body parts safely for drying
CU-4: Apply two pack solid P-1. Prepare the surface to be applied with 2K solid color paint
color paint P-2. Arrange required quantities of paint and thinner
P-3. Collect essential equipment and materials
P-4. Select 1.2 mm or 1.5 mm nozzle spray gun
P-5. Mix the paint well till it was homogeneous
P-6. Measure the required amount of paint with the gauge and put into a
clean vessel
P-7. Measure hardener with the gauge in the required proportion, add to
the vessel of paint and mix
P-8. Measure thinner with the gauge in the required proportion, add it to
the Vessel containing paint and hardener and mix (Viscometer may
be used).
P-9. Maintain the required temperature in the paint booth
P-10. Draw air through the air filter under the prescribed pressure
P-11. Add the required amount of paint mixture to the spray gun (about
3/4).Did you adjust the flame of the spray gun to the required level
P-12. Apply paint on the vehicle body follow the prescribed method
P-13. Check that the painting was in good condition
P-14. Bake the body after bringing the painting booth temperature to the
prescribed level
CU-5: Apply transparent P-1. Check the areas well prepared
colored silver paint P-2. Obtain the necessary products
P-3. Collect essential tools and equipment
P-4. Read and understand the instructions/data in the manufacturer’s
information leaflet
P-5. Mix the silver paint well to the first application
P-6. Add the mixed paint to another vessel
P-7. Measure with the gauge the required quantity of thinner and add
P-8. Take the ambient temperature into consideration
P-9. Get air through the air filter under the prescribed pressure
P-10. Add the required amount of paint (about 3/4) to the spray gun
P-11. Adjust the flame of the spray gun(about 3/4)
P-12. Make the spray at the correct distance
P-13. Allow the parts to stand for the required time to dry
P-14. Select the color for the second coat
P-15. Apply the second paint color follow the above steps
CU-6: Apply one pack metallic P-1. Take weather conditions into consideration
pearl color paint P-2. Decide on the areas to be painted
P-3. Collect the necessary equipment
P-4. Obtains paint and thinner.
P-5. Mix paint well after opening the can
P-6. Measure the required quantity of paint with the gauge and add it to
aclean vessel
P-7. Add and mix thinner according to the standard proportion
P-8. Draw the required amount of air in through filters
P-9. Filter the mixed one pack metallic pearl color paint
P-10. Add the required quantity of paint (about 3/4) to the spray gun
P-11. Wear the safety gear
P-12. Apply paint in the paint booth,
P-13. Adjust the temperature to suit the paint
P-14. Adjust the flame of the spray gun as required
P-15. Perform spraying by holding the spray gun at the appropriate
distance
P-16. Allow the body to dry for an appropriate period
P-17. Bake the vehicle body well in the paint booth
K-1. The types of fillers and primers used for the binding layer and how they are used
K-2. Preparation of paint for the spray gun
K-3. Types of one pack solid color paints and their qualities
K-4. Instructions on preparation for application of one pack solid color paint
K-5. Relevant details of application method
K-6. Guidelines and safety precautions to be followed in the application of type of paint
K-7. Types of two pack metallic pearl color paints and their basic qualities
 Capable of Appling the undercote

 Capable to applying one pack solid color paint
S No. Descriptions
3. Masking Dispenser
4. Spray Suit
5. Respirator
6. Air Compressor
7. Spray Gun
8. Air Blow Gun
9. Mixing Stick
10. Weighing Scale
11. Paint Booth
12. Shop cloth
13. Masking Papers
14. Masking Foil
15. Masking Tape
16. Sand Paper

17. Under Coat Paint
18. Hardener
19. Mixing Thinner

Apply Final Coats
Overview
CU-1: Perform two tone P-1. Find out the customers need
painting P-2. Wear PPE according to instruction
P-3. Determine the color to be painted
P-4. Collect necessary equipment and raw material,
P-5. Other sections were covered with masking
P-6. Pour paint into the spray gun and adjust the spray gun & air
pressure
P-7. Apply the main color that had to be applied
P-8. Allow to dry for 24 hours,
P-9. Check again whether the components and areas that need to be
covered were fully covered
P-10. Apply the second color
P-11. Open the top coat tin and mix until a uniform mixture was obtained
P-12. Obtain required thinner
P-13. Measure with a scale and pour top coat into a clean vessel
P-14. Pour thinner to standard ratio and mix
P-15. Obtain standard air of required amount through filters
P-16. Strain (though strainer) the mixed paint
P-17. Pour required amount of top coat into the spray gun
P-18. Wear safety gear
P-19. Adjust the required flame of the spray gun
P-20. Applying the basic colors, cover both colors with top coat
P-21. Clean the used equipment, and surroundings
P-22. Store equipment properly
CU-2: Perform touch up work P-1. Discus about special requirements with the customer
P-2. Determine the sections to be newly painted
P-3. Measure the condition and color of the applied paint
P-4. Gather the necessary raw materials tools and equipment
P-5. Clean the surface of the applied paint in sections that had to be
newly painted
P-6. Prepare the required paint mixture
P-7. Pour paint into the spray gun, provide the necessary air pressure
and adjust the spray gun
P-8. Paint the sections that need to be painted follow safety procedure
P-9. Clean & store tools and equipment at the end of the task
CU-3: Apply one pack paint P-1. Collect necessary equipment and raw materials
with retarder P-2. Use retarder type of paint selected for painting according to
weather condition
P-3. Add only 10% of the retarder to the quantity of paint used for
painting and prepare the mixture
P-4. Pour paint into the spray gun, provide necessary air pressure and
adjust the spray gun
P-5. Apply paint with retarder mixture
P-6. Clean and store the used tools and equipment
CU-4: Apply one pack solid P-1. Decide that there was a suitable weather condition
color paint with lacquer P-2. Collect necessary tools & equipment and raw materials
P-3. Use lacquer relevant type of paint
P-4. Mix paint and lacquer (1/4 liter of lacquer to be added to 1 liter of
paint)
P-5. Fill paint to 3/4 of spray gun
P-6. Provide required air pressure and adjust the flame
P-7. Apply the mixed paint
P-8. Clean the used tools and equipment and the surroundings
CU-5: Apply mat finish paint P-1. Determine the type of mat finish paint to be painted
P-2. Decide that there was a suitable weather condition
P-3. Collect necessary equipment and raw materials
P-4. Mix paint with mat finish until it was uniform
P-5. Add lacquer and other raw materials to paint according to specified
instructions
P-6. Take required quantity of paint and keep the balance securely
closed
P-7. Fill paint to 3/4th of the spray gun
P-8. Adjust required air pressure and adjust the flame
P-9. Clean the used tools and equipment and the surroundings
K-1. Instructions to be followed when using chemicals

K-2. Points to consider when storing paint, chemicals and equipment
K-3. Aspects to consider in two tone painting
K-4. Hints to identify places with lapses after color painting
K-5. Points to follow when touching up
K-6. Distinguishing characteristics of paints that require use of retarder
K-7. Distinguishing characteristics of paints and retarder
K-8. Points to consider when applying one pack paint with retarder
K-9. Safety required when applying one pack paint with retarder
K-10. Reactions that take place when mixing paints (chemical ratios)
K-11. Characteristics of lacquer and one pack paint and their use
K-12. Points to consider when applying paint and lacquer
K-13. Basic characteristics of mat finish paint
K-14. Point to consider when applying mat finish paint
K-15. Instructions regarding mixing of paints
K-16. Properties of one pack clear lacquer
 Capable of performing touchup work

 Capable to apply solid color with lacquer
S No. Descriptions

3. Spray Suit
4. Respirator
5. Air Compressor
6. Spray Gun
7. Air Blow Gun
8. Mixing Stick
9. Weighing Scale
10. Paint Booth
11. Shop cloth
12. Masking Papers
13. Masking Foil
14. Masking Tape
15. Sand Paper
16. Under Coat Paint
17. Top coat paints
18. Hardener
19. Retarder
20. Mixing Thinner
Perform Polishing to Body Surface
Overview
CU-1: Assess and repair the P-1. Identify the areas to be cut using compound
paint surface P-2. Gather the required tools & equipment and materials
P-4. Press the paint coat with a finger to determine whether the surface
is dry enough for compound polishing.
P-5. Use the reflection of a fluorescent light to check the surface
P-6. Wipe any dirt and dust off the panel with a clean shop cloth
P-7. Correcting dirt particle & paint run using a rubber sanding block
P-8. Sand the surface with P1500 – P3000 grit sand paper to produce a
texture with slightly higher depressions and ridges than the original
texture
CU-2: Perform compound P-1. Collect tools & equipment and material
polishing P-2. Wear PPE according to instruction
P-3. Select suitable materials for cutting
P-4. Mask the fittings on the bordering section and panel edges
P-5. Wipe any dirt and dust off the panel with a clean shop cloth
P-6. Attach the buff pad in the center of the polisher
P-7. Clean the buff pad to remove any foreign particles before use
P-8. Spread the compound without spinning the polisher to prevent
spattering
P-9. Move the polisher so that each pass of the polisher overlaps the
previous pass by 2/3
P-10. Polish the surface using the polishing compounds in order from fine
to ultra-fine
P-11. Eliminate any swirl marks made during the rough polishing process
to produce gloss.
P-12. Use a polisher with a sponge buff pad to perform finish polishing
with ultra-fine polishing compound
P-13. Use the color matching light to check whether there are any
remaining swirl marks
P-14. Clean work place tools & equipment and store them properly
CU-3: Paste body stickers P-1. Decide what to do after consulting the customer
P-2. Decide the parts where stickers have to be pasted
P-3. Gather the required tools, equipment and material
P-4. cut the relevant parts according to required shapes
P-5. Clean those parts with a mixture of water and a kind of shampoo
using a manual spray gun
P-6. Spray shampoo on the side where the sticker was pasted
P-7. Place it / them to fit into the required part
P-8. Spray shampoo outside the sticker
P-9. Removing shampoo, and check the sticker past systematically
without trapping air bubbles
CU-4: Apply wax P-1. Decide the parts to be waxed

P-2. Whether the weather condition was suitable
P-3. Gather the required raw materials
P-4. Remove dust in areas where wax was to be applied
P-5. Apply wax on the required parts
P-6. Use a clean piece of cloth to scrub the wax applied
P-7. Clean the surroundings and store raw materials properly
CU-5: Clean body moldings P-1. Decide the type of beadings to be cleaned
P-2. Gather raw materials used for cleaning
P-3. Clean the beadings with water only or with any detergent
(shampoo)that is not harmful to them
P-4. Clean the beadings and other components without damaging them
P-5. Clean the working area and store raw materials and equipment
properly
CU-6: Clean buffers and tires P-1. Obtain the required raw materials for cleaning
P-2. Wash the buffers and tires to be painted with a detergent (a kind of
shampoo) and clean them
P-3. Remove the stains and dirt using another chemical substance (if
necessary)
P-4. Clean the working area and store materials and equipment
CU-7: Re-fix emblem & logo P-1. Select special points to fix badges
P-2. Gather the required tools / equipment and materials
P-3. Mark the points where the badges were to be fixed
P-4. Bore the relevant points as required
P-5. Paste double side tape on the inner sides of the badges
P-6. Paste the inner sides of the badges with excess tape
P-7. Apply primer paint on the bored holes
P-8. Paste / fix the badges as required
P-9. Tighten the relevant nuts and bolts
P-10. Clean and store the equipment
K-1. The types of detergents used in washing vehicles and the aspects to be considered in using them
K-2. The Types of polishing compound and polishing method, the aspects to be considered in following
each of these methods and the safety procedures to be adopted
K-3. Different types of wax and their properties
K-4. Aspects to be considered in applying wax
K-5. Different types of stickers and the aspects to be considered in pasting them
K-6. Aspects to be considered in cleaning upholstery, windscreen, glass, body moldings, buffers and
tires
K-7. Aspects to be considered in fixing badges
 Capable of applying the wax

 Capable to paste body stickers
S No. Descriptions
1.General Hand Tools 8.Fine Polishing Compound

2.Cotton Gloves 9.Ultra-Fine Polishing Compound
3.Safety Glass 10.
Weighing Scale
4.Dust mask 11.
Shop cloth
5.Polisher 12.
Masking Tape
6.Dual Action Polisher 13.
Cleaning Thinner
7.Polishing compound
Prepare Paint Work Estimation
Overview
CU-1: Decide work to be done P-1. Determine the customer’s requirements

P-2. Inspect the parts to be repaired
P-3. Determine the amount of work to be done
P-4. Prepare the technical report (job card)
CU-2: Study gathered P-1. Collect information on price lists for different parts / raw materials
information related to from the market
market P-2. Find out work done related to vehicles in the market
P-3. Collect information about present charges for such work
P-4. Collect information about existing charges / payments for essential
services
P-5. Collect information about number of workers employed and level of
work for relevant work in the market
P-6. Study this information in preparing estimates and determine the
cost
CU-3: Calculate overheads P-1. Determine the amount to be spent on electricity

P-2. Determine the amount to be spent on water
P-3. Determine the amount of stationary to be used
P-4. Determine the amount to be spent on equipment and machinery
P-5. Determine the expenditure on buildings and paint booth
P-6. Determine the factory insurance cost
P-7. Determine the expenditure on telephone, computer, typewriter etc.
P-8. Determine the cost of specific tools and equipment
P-9. Determine the cost of floor area of establishment
P-10. Determine the amount spent for dependent workers who do not
participate in the relevant job
P-11. Determine the expenditure on insurance services
P-12. Determine the expenditure on vehicles of the establishment
P-13. Determine the total expenditure Accordingly, did you
determine/Calculate a percentage to be added
CU-4: Calculate material cost P-1. Obtain relevant information from the customer
P-2. Identify the jobs to be done
P-3. Determine the nature / type of raw materials of correct standard
P-4. Determines the raw materials to be expended? (Thinner, paint, filler
tape, Lacquer, water and dry sandpaper etc.)
P-5. Calculate the total cost of raw materials
CU-5: Calculate labor cost P-1. Check the job
P-2. Determine the extent of work relevant to the job
P-3. Determine the time to be spent on the job
P-4. Determine whether specialist assistance was necessary
P-5. Allocate time according to type of workers
P-6. Calculate the cost of an hour according to level of workers
P-7. Calculate the cost of time according to level of workers
P-8. Determine the total cost
CU-6: Calculate cost of body P-1. Determine customer’s preferences

parts P-2. Examine the job
P-3. Determine the parts to be newly fixed
P-4. Obtain the parts of specific standard at the lowest quotation
P-5. Obtain information about part number and manufacturing type of
parts
P-6. obtain information about cost of parts If the body part is to be
imported, calculate the expenditure cost
CU-7: Calculate gross amount P-1. Obtain correct and current data for calculation
P-2. Calculate by adding together overheads, raw material cost, labor
cost and cost of body parts (if any)
P-3. Calculate expenditure on wastage
P-4. Calculate government taxes and other charges relevant to above
basic expenses
P-5. get the percentage for profit used in the establishment
P-6. Calculate the profit according to the percentage
P-7. Calculate the gross amount follow the above steps
K-1. Methods to be used for collecting data

K-2. Methods of analyzing data
K-3. Determination of cost of raw material
K-4. Deployment of labor according to jobs
K-5. Calculation of cost of labor per hour
K-6. Financial and institutional rules and regulations
K-7. Salient features about import market
K-8. Methodology about estimation
K-9. Points to consider when preparing a technical report
 Capable of calculating the cost of body repair work

 Capable to estimate the time consumed in body repair work
S No. Descriptions
1. Calculator
2. Pen Writing Pad
25. Workshop Practice-III AD-324

Perform Engine Preventive Maintenance (Tune-Up)
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner perform engine tune-up Petrol or Gasoline
Engine, Diesel Engine under the specified procedure in the manual.
CU-1: Tune-up Petrol or P-1. Inspect the main components of Engine system
Gasoline P-2. Service/Replace the air cleaner
“Conventional P-3. Change/service the spark plug specified procedure.
Carburetor” Engine P-4. Adjust valve clearance
P-5. Inspect/Replace/adjust CB Point gap from distributer.
P-6. Adjust/service carburetor specified procedure.
CU-2: Tune-up Petrol or P-1. Inspect the main components of EFI system.
Gasoline “Electronic P-2. Service/ Replace the air cleaner
Fuel injection” Engine P-3. Change/ service the spark plug specified procedure.
P-4. Inspect fuel pressure.
P-5. Use the scanner specified procedure.
CU-3: Service of Mechanical P-1. Inspect the main components of mechanical fuel injection diesel
Fuel injection Diesel engine system.
Engine P-2. Service/Replace the air cleaner
P-3. Change/ service the Glow plug specified procedure.
P-4. Inspect/adjust fuel from fuel injection pump
CU-4: Service of Electronic P-1. Inspect the main components of EFI system.
Fuel injection Diesel P-2. Service/ Replace the air cleaner.
Engine P-3. Use the scanner specified procedure.
K-1. Describes the main components of engine and their functions as following:
Air cleaner, spark plug, Distributer, HT Leads, Carburetor.
K-2. Describe the operational principles of Mechanical and Electrical Fuel pump.
K-3. Describe the operation of different types Fuel injection pump.
K-4. Describe the different types of smoke.
 Capable to tune-up petrol engine.

 Capable to tune-up FFI Engine.
 Capable to Tune-up diesel engine.
 Capable to Tune-up EFI Diesel engine.
 Capable to check different types of smoke
 Capable to check fault Fuel injection pump
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle (Diesel and petrol)

3 Multi-meter
4 Special service tools (Scanner)
Perform Periodic Maintenance
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to understand for periodic maintenance under
the specified procedure in the manual.
CU-1: Service of petrol P-1. Inspect the performance of main components of vehicle.
Vehicle P-2. Perform the periodic service of engine according to shop manual.
CU-2: Service of diesel P-3. Inspect the performance of main components of vehicle.
vehicle P-4. Perform the periodic service of engine according to shop manual.
K-1. Describe the periodic maintenance schedule of petrol vehicle.

K-2. Describe the periodic maintenance schedule of diesel engine.
 Capable to follow the periodic maintenance work of petrol/diesel vehicle.

 Capable to locate the non-routine work in the vehicle
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle(petrol and diesel)

3 Gas analyzer
4 Scanner
Arrange Workshop Equipment According to Lay-out
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner understand lay-out of workshop and use
workshop equipment under the specified procedure in the manual.
CU-1: Lay-out of work shop P-1. Marks the bay/pit different works.
P-2. Mark the area for storage used oil.
P-3. Mark the area for salvage.
CU-2: Workshop equipment P-1. Mark the place hand tools

P-2. Mark the place of measuring tools
P-3. Mark the place of power tools and equipment
K-1. Describe the lay out function of work shop.

K-2. Describe the importance of lay-out of workshop.
K-3. Describe the importance of lay-out for workshop tools and equipment
 Capable prepare layout of workshop bay/pit.

 Capable to display the workshop shop tools and equipment.
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle
2 Hand tools ,Power Tools ,Measuring Tools
3 Workshop
Prepare Documentation for Automotive workshop
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner understand the documentation of workshop
CU-1: Service department P-1. Prepare the job card and time sheet.
documentation P-2. Read the shop manual
P-3. Read the service bulletin
P-4. Read the parts catalog (Manual and e-catalog).
P-5. Prepare the technical report
CU-2: Parts Department P-1. Prepare the main stock register
documentation P-2. Prepare the sub store register
P-3. Order the parts through online.
K-1. Describe the importance of shop manual.

K-2. Describe the importance of service bulletin.
K-3. Describe the importance of inventory register.
 Capable to read and interpret the shop manual.

 Capable to update the inventory control register.
 Capable to prepare technical report.
S No. Descriptions
1 Shop manual
2 Parts catalogue
3 Inventory register
Maintain Service Station Equipment
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to maintain the service station equipment
CU-1: Working with equipment P-1. Operate the hydraulic jack.

P-2. Operate the crane
P-3. Operate the car lift
CU-2: Maintain the equipment P-1. Maintain the hydraulic jack.
P-2. Maintain the crane
P-3. Maintain the car lift
K-1. Describe the importance and operation of hydraulic jack.

K-2. Describe the importance and operation crane.
K-3. Describe the importance and operation of car lift.
 Capable to work with the hydraulic jack.

 Capable handle the lifting crane.
 Capable to operate the toe post car lift.
S No. Descriptions
1 Hydraulic jack.
2 crane
3 car lift
Maintain Emission control system
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to inspect and replace the components
related to the emission control system under the specified procedure in the manual.
CU-1: Service of exhaust P-1. Inspect performance of main components of exhaust manifold
manifold P-2. Remove and assemble exhaust manifold from engine
CU-2: Service of Muffler P-1. Inspect the performance of Muffler.

CU-3: Service of catalytic P-1. Inspects catalytic converter under the specified procedure.
convertor P-2. Replace the catalytic convertor
CU-4: Service of PCV P-1. Inspect and perform service of positive crankcase ventilation (PCV)
P-2. Inspect the PCV through vacuum pump
P-3. Remove and assemble PCV through engine
P-4. Inspect and perform service of exhaust gas recirculation
system(EGR)
CU-5: Service of EGR Valve P-1. inspect and identify location of exhaust gas recirculation
system(EGR)
P-2. Check the EGR valve operation(vacuum and electric controlled)

 Capable identify/service Muffler assembly.

 Capable to inspect and replace the catalytic converter.
 Capable to inspect and replace the PCV valve.
 Capable to inspect and replace the EGR valve.
S No. Descriptions
1 Vehicle
3 Gas analyzer
4 Vacuum pump
Perform Engine Overhauling
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to perform the engine overhauling of the
petrol diesel engine under the specified procedure.
CU-1: Petrol engine P-1. Remove Engine from Vehicle.

P-2. Remove Auxiliary components from Engine.
P-3. Remove Cylinder Head.
P-4. Dismantle engine block.
P-5. Dismantle cylinder head.
P-6. Clean dismantled parts
P-7. Inspect engine block
P-8. Repair Connecting rod and piston assembly
P-9. Repair valve mechanism
P-10. Repair cylinder Head
P-11. Assembled Cylinder Head
P-12. Assembled Crank Shaft to cylinder block
P-13. Assembled Piston assembly
P-14. Fix piston assembly to the cylinder block
P-15. Mount Cylinder head to the cylinder block
P-16. Set Valve Timing
P-17. Fix Auxiliary Accessories
P-18. Place to the engine vehicle
P-19. Ready to start the engine
P-20. Check performance
CU-2: Diesel engine P-1. Remove Engine from Vehicle.
CU-3: Motor cycle Engine P-1. Remove Engine from Motorcycle.
K-1. Describe the importance of engine overhauling.

K-2. Describe the process of engine overhauling.
 Capable to overhaul the petrol engine.

 Capable to overhaul the diesel engine.
 Capable to overhaul the Motor cycle engine.
S No. Descriptions
1 Petrol engine ,diesel engine ,Motorcycle engine

3 Engine overhauling kit
4 Gas analyzer
Maintain Climatic Control System.
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to inspect Heating ventilation and air
conditioning system and faulty parts to be changed under the specified procedure in the manual.
CU-1: Check and identify P-1. Job card/ estimate traced and vehicle located, and repair/ servicing
defects / or need for initiated.
servicing of the P-2. Air conditioner switched on and checked the extent of repair/ or
Automobile Air servicing ascertained, according to standard procedures.
Conditioner P-3. Defects localized and identified using specified test instrument
asper manufacturer’s instructions and standard procedures.
P-4. Equipment / items, material and accessories required for job
CU-2: Repair / or service P-1. Refrigerant in the system recovered where necessary using
refrigerant system of specified recovery equipment following safety procedures.
the Automobile Air P-2. Condition of the compressor checked for defects and defective
conditioner parts serviced / or replaced, oil level checked and topped up where
necessary according to specifications and manufactures
instructions.
P-3. Evaporator checked visually and pressure tested for leaks / clogs
and serviced / or replaced where necessary.
P-4. Expansion valve checked for proper operation and serviced / or
replaced as necessary.
P-5. Condenser checked visually and pressure tested for leaks / clogs
and serviced / or replaced as necessary using specified test
equipment, adhering to safety practices.
P-6. Cooling / blower fans checked for performance, tested and
serviced/ or replaced as necessary according to manufacturer’s
instructions, adhering to safety practices.
P-7. Filter/receiver driers inspected and replaced as necessary
according to manufacturer’s specifications.
P-8. Refrigerant liquid lines and hoses pressure tested using specified
test equipment adhering to safety practices and leaks repaired, and
pressure tested after repair of leaks.
P-9. Sight glass, oil separator, gas accumulator checked and replaced
as necessary.
P-10. Refrigerant circuit flushed with specified flushing agent.
P-11. System pressure tested using dry nitrogen and evacuated using
vacuum pump and tested according to specifications
P-12. The recovered refrigerant and the cylinder weighed, and recorded.
P-13. The recovered refrigerant cylinder coupled to the empty cylinder
and to the recycling machine observing standard procedure and
safety practices.
P-14. The recycling machine started up, the process monitored and
proper operation ensured.
P-15. All refrigerant recycled, hoses disconnected and cylinder reweighed
to determine the weight of refrigerant recovered.
P-16. Recycling of all recovered refrigerant ensured.

K-1. Describe construction air condition system.
K-2. Describe construction and working of AC compressor
K-3. State the function of evaporator
K-4. State the function of dryer
K-5. Describe the function condenser.
K-6. Understand and trace the fault of AC system
 Capable to service of Car AC.

 Perform gas charging and recovery in the Car Ac.
S No Descriptions
1 Vehicle
3 Complete AC service kit
Perform Engine Output Testing
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner use dynamometer and other equipment for
testing engine under the specified procedure.
CU-1: Use of dynamometer P-1. Inspect the dynamometer condition

P-2. Attach the dynamometer with engine
P-3. Operate the engine and check its condition.
P-4. Record the data during testing
CU-2: Measure volumetric P-1. Calculate the engine volume
efficiency P-2. Measure vacuum pressure
P-3. Measure Air volume
P-4. Induction time
K-1. Describe the dynamometer

K-2. Describe the function of dynamometer.
K-3. Describe the importance engine testing with dynamometer.
 Capable to attach the dynamometer with engine.

 Capable to record data.
 Capable to analyze engine condition.
S No Descriptions
1 Engine
3 Dynamometer
Read and Interpret Hydraulic and Pneumatic Code and Symbols
Overview
These competency standards designed to enable the learner to understand International Hydraulic and
Pneumatic Code and Symbols.
CU-1: Hydraulic symbol P-1. Identify the hydraulic symbol.

P-2. Identify the Hydro pneumatic symbol
P-3. Inspect and read different hydraulic circuit diagram.
CU-2: Pneumatic Symbol P-1. Identify the pneumatic symbol.
P-2. Identify the Electro pneumatic symbol
P-3. Inspect and read different pneumatic circuit diagram
K-1. Describe the different hydraulic symbol

K-2. Describe the different hydro pneumatic symbol.
K-3. Describe the pneumatic symbol.
K-4. Describe the different electro pneumatic symbols.
 Capable to identify the hydraulic symbol.

 Capable to identify the pneumatic symbol.
26. Generic
Participate In Workplace Communication
Overview
This unit covers the knowledge, skills and attitudes required to gather, interpret and convey information in
response to workplace requirements
CU-1: Obtain and convey P-1 Assess the Specific and relevant information from the appropriate
Workplace information sources
P-2 Convey and gather the information of Effective questioning, active
listening and speaking skills.
P-3 Transfer the information using the appropriate medium and ideas.
P-4 Use appropriate nonverbal communication.
P-5 Identify and follow appropriate lines of communication with
supervisors and colleagues.
P-6 Use the defined workplace procedures for the location and storage
of information.
P-7 Carry out Personal interaction clearly and concisely.
CU-2: Participate in workplace P-1 Attend the team meetings on time
meetings and P-2 Clearly express your own opinions and listen other’s point of view
discussions without interruption.
P-3 Established the protocols in the courteous manner of meeting
inputs with the meeting purpose and Workplace interactions.
P-4 Questions about simple routine workplace procedures and maters
concerning working conditions of employment are asked and
responded to Meetings outcomes are interpreted and implemented
CU-3: Complete relevant work P-1 Range of forms relating to conditions of employment are completed
related documents accurately and legibly
P-2 Workplace data is recorded on standard workplace forms and
documents
P-3 Perform the basic mathematical processes that are used for
routine calculations
P-4 Identify the errors in recording information on forms/ documents
and properly acted upon
P-5 Reporting requirements to supervisor are completed according to
organizational guidelines
Describe the following.

K-1 Appropriate sources: Team members, Suppliers, Trade personnel, Local government, Industry
bodies
K-2 Medium: Memorandum, Circular, Notice, Information discussion, Follow-up or verbal, instructions,
Face to face communication.
K-3 Storage: Manual filing system, Computer-based filing system.
K-4 Forms: Personnel forms, telephone message forms, safety reports.
K-5 Workplace interactions: Face to face, Telephone, Electronic and two way radio, Written including
electronic, memos, instruction, and forms, non-verbal including gestures, signals, signs and
diagrams
K-6 Protocols: Observing meeting, Compliance with meeting decisions, Obeying meeting instructions
 Capable convey the message in the specified format.

 Capable to record minutes of the meeting
 Capable to interpret the work related documents
Perform Work In Team Environment
Overview
This unit covers the skills, knowledge and attitudes to identify role and responsibility as a member of a team
CU-1: Describe team role and P-1 Identify the role and objective of the team from available sources of
scope information.
P-2 Identify team parameters, reporting relationships and
responsibilities from team discussions and appropriate external
sources.
CU-2: Identify own role and P-1 Identify the individual role and responsibilities within the team
responsibility within environment.
team P-2 Identify and recognize the roles and responsibility of other team
members.
P-3 Reporting relationships within team and external to team are
identified
CU-3: Work as a team P-1 Effective and appropriate forms of communications used and
member interactions undertaken with team members who contribute to
known team activities and objectives
P-2 Effective and appropriate contributions made to complement team
activities and objectives, based on individual skills and
competencies and workplace context
P-3 Observed protocols in reporting using standard operating
procedures
P-4 Contribute to the development of team work plans based on an
understanding of team’s role and objectives and
K-1 Role and objective of team: Work activities in a team environment with enterprise or specific
sector, Limited discretion, initiative and judgment maybe demonstrated on the job, either
individually or in a team environment.
K-2 Sources of information: Standard operating and/or other workplace procedures, Job procedures,
Machine/equipment manufacturer’s specifications and instructions, Organizational or external
personnel, Client/supplier instructions, Quality standards, OHS and environmental standards.
K-3 Workplace context: Work procedures and practices, Conditions of work environments,
Legislation and industrial agreements, Standard work practice including the storage, safe handling
and disposal of chemicals, Safety, environmental, housekeeping and quality guidelines.
 Capable to demonstrate the team work.

 Capable to identify team role and individual task.
Read and Develop Career Professionalism
Overview
This unit covers the knowledge, skills and positive attitudes in promoting career growth and advancement
CU-1: Integrate personal P-1 Personal growth and work plans are pursued towards improving the
objectives with qualifications set for the profession
organizational goals P-2 Maintain the Intra- and interpersonal relationships in the course of
managing oneself based on performance evaluation.
P-3 Demonstrate the commitment to the organization and its goal in the
performance of duties.
CU-2: Set and meet work P-1 Competing demands are prioritized to achieve personal, team and
priorities organizational goals and objectives.
P-2 Manage work priorities and commitments in order to utilize the
resources efficiently and effectively.
P-3 Practices along economic use and maintenance of equipment and
facilities are followed as per established procedures
CU-3: Maintain professional P-1 Identify the trainings and career opportunities and avail on the
growth and bases of job requirements.
development P-2 Recognitions are sought/received and demonstrated as proof of
career advancement
P-3 Obtained and renewed the licenses and/or certifications relevant to
job and career.
K-1 Evaluation: Performance Appraisal, Psychological Profile, Aptitude Tests.

K-2 Resources: Human, Financial, Technology, Hardware, Software
K-3 Trainings and career opportunities: Participation in training programs, Technical, Supervisory,
Managerial, Continuing Education, Serving as Resource Persons in conferences and workshops.
K-4 Recognitions: Recommendations, Citations, Certificate of Appreciations, Commendations,
Awards, Tangible and Intangible Rewards.
K-5 Licenses and/or certifications: National Certificates, Certificate of Competency, Support Level
Licenses, Professional Licenses
 Capable to identify the personal objective

 Capable to demonstrate the positive attitude towards work.
 Capable to identify the professional growth
Practice Occupational Health and Safety Procedures
Overview
This unit covers the outcomes required to comply with regulatory and organizational requirements for
occupational health and safety
CU-1: Identify hazards and P-1 Identify the safety regulations and workplace safety and hazard
risks control practices and procedures are clarified and explained based
on organization procedures
P-2 Identify the hazards/risks in the workplace and their corresponding
indicators to minimize or eliminate risk to co-workers, workplace
and environment in accordance with organization procedures.
P-3 Contingency measures during workplace accidents, fire and other
emergencies are recognized and established in accordance with
organization procedures
CU-2: Evaluate hazards and P-1 Identify the terms of maximum tolerable limits which when
risks exceeded will result in harm or damage are identified based on
threshold limit values (TLV)
P-2 Identify the effects of the hazards.
P-3 Identify the OHS issues and/or concerns and safety hazards are
reported to designated personnel in accordance with workplace
requirements and relevant workplace OHS legislation.
CU-3: Control hazards and P-1 Identify the occupational Health and Safety (OHS) procedures for
risks controlling hazards/risks in workplace are consistently followed
P-2 Procedures for dealing with workplace accidents, fire and
emergencies are followed in accordance with organization OHS
policies
P-3 Use of Personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with
organization OHS procedures and practices.
P-4 Provide the appropriate assistance in the event of a workplace
emergency in accordance with established organization protocol.
CU-4: Maintain OHS P-1 Practice the emergency-related drills and trainings as per
awareness established organization guidelines and procedures.
P-2 Update and complete the OHS personal records in accordance with
workplace requirements.
K-1 Safety regulations: May include but are not limited to: Clean Air Act, Building code, National
Electrical and Fire Safety Codes, Waste management statutes and rules, Philippine Occupational
Safety and Health Standards, DOLE regulations on safety legal requirements, ECC regulations.
K-2 Hazards/Risks: May include but are not limited to: Physical hazards – impact, illumination,
pressure, noise, vibration, temperature, radiation, Biological hazards- bacteria, viruses, plants,
parasites, mites, molds, fungi, insects, Chemical hazards – dusts, fibers, mists, fumes, smoke,
gasses, vapors Ergonomics, Psychological factors – over exertion/ excessive force,
awkward/static positions, fatigue, direct pressure, varying metabolic cycles Physiological factors –
monotony, personal, relationship, work out cycle.
K-3 Contingency measures: May include but are not limited to: Evacuation, Isolation,
Decontamination, (Calling designed) emergency personnel.
K-4 PPE: May include but are not limited to: Mask, Gloves, Goggles, Hair Net/cap/bonnet, Face
mask/shield, Ear muffs, Apron/Gown/coverall/jump suit, Anti-static suits.
K-5 Emergency-related drills and training: Fire drill, Earthquake drill, Basic life support/CPR, First
aid, Spillage control, Decontamination of chemical and toxic, Disaster,
preparedness/management.
K-6 OHS personal records: Medical/Health records, Incident reports, Accident reports, OHS-related
training completed..
 Capable to identify the workplace hazards.

 Capable to control the hazards
Lead Small Teams
Overview
This unit covers the knowledge, skills and attitudes to lead small teams including setting and maintaining
team and individual performance standards.
CU-1: Provide team P-1 Identify the work requirements and present it to team members
leadership P-2 Communicate the reasons for instructions and requirements to
team members.
P-3 Deal with the team members and discuss the queries and
concerns.
CU-2: Assign responsibilities P-1 Identify the duties, and responsibilities are allocated having regard
to the skills, knowledge and aptitude required to properly undertake
the assigned task and according to company policy
P-2 Identify the duties are allocated having regard to individual
preference, domestic and personal considerations, whenever
possible
CU-3: Set performance P-1 Understand the performance expectations are established based
expectations for team on client needs and according to assignment requirements
members P-2 Demonstrate the Performance expectations are based on individual
team members duties and area of responsibility
P-3 Demonstrate Performance expectations are discussed and
disseminated to individual team members
CU-4: Supervised team P-1 Demonstrate the monitoring of performance takes place against
performance defined Performance Criteria and/or assignment instructions and
corrective action taken.
P-2 Provide a feedback by the Team members, positive support and
advice on strategies to overcome any deficiencies
P-3 Identify the performance issues which cannot be rectified or
addressed within the team are referenced to appropriate personnel
according to employer policy
P-4 Inform the team members and keep informed of any changes in the
priority allocated to assignments or tasks which might impact on
client/customer needs and
P-5 satisfaction
P-6 identify the team operations are monitored to ensure that
employer/client needs and requirements are met
P-7 Follow-up communication is provided on all issues affecting the
team
P-8 Identify the all relevant documentation is completed in accordance
with company procedures
K-1 Work requirements: Client Profile, Assignment instructions.

K-2 Team member’s concerns: Roster/shift details.
K-3 Monitor performance: Formal process, Informal process.
K-4 Feedback: Formal process, Informal process.
K-5 Performance issues: Work output, Work quality, Team participation, Compliance with workplace
protocols, Safety, customer service.
 Capable to demonstrate the leadership qualities.

 Capable to set the expectations of the team
Develop Negotiation Skills
Overview
This unit covers the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to collect information in order to negotiate to a
desired outcome and participate in the negotiation.
CU-1: Plan negotiations P-1 Identify the Information on preparing for negotiation and included in
the plan.
P-2 Perform positive negotiating and create Information of nonverbal
environments and included in the plan.
P-3 Identify the information on active listening is identified and included
in the plan
P-4 Identify the information on different questioning techniques and
included in the plan
P-5 Check the Information to ensure it is correct and up-to- date.
CU-2: Participate in P-1 Identify the criteria for successful outcome are agreed upon by all
negotiations parties
P-2 Considered Appropriate language is used on desired outcome of all
parties throughout the negotiation.
P-3 Use a variety of questioning techniques are used The issues and
processes are documented and agreed upon by all parties
P-4 Assess possible solutions that are discussed and their viability.
P-5 Identify the areas for agreement is confirmed and recorded Follow-
up action is agreed upon by all parties.
K-1 Preparing for negotiation: Background information on other parties to the

K-2 Negotiation: Good understanding of topic to be negotiated, Clear understanding of desired
outcome/s,
K-3 Personal attributes, (self-awareness, self-esteem, objectivity, empathy, respect for others)
K-4 Interpersonal skills, (listening/reflecting, nonverbal communication, assertiveness, behavior
labeling, testing understanding, seeking information, self-disclosing
K-5 Analytic skills (observing differences between content and process, identifying bargaining
information, applying strategies to manage process, applying steps in negotiating process,
strategies to manage conflict, steps in negotiating process, options within organization and
externally for resolving conflict.
K-6 Nonverbal environments: Friendly reception, Warm and welcoming room, Refreshments offered,
Lead in conversation before negotiation begins.
K-7 Active listening: Attentive, Don’t interrupt, Good posture, Maintain eye contact, Reflective
listening.
K-8 Questioning techniques: Direct, Indirect, Open-ended
 Capable to negotiate.
Solve Problems Related To Work Activities
Overview
This unit covers the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to collect information in order to solve
problems to a desired outcome and participate in the work activities.
CU-1: Identify the problem P-1 Identify the Variances from normal operating parameters; and
product quality Extent,
P-2 Identify the cause and nature are of the problem are defined
through observation, investigation and analytical techniques
P-3 Demonstrate the Problems are clearly stated and specified
CU-2: Determine fundamental P-1 Identify the Possible causes that are based on experience and the
causes of the problem use of problem solving tools / analytical techniques.
P-2 Develop possible cause statements based on findings
P-3 Identify the fundamental causes as per results of investigation
conducted.
CU-3: Determine corrective P-1 Report on recommendations are prepared
action P-2 Recommendations are presented to appropriate personnel.
P-3 Recommendations are followed-up, if required
K-1 Analytical techniques: Brainstorming, Intuitions/Logic, Cause and effect diagrams, Pareto
analysis, SWOT analysis, Gant chart, Pert CPM and graphs, Scatter grams.
K-2 Problem: Non – routine process and quality problems, Equipment selection, availability and
failure, Teamwork and work allocation problem, Safety and emergency situations and incidents.
K-3 Action plans: Priority requirements, Measurable objectives, Resource requirements, Timelines,
Co-ordination and feedback requirements, Safety requirements, Risk assessment, Environmental
requirements
 Capable to identify the work related problems

 Capable to determine the corrective action.
Develop Communication Skill
Overview:
The user/ individual on the job needs to know and understand how to writing skills, reading skills and oral
communications skills (Listening and speaking)
CU-1: Writing Skills The user/ individual on job needs to know and understand how to:
P-1. Document instructions, itinerary and task lists
P-2. Maintain documents and reports pertaining to security operations,
emergency response, personnel and equipment
P-3. Document activities and incidents in a chronological order
P-4. Write letters/ memos, feedback and reports
P-5. Use computers to generate Management Information System
(MIS), emails and other reports
P-6. Write in English and at least in one vernacular language
proficiently
CU-2: Speaking and The user/ individual on job needs to know and understand how to:
Listening Skills P-1. Read and assimilate organizational procedures, site and security
instructions, and correspondence, as applicable
P-2. Read security registers, documents, feedback, reports and
applications Oral Communication (Listening and Speaking
skills)The user/individual on the job needs to know and understand
how to:
P-3. Speak clearly and emphatically
P-4. Receive briefings and instructions from superiors and ask queries
P-5. Brief and instruct subordinates and receive debriefings
P-6. Reply to the queries from stakeholders
P-7. Ask questions from visitors
P-8. Raise alarm/ make announcements/ speak over phone/ radio
CU-3: Professional Skills Decision Making
The user/individual on job needs to know and understand how to:
SB1 take decisions pertaining to security operations, training,
administration and emergency situations Plan and Organize. The
user/individual on the job needs to know and understand how to:
P-1. Plan security operations as per site instructions and resources
available assess and assign tasks to teams and individuals
P-2. Conduct training, rehearsals and mock drills customer Centricity
The user/individual on the job needs to know and understand how
to:
P-3. Manage relationships with stakeholders and visitors Problem
Solving The user/individual on the job needs to know and
understand how to:
P-4. Think through the problem, evaluate the possible solution(s) and
adopt a best possible solution(s)
P-5. Handle disruption in security operations Analytical Thinking The
user/individual on the job needs to know and understand how to:
P-6. Anticipate and identify potential risk and threats and take suitable
actions
P-7. Observe people, activities and movements keenly Critical
Thinking The user/individual on the job needs to know and
understand how to:
P-8. Analyze and evaluate a situation and available information to take
appropriate action
K-1Analytical techniques: Brainstorming, Intuitions/Logic, Cause and effect diagrams, Pareto

requirements
 Capable to know the writing skills

 Capable to know the speaking skills.
 Capable to know the professional skills
Develop Administrative Skills
Overview:
The user/ individual on the job need to know and understand how to develop administrative skills.
CU-1: Decision making P-1. Perform decisions pertaining to security operations, training and
administration
P-2. Perform emergency situations
CU-2: Make Plan and The user/individual on job needs to know and understand how to:
Organize the P-1. Plan security operations as per site instructions and resources
workshop available assess and assign tasks to teams and individuals
P-2. Conduct training, rehearsals and mock drills
P-3. Manage relationships with stakeholders and visitors
CU-3: Evaluate the possible P-1. Think through the problem, evaluate the possible solution(s) and
solution adopt a best possible solution(s)
P-2. Handle disruption in security operations
P-3. Anticipate and identify potential risk and threats and take suitable
actions
P-4. Observe people, activities and movements keenly
P-5. Analyze and evaluate a situation and available information to take
appropriate action
requirements
 Capable to make a decision pertaining to the security operations

 Capable to observe the people and evaluate the possible solution
Work effectively in a customer service/ sales environment
Overview:
This Competency standard identifies the competencies required Work Effectively in a customer
Service/Sales Environment as per Organization’s approved guidelines and procedures. You will be
expected to work within organizational requirements, support the work team, maintain personal
presentation, develop effective work habits, portray ethical behavior and acquire up to date product /
service knowledge. You’re underpinning knowledge about Work Effectively in a customer Service/Sales
Environment will be sufficient for you to provide the basics of the work.
CU-1: Work within You must be able to:

organizational P-1. Identify and read organization’s requirements and responsibilities
requirements. and seek advice from appropriate people where necessary.
P-2. Interpret staff rosters and provide sufficient notice of unavailability
for rostered hours according to workplace policy and procedures.
P-3. Develop and use a current working knowledge and understanding
of employee and employer rights and responsibilities.
P-4. Comply with relevant duty of care and legal responsibilities, and
support organizational culture.
P-5. Identify roles and responsibilities of colleagues and immediate
supervisors.
P-6. Identify standards and values considered to be detrimental to the
Organisation and communicate this through appropriate channels.
P-7. Identify, recognise and follow behaviour that contributes to a safe
and sustainable work environment.
CU-2: Support the work You must be able to:
team. P-1. Display courteous and helpful behaviour at all times.
P-2. Take opportunities to enhance the level of assistance offered to
colleagues and meet all reasonable requests for assistance within
acceptable workplace timeframes.
P-3. Complete allocated tasks as required.
P-4. Seek assistance when difficulties arise.
P-5. Use questioning techniques to clarify instructions or responsibilities.
P-6. Identify and display a non-discriminatory attitude in all contacts with
customers and other staff members.
CU-3: Maintain personal You must be able to:
Presentation. P-1. Observe appropriate dress code and presentation as required by
the workplace, job role and level of customer contact.
P-2. Follow personal hygiene procedures according to organizational
policy and relevant legislation.
CU-4: Develop effective You must be able to:
work habits. P-1. Interpret, confirm and act on workplace information, instructions
and procedures relevant to the particular task.
P-2. Ask questions to seek and clarify workplace information.
P-3. Plan and organize daily work routine within the scope of the job
role.
P-4. Priorities and complete tasks according to required timeframes.
P-5. Identify work and personal priorities and achieve a balance
between competing priorities
CU-5: Portray ethical You must be able to:
behavior P-1. Follow ethical code of conduct.
P-2. Understand your costumer’s code of ethics.
P-3. Declare conflict of interest.
P-4. Maintain confidentiality.
P-5. Honour your commitments (timeframe, deliverables etc.)
P-6. Use internet for business only on company time.
CU-6: Acquire up to date You must be able to:
product / service P-1. Gather information about your product / services.
Knowledge P-2. Identify the components of your product and services.
P-3. Recognize the essential selling features of your products and
services.
P-4. Translate all essential features of your product and services.
P-5. Analyze product success.
P-6. Identify your market position.
P-7. Familiar with all product promotions, sales manuals and product
Literature.
P-8. Keep information of latest technology advances and seek ways to
use these technologies in your work.
K-1. Define industry awards and agreements that relate to personal job role and terms and conditions of
employment.
K-2. Differentiate between employer and employee responsibilities.
K-3. Explain different relevant legislation and statutory requirements.
K-4. Explain the importance of team work
K-5. Define workplace relations
K-6. Explain workplace policies, plans and procedures, including, Dealing with Grievances,
Discriminatory, behavior, Equal opportunity, issues, Staff rosters and notification of shift Availability
or nonattendance providing customer service to colleagues and customers.
K-7. Explain hygiene and personal presentation
K-8. Explain the importance of workplace ethics.
K-9. Explain staff counseling and disciplinary procedures
K-10. Describe workplace organizational structure
K-11. Explain the importance of ethical behavior.
K-12. Explain the importance of commitment in sales and customer services
K-13. Explain:
a. Price per product.
b. Profit per product /service.
c. Price flection
d. Product strengths
e. Product weaknesses.
f. Warranty / guarantee policies.
g. Packaging facilities and potential.
K-14. Explain how your product/service fits into your customers overall operations, business plan, sales
success, operation cost etc.
requirements
 Capable to present oneself effectively in front of audience.

 Capable to portray the ethical behavior
Develop Professionalism
Overview:
This Competency standard identifies the competencies required to Develop Professionalism as per
Organization’s approved guidelines and procedures. You will be expected to create a personal vision /
mission, manage your attitude, practice self-discipline, manage time, manage your professional
development, and participate in trainings and performance review. Your underpinning knowledge about
Develop Professionalism will be sufficient for you to provide the basics of the work.
CU-1: Create a personal

vision / mission You must be able to:
P-1. Clarify / prioritize self-values and consider the value of others.

P-2. Clarify expectations of yourself and expectations others have of you.
P-3. Identify what you need to do to be successful (personal standards,
targets, goals, principals)
P-4. Set specific short and long term goals.
P-5. Translate the vision into actionable steps.
P-6. Integrate the vision into daily practice.
P-7. Recount frequently with your vision and change accordingly.
CU-2: Manage your

attitude You must be able to:
P-1. Challenge yourself, break old habits, and move out of your comfort
zone.
P-2. Practice innovative techniques for out of the box creative thinking.
P-3. Seek out support and feedback from others on the team, in the
organization / community etc.
P-4. Identify daily, weekly accomplishments.
P-5. Read inspirational material, audiotapes etc.
CU-3: Practice self-

discipline You must be able to:
P-1. Accountable for your performance.

P-2. Identify what you need to do to be successful.
P-3. Communicate your priorities to others.
P-4. Make and honour appointments with yourself and others.
P-5. Practice relaxation and energizing techniques.
CU-4: Manage time

You must be able to:
P-1. Isolate key success activities and prioritize them.

P-2. Breakdown large tasks down into manageable action steps (set time
frame).
P-3. Create or adopt action plans and follow it.
P-4. Set aside appropriate blocks of time for goal related activities.
P-5. Make the best possible use of support people / recourses to
accomplish tasks.
CU-5: Manage your

professional You must be able to:
development
P-1. Take inventory of your personal interests, abilities, skills, knowledge
etc.
P-2. Identify and prioritize the strengths and gaps.
P-3. Use available assessment tools.
P-4. Create a personal growth strategy / career path.
P-5. Set personal goals and timeframe for achieving them.
P-6. Learn from your mistakes.
CU-6: Participate in
trainings and You must be able to:
performance review
P-1. Analyze, evaluate and improve performance, and report significant
issues/problems to senior management
P-2. Demonstrate to-do attitude in profession
P-3. Demonstrate understanding of skills requirements
P-4. Use the competences acquired in trainings
Understand and Knowledge:
K-1. Explain long and short term goals.

K-2. Explain why personal vision and mission is important for success.
K-3. Describe the advantages of personal vision and mission.
K-4. Explain the importance of personal and professional motivation
K-5. Identify your positive attitude.
K-6. Explain the advantages of innovative ideas and techniques during job.
K-7. Explain the importance of communication.
K-8. Explain the advantages of self-discipline.
K-9. Explain the importance of time management to achieve different tasks.
K-10. Explain the importance and need of professional development.
K-11. Define concept about performance standards.
K-12. Explain policies, procedures and regulations regarding human resources of the organization.
K-13. Explain self-planning and management techniques.
K-14. Define goals and strategies of self- development.
K-15. Explain relevant knowledge about training / job requirements.
 Capable to identify the personal vision in the professional career.

 Capable to identify the mission statement in the professional career.
 Capable to adopt the positive attitude.
27. Entrepreneur
Manage the Operations of Workshop Security Units
Overview
This Competency Standard identifies the competencies required to prepare for managing the operations,
manage resources of a security unit, organize guarding operations, control entry to and exit from premises,
control screening and search operations and organize traffic control and parking. Your underpinning
knowledge regarding workshop security units will be sufficient to provide the basis for this task.
CU-1: Prepare to manage P1. Observe organizational procedures related to security operations
the operations Security Operations: Access control, screening & search, escort,
duties by unarmed & armed security guards and personal security
officers (PSO), observation & surveillance, control room operations,
traffic control, parking management, information gathering, key-
control, dealing with emergencies, investigations, security
equipment operation, documentation and reporting
P2. Plan operations as per site instructions and availability of resources
Site Instructions: Instructions covering the details of deployment
and operations at a particular site
P3. Develop personnel and resources in an efficient and economical
manner
P4. Review functioning of teams and shifts and carry out improvements
P5. Assess training and performance standards of security unit Training
Requirements
P6. Check and report functioning of provided security equipment to
facilitate access control, search and screening, parking,
surveillance and smoke & fire detection
P7. Check and report functioning of personal protection equipment
P8. Initiate actions to rectify faulty equipment
P9. Organize security operations manually in the event of equipment
malfunction
P10. Check and carry out periodic / surprise inspections
P11. Communicate effectively with team members and stakeholders
P12. Take report and feedback from team members
P13. Coordinate, organize, train and rehearse emergency response
teams (ERT)
P14. Respond to emergencies and irregular situations Emergencies by
security unit members
P15. Take preventive actions and call for assistance to control irregular
situations
CU-2: Manage resources of P1. Plan and organize required personnel and equipment as per site
a security unit instructions
P2. Assess and report suitability of provided personnel and equipment
P3. Carry out adjustments in deployment to cover deficiency of
personnel and equipment
P4. Record and report status and issues related to personnel and
equipment
CU-3: Organize guarding P1. Organize security and guarding operations against likely threats
Operations and risks
P2. Organize briefing of guards and supervisors between the shifts
P3. Carry out periodic review of the deployment and operations
P4. Control functioning and operations of CCTV control room, if
provided
P5. Follow the laid down procedure of key control
P6. Prepare, issue and monitor patrolling plan
P7. Debrief guards/ patrols/ supervisors after the tasks
P8. Take feedback
P9. Deal with lost and found property
CU-4: Control entry to and P1. Identify likely threats and risks to premises from outside
exit from premises P2. Summarize access control procedure and functioning of the
equipment in use
P3. Train team members in operation of the equipment
P4. Brief team members regarding people/ vehicles/ material authorized
to enter/ leave premises
P5. Identify papers, passes, permission and documentation to facilitate
entry and exit of people/ vehicles/ material to and from the premises
P6. Organize receipt of postal mail and couriers, if assigned
CU-5: Control screening and P1. Identify procedure of screening and search operations and the
search operations functioning of equipment in use
P2. Train team members in operation of the equipment
P3. Sensitize subordinates to respect persons’ right to dignity, privacy
and gender/ religious/ cultural sensitivity
P4. Deal with persons and vehicles violating laid down procedures
P5. Identify presence of prohibited/ unauthorized items
P6. Segregate material containing prohibited/ unauthorized items
Knowledge and Understanding Units:
K-1. Reporting procedures

K-2. Category of authorized people/ people debarred entry
K-3. Types of identity/ authorization documents in use
K-4. Areas within the premises having restricted/ controlled entry
K-5. Details of unauthorized/ prohibited items
K-6. Action to be taken in case of recovery of unauthorized/ prohibited items
K-7. Procedure for receipt of postal mail and couriers
K-8. Action to be taken in case of delivery of a suspicious package
K-9. Method of securing and storing letters and packages
K-10. Methods and techniques adopted by miscreants to defeat security measures and equipment
K-11. Knowledge of security equipment installed in the premises
K-12. Capability and limitations of the security equipment in use
K-13. Understanding of signals emanating from equipment
K-14. Common faults occurring in the equipment
K-15. Procedure re for carrying out operations manually, in case of equipment failure
K-16. Indications regarding suspicious packages
K-17. Items that cannot be put through screening and search equipment
K-18. Procedure for vehicle search
K-19. Personal protective gear required for security operations
K-20. Layout of the parking areas and traffic plan in the premises
K-21. Suitability of prevailing conditions for parking
K-22. Traffic signals, signage and markings
K-23. Category of vehicles
K-24. Untoward situations faced during security operations
K-25. Procedure for dealing with untoward situations
 Capable to identify the resources.

 Capable to assess the risk.
 Capable to control entry and exit record from the firm.
Organize Training On Multiple Workshop Units
Overview
This Competency Standard identifies the competencies required to organize training on multiple workshop
units. Your underpinning knowledge regarding organize training will be sufficient to provide the basis for
this task.
CU-1: Assess the training P-1. Identify relevant legislation/ regulations, organizational
Requirements requirements relating to standards of training in the automobile
sector.
P-2. Assess site-specific training requirements for technician and
experts.
P-3. Report to superiors on existing training standards and additional
training required
P-4. Assess time required for conduct of training
P-5. Decide on learning objectives of the training
P-6. Maintain environmental and situational awareness to upgrade
training Standards
CU-2: Plan and Schedule P-1. Keep in view availability of time on the type and method of training
training for and resources
technicians P-2. Chalk out training program(s)
P-3. Arrange for required trainers and training infrastructure i.e. Training
areas, trainers, curriculum/ course content, classrooms, equipment,
aids and simulators
P-4. Brief security unit on training schedule
P-5. Carry out/ facilitate pre-induction training
P-6. Carry out/ facilitate on-the-job training
P-7. Train team members in the operation of security and
communication equipment
P-8. Carry out routine checks to assess training efficacy
P-9. Assess and report on standards of training and performance
K-1. Category of authorized people/ people debarred entry

K-2. Types of identity/ authorization documents in use
K-3. Areas within the premises having restricted/ controlled entry
K-4. Details of unauthorized/ prohibited items
K-5. Action to be taken in case of recovery of unauthorized/ prohibited items
K-6. Procedure for receipt of postal mail and couriers
K-7. Action to be taken in case of delivery of a suspicious package
K-8. Method of securing and storing letters and packages
K-9. Methods and techniques adopted by miscreants to defeat security measures and equipment
K-10. Knowledge of security equipment installed in the premises
K-11. Capability and limitations of the security equipment in use
K-12. Understanding of signals emanating from equipment
K-13. Common faults occurring in the equipment
K-14. Procedure re for carrying out operations manually, in case of equipment failure
K-15. Indications regarding suspicious packages
K-16. Items that cannot be put through screening and search equipment
K-17. Procedure for vehicle search
K-18. Personal protective gear required for security operations
K-19. Layout of the parking areas and traffic plan in the premises
K-20. Suitability of prevailing conditions for parking
K-21. Traffic signals, signage and markings
K-22. Category of vehicles
K-23. Untoward situations faced during security operations
K-24. Procedure for dealing with untoward situations
 Capable to identify the training requirement for self-grooming

 Capable to plan the trainings schedule.
Administer Multiple Commercial Units
Overview
This Competency Standard identifies the competencies required to administer multiple commercial units.
Your underpinning knowledge regarding Implementation of SOP Process and administer multiple bay units
will be sufficient to provide the basis for this task.
CU-1: Control the operations P1. Commence operations at a new or existing site, as per site
of workshop instructions
P2. Assess site-specific administrative requirements i.e.
accommodation, transportation, food, medical, hygiene &
sanitation, support staff, shift timings, working hours, rest, leave,
entitlement of salary/ allowances, payment to staff, documentation,
addressing grievances, welfare, security of female guards and
handling of petty cash
P3. Inform superiors about the requirements
P4. Issue identity cards to team members
P5. Inform superior about complaints/ suggestion received from
principal employer
P6. Interact with team members frequently
P7. Resolve grievances of staff
P8. Maintain confidentiality of information
P9. Receive/ issue/ account for stores meant for security unit
P10. Prepare attendance sheet, overtime details and MIS reports
P11. Document new entrants/ those leaving the site Documents i.e.
Master roll, attendance sheet, pay roll, site assignment document,
individual’s verification & identification documents, personnel
movement control documents, duty roster, leave & absence
register, medical register
P12. Handle and account for petty cash
P13. Pursue pending issues of security unit and agency with principal
employer
CU-2: Administer a P1. Identify and address important administrative concerns

workshop/bay Unit P2. Arrange for accommodation, transportation and food for the unit
P3. Enforce dress code
P4. Maintain discipline
P5. coordinate with own agency/ principal employer to resolve issues
P6. Ensure privacy and personal safety of the unit, especially of female
staff
P7. Motivate team through personal example and concern
P8. Assess performance and standards of team members
P9. Counsel team members on their performance and conduct
P10. Recommend deserving personnel for promotion and reward
K-1. The site instruction

K-2. Details of personnel and equipment required
K-3. Channel of reporting and communication with stakeholders Stake holders: Principal employer,
superior, own management, subordinates, visitors and residents/tenants
K-4. Contact details of stakeholders, superiors and team members
K-5. Documentation formats
K-6. Reporting procedure
K-7. Organizational standards on grooming, conduct, behavior and performance
K-8. Leadership and management fundamentals Leadership: Administration, discipline, motivation,
impartiality, punctuality, concern for subordinates, welfare and leading by example
K-9. Organizational protocol for resolution of concerns/ grievances
K-10. Management information system
K-11. Performance management system
K-12. Compensation management
K-13. Accounting and issue procedure for stores, material and equipment
 Capable to control the workshop operations.

 Capable to follow the administrative SOP’s
 Capable to handle the administrative issues.
Supervise performance of Technician
Overview
ThisCompetencyStandardidentifiesthecompetenciesrequiredtosupervise and evaluate performance of

technician. Your underpinning knowledge regarding supervision and evaluation the performance of
subordinates ensure higher levels of motivation will be sufficient to provide the basis for this task.
CU-1. Supervise the staff P1. Ensure and implement strict adherence of all activities performed
by subordinates to organizational guidelines
P2. Monitor and supervise all the activities performed by subordinates
and ensure optimization to achieve the set goals
P3. Document all performance indicators and metrics of subordinates in
the prescribed format of organization
P4. Ensure and implement proper process flow for feedbacks and
queries received from subordinates
CU-2. Evaluate performance P1. Set goals and targets as per organizational directives for all
of all subordinates reporting executives
and reporting P2. Create quantified measures and metrics to analyze the
executives performance delivered by subordinates
P3. Set tangible and achievable incentives for subordinates as per the
goals and targets assigned
P4. Assist and support reporting executives whenever necessary or
applicable
P5. Evaluate performance of subordinates and reporting executives on
the designed measures and metrics as per the guidelines of the
organization
P6. Perform all appraisal related process flow for subordinates, as per
respective performance documents
P7. Handover all the documents and appropriate support measures to
human resources department for official records
K-1. Standard operating procedures of the organization for appraisals, incentives, promotions and
performance evaluation.
K-2. Standard operating procedures for query and problem reporting and their redressal in the
organization
K-3. Framework and guidelines prescribed by the organization for query and problem redressal
K-4. Framework and guidelines prescribed by the organization for performance evaluations and based
appraisals out of it
K-5. Documentation requirements for each procedure carried out as part of roles and responsibilities
K-6. Institutional and professional code of ethics and standards of practice
K-7. Safety and health policies and regulations for the workplace.
 Capable to supervise the team members.

 Capable to evaluate the performance of employee.
Plan Work to Meet Expected Outcomes
Overview
This Competency Standard identifies the competencies required to plan and organize work to meet
expected outcomes. Your underpinning knowledge regarding planning and organizing individual’s work in
order to complete it to the required standards, on time and within budget in terms of cost and material will
be sufficient to provide the basis for this task.
CU-1. Set quality standards P1. Keep immediate work area clean and tidy
for Work requirements P2. Treat confidential information as per the organization’s guidelines
including various P3. Work in line with organization’s policies and procedures
activities within the P4. Work within the limits of job role
given time P5. Obtain guidance from appropriate people, where necessary
P6. Ensure work meets the agreed requirements
CU-2. Use Appropriate P1. Establish and agree on work requirements with appropriate people
resources P2. Manage time, materials and cost effectively
P3. Use resources in a responsible manner
K-1. The organization’s policies, procedures and priorities for area of work, role and responsibilities in
carrying out that work
K-2. The limits of responsibilities and when to involve others
K-3. Specific work requirements and who these must be agreed with
K-4. The importance of having a tidy work area and how to do this
K-5. How to prioritize workload according to urgency and importance and the benefits of this
K-6. The organization’s policies and procedures for dealing with confidential information and the
importance of complying with these
K-7. The purpose of keeping others updated with the progress of work
K-8. Who to obtain guidance from and the typical circumstances when this may be required
K-9. The purpose and value of being flexible and adapting work plans
 Capable to set the quality standards.

 Capable to implement on the quality standards.
Work Effectively In a Team
Overview
This Competency Standard identifies the competencies required to work effectively in a team. Your
underpinning knowledge regarding working effectively with colleagues, either in own work group or in other
work groups within organization will be sufficient to provide the basis for this task.
CU-1. Interact and P1. Maintain clear communication with colleagues (by all means
communicate including face-to-face, telephonic as well as written)
effectively with P2. Support colleagues to integrate work
colleagues P3. Pass on information to colleagues in line with organizational
requirements both through verbal as well as non-verbal means
P4. Accomplish work in ways that show respect for colleagues
P5. Carry out commitments made to colleagues
P6. Identify problems in working with colleagues and take the initiative
to solve these problems
CU-2. Interact & P1. Maintain clear communication with stockholder (by all means
communicate with including face-to-face, telephonic as well as written)
other stack holders. P2. Follow the automobile sector policies and procedures for working
with stockholders.
P3. Present all types of information to stack holders when it is required.
P4. Obey the rules and regulations as per govt. policy.
K-1. The organization’s policies and procedures for working with colleagues, role and responsibilities in
relation to this
K-2. The importance of effective communication and establishing good working relationships with
colleagues
K-3. Different methods of communication and the circumstances in which it is appropriate to use these
K-4. The importance of creating an environment of trust and mutual respect
K-5. The implications of own work on the work and schedule of others.
 Capable to interact with the team effectively.

 Capable to communicate with other stake holders
Maintain Healthy, Safe and Secure Working Environment
Overview
This Competency Standard identifies the competencies required to maintain healthy, safe and secure
working environment. Your underpinning knowledge regarding monitoring work place practices and making
sure they meet requirements for health, safety, security and environmental concerns will be sufficient to
provide the basis for this task.
CU-1. Need Resources to P1. Comply with organization’s current health, safety and security policies
maintain a safe, and procedures
secure working P2. Report any identified breaches in health, safety, and security policies
environment and procedures to the designated person
P3. Coordinate with other resources at the workplace to achieve the
healthy, safe and secure environment for all incorporating all
government norms esp. for emergency situations like fires,
earthquakes etc.
P4. Identify and correct any hazards like illness, accidents, fires or any
other natural calamity safely and within the limits of individual’
authority
P5. Report any hazards outside the individual’s authority to the relevant
person in line with organizational procedures and warn other people
who may be affected
P6. Follow organization’s emergency procedures for accidents, fires or
any other natural calamity
P7. Identify and recommend opportunities for improving health, safety,
and security to the designated person
P8. Complete all health and safety records are updates and procedures
well defined
K-1. The organization’s policies and procedures for working with colleagues, role and responsibilities in
relation to this
K-2. The importance of effective communication and establishing good working relationships with
colleagues
K-3. Different methods of communication and the circumstances in which it is appropriate to use these
K-4. The importance of creating an environment of trust and mutual respect
K-5. The implications of own work on the work and schedule of others.
 Capable work under the safe working environment.

Deal with Emergencies and Incidents at Workshop
Overview
This Competency Standard identifies the competencies required to deal with emergencies and incidents at
workshop. You’re underpinning knowledge regarding to deal with emergencies and incidents at workshop
will be sufficient to provide the basis for this task.
CU-1. Deal with emergencies P1. Follow organizational procedures while responding to emergencies
and incidents at and incidents at workshop.(SOP)
workshop P2. Review organizational procedure periodically Procedures: Laid
down SOPs for dealing with accidents, emergency or untoward
security situation
P3. Train and prepare Staff to respond to emergencies and incidents at
workshop.
P4. Take appropriate action Appropriate Actions: Respond with
equipment/ aid at hand, Request for qualified assistance, Evacuate
people; isolate area; inform and brief relevant authorities and
maintain order, Maintain safety of self and others
P5. Identify and investigate causes of alarms Alarm and Sensors:
Against intrusion & forced entry, for heat, smoke & fire, SOS from
residents, medical emergencies, elevator/ escalator crisis, gas
leak, electrical short circuit, other alarms from building
management system, environmental hazards, and CCTV
P6. Communicate information and seek assistance
P7. Ensure health and safety while responding to risks and threats
CU-2. Reduce risks to P1. Carry out security operations in line with workplace health and
safety norms
health and safety at
P2. Identify the main safety and health related threat/ risks within the
the workplace premises i.e. Fires, Electric short circuit; electric shock and
electrocution, Medical emergency, Inflammable & toxic chemicals
gases, Falls; trips and slips, Natural calamities, Equipment
malfunction, Poor ventilation and suffocation, Improper use of
personal safety gear and no adherence to safety norms,
Ergonomic risks pertaining to long and static postures; prolonged
use of computer and viewing of monitor, Poor hygiene and
sanitation conditions, Extreme temperature conditions
P3. Participate in discussions/ training on safety and health issues
P4. Implement health and safety related procedures
P5. Enforce the use of personal protective equipment (PPE) by stake-
holders
P6. Ensure safety of self and others while carrying out duties
P7. Identify key people for anchoring safety and health related roles
P8. Organize required equipment/ resources
P9. Organize awareness training for stakeholders
P10. Organize and train emergency response teams (ERT)
P11. Maintain the desired state of readiness for dealing with
emergencies
P12. Ensure placement of equipment and signage as per plan
P13. Organize periodic mock drills/ rehearsals
P14. Deal with hazards and report based on operational procedures
P15. Report and record safety and health incidents.
K-1. Policy/ procedures/ guidelines related to workplace health and safety

K-2. Responsibilities of the security function related to health and safety
K-3. Limits and responsibilities of the security unit
K-4. Organizational procedure for handling different levels of risks
K-5. Reporting protocol for health and safety matters
K-6. Communication protocol
K-7. Documentation formats and reports to be maintained The seer/individual on the job needs to know
and understand:
K-8. Organizational procedures relating to communication
K-9. Details of stakeholders/ concerned agencies
K-10. Means of available communication
K-11. Details of security functions that need employers’ approval
K-12. Format and process for obtaining feedback Format: Written and electronic
K-13. Organization’s standards of communication, behavior and courtesy
K-14. Resolution process for queries/ complaints of stakeholders
K-15. Communication etiquette to be followed by the security unit
K-16. Gender, cultural, religious and other sensitivities
K-17. Organizational procedure for recording and sharing of information
K-18. Timelines and periodicity for submission of reports/ documentation. Documentation: Relating to
operations, training and administration
K-19. Frequency for reviewing records maintained by security unit
K-20. Storage and archival policy/ processes followed by the organization
K-21. Details of stakeholders/ agencies authorized to receive information
 Capable to deal in the emergency condition.

 Capable to maintain the safe working condition
Maintain Effective Communication with Companies
Overview
This Competency Standard identifies the competencies required to maintain effective communication with
the companies. Your underpinning knowledge regarding effective communication with the companies/
dealers and also carry out the review role-related documentation will be sufficient to provide the basis for
this task.
CU-1. Communicate effectively P1. Communicate effectively with stakeholders on security

with Stakeholders functions i.e. residents, residents welfare association
members, visitors, workers, staff, vendors, facility
management, service providers and maintenance staff
P2. Establish a system of receiving feedback from stakeholders
P3. Enforce organization’s standards of communication,
behavior and courtesy within the security unit Operate
communication equipment effectively Communication
Equipment: Walkie-talkie, telephone, intercom, mobile
phone, signage, whistle, light signals, hand signals, field
signals
P4. Communicate security-related protocol to stakeholders
P5. Interact with stakeholders to understand their requirements
P6. Interact with media on instructions
P7. Resolve queries/ complaints of stakeholders as per
procedure
P8. Train the security personnel in required communication
etiquettes
P9. Educate security staff on gender, cultural and religious
sensitivities
P10. Intervene and resolve instances of aggressive and unruly
behavior
CU-2. Carry out and review role- P1. Identify essential documents to be completed and
related documentation maintained by the security unit
P2. Finalize the format for recording information/ incidents as
per organizational procedure
P3. Decide on timelines and frequency for submission of reports
P4. Use computers and other equipment to facilitate
documentation
P5. Record and store documents as per organizational
procedure
P6. Forward report/ feedback to designated superior
P7. Store and handle information/ media generated by the
security equipment(s)
P8. Handle electronic media and archive to store information/
documents safely Information: Written, verbal, electronic,
and public-address system
P9. Share information with authorized stakeholders on a ‘need-
to-know’ basis
P10. Maintain security and confidentiality of information
K-1. Organizational procedures relating to communication

K-4. Details of security functions that need employers’ approval
K-7. Resolution process for queries/ complaints of stakeholders
K-8. Communication etiquette to be followed by the security unit
K-12. Frequency for reviewing records maintained by security unit
K-14. Details of stakeholders/ agencies authorized to receive information.
 Capable to communicate effectively with the other stakeholders.

 Capable to communicate effectively with in the departments
Compliance and certifications (IATF/ISO 16949, ISO 9001:2015, ISO 50001)
Overview
This Competency Standard identifies the competencies required to identify and understand the local and
international compliance regime for automotive component manufacturing supply chain. Your underpinning
knowledge regarding effective communication with the auto parts manufacturers and also carry out the
review role-related documentation will be sufficient to provide the basis for this task.
P1. Identify sector specific certifications (national/international)

CU-1. Identify sector specific
P2. Identify business development service providers to acquire
compliance requirements
sector specific certifications (local/international)
(national/international)
(e.g. IATF/ISO 1649, ISO
9001:2015, ISO 50001)
CU-2. Understand requirements for P1. Understand requirements to acquire certifications (HR,
compliances material, equipment, etc)
(local/international) P2. Plan under supervision of management/experts for
acquisition of certifications (local/international)
P3. Implement planned activities to acquire certifications
P4. Forward report/ feedback to designated superior
P5. Share information with authorized stakeholders on a ‘need-
to-know’ basis
P6. Maintain security and confidentiality of information
K-1. Identify sector specific compliances certifications/standards (local/international)

K-6. Able to plan for acquisition of compliances
K-11. Details of stakeholders/ agencies authorized to receive information.
 Capable to identify the compliance regime (local/international).

 Capable to understand and implement the activities to acquire certifications/standards
(local/international)
Islamabad 31st May, 2019
NOTIFICATION
No. F. 5(13)/2018-DD (TE): In pursuance of sub-section (d) of section-6" Functions of the Commission"
National Vocational & Technical Training Commission (NAVTTC) Act-2011, NAVTTC is pleased to
approve and notify following qualifications in twenty (20) trades for Level 1-5 under National
Vocational Qualification Framework (NVQF), which have been developed in compatibility with latest
global trends in the fields and fulfilling requirements of competency based training and assessment
(CBT&A) system. The qualifications have been developed and validated in collaboration with
TEVTAs, QABs, industry and other relevant stakeholders: -
S# National Vocational Qualifications

1. National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Automobile Technology
2.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Civil Technology
3.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Construction Technology
4.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Information & Commutation Technology (ICT)
5.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Garment Manufacturing Technology
6.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Electrical Technology
7.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Electronics Technology
8.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Instrumentation Technology
9.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Computer Aided Design & Manufacturing (CAD /CAM)
10.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Mechanical Technology
11.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Graphics Designing
12.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Heating, Ventilation, Air-conditioning & Refrigeration
(HVACR) Technology
13.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Media Production
14.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Hotel Management
15.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Professional Chef
16.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Tourism Management
17.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Hair & Beauty Services
18.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Fashion Designing
19.
National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Ceramics Technology
20. National Qualification Level-5 diploma in Telecom Technology
2. All the TVET related institutions / organizations are required to implement aforementioned
qualifications so that a uniform and standardized TVET qualification system is established in
Pakistan and efforts are made for international equivalence / recognition of these qualifications.
3. Competency Standards of the above enlisted qualifications can be accessed at NAVTTC's website
(www.navttc.org).
(Muqeem Islam)
Director General (Skill Standards & Curricula)
Phone: 051-9215385
Distribution:
1. Federal Secretary, Ministry of Federal Education & Professional Training, Govt of Pakistan
2. Federal Secretary, Ministry of Overseas Pakistanis and Human Resource Development, Govt of
Pakistan, Islamabad
3. Federal Secretary, Ministry of Industry and Production, Govt of Pakistan, Islamabad
4. Federal Secretary, Ministry of Textile Industry, Govt of Pakistan, Islamabad
5. Federal Secretary, Ministry of Commerce, Govt of Pakistan, Islamabad
6. Federal Secretary, Ministry of Railway, Govt of Pakistan, Islamabad
7. Federal Secretary, Ministry of Climate Change, Govt of Pakistan, Islamabad
8. Federal Secretary, Ministry of Religious Affairs, Govt of Pakistan, Islamabad
9. Federal Secretary, Ministry of Communication, Govt of Pakistan, Islamabad
10. Federal Secretary, Ministry of Aviation Division, Govt of Pakistan, Islamabad
11. Federal Secretary, Ministry of Science & Technology, Govt of Pakistan, Islamabad
12. Chairperson, Punjab Technical Education and Vocational Training Authority (P-TEVTA), Lahore
13. Managing Director, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Technical Education and Vocational Training Authority (KP-
TEVTA),
14. Managing Director, Sindh Technical Education and Vocational Training Authority (S-TEVTA), Karachi
15. Chairman, Azad Jammu & Kashmir, Technical Education and Vocational Training Authority (AJ&K
TEVTA), Muzafarabad
16. Director TVET Cell, Gilgit Baltistan, Gilgit
17. Director General, Punjab Vocational Training Council (PVTC), Punjab
18. Managing Director, Technology Upgradation and Skill Development Company (TUSDEC) Lahore
19. Project Director, Punjab Skill Development Program (PSDP) Lahore
20. CEO, Punjab Skill Development Fund, Lahore
21. Rector, UNTECH University Islamabad
22. National Deputy Leader, GIZ Islamabad
23. PS to Minister of Federal Education & Professional Training, Govt of Pakistan
24. PS to Special Adviser to the Prime Minister on Youth Affairs, Prime Minister's Office, Islamabad
25. Chairperson, Federal of Pakistan Chamber of Commerce and Industry (FPCCI), Karachi
26. Conveyor, Sector Skills Council (Textile/ Construction/ Renewable Energy/ Hospitality and Tourism)
27. Director Technical Education and Vocational Training Authorities (TEVTA), Balochistan
28. Chairman, Pakistan Tourism Development Corporation, Lahore
29. Chairman, PCSIR Headquarters, Islamabad
30. Director General, Pakistan Forest Institute, Peshawar
31. Chairman, Wafaq ul Madaris, Multan
32. Director General, Staff Welfare, Islamabad
33. Director General, NISTE Capital Administration and Development Division, Islamabad
34. Director General, National Training Bureau, Islamabad
35. Chairmen, Provincial Technical Education Boards
36. Chairmen, Provincial Trade Testing Boards
37. Secretary, IBCC, Islamabad: with the request that National qualifications of Level 5 diploma in the
aforementioned trades may be considered equivalent to Diploma of Associate Engineer/HSSC after
inclusion of compulsory courses in the light of IBCC general requirement.
Copy for information to: -

1. DG (P&D)/(A&F)/ (A&C) (S&C) NAVTTC
2. Director General(s), NAVTTC Regional Office(s).
3. Sr. Technical Advisor, TSSP-GIZ
4. Staff Officer to Chairman, NAVTTC
5. PS to Executive Director, NAVTTC Islamabad
6. Concerned File/ Office Copy

Automobile Technology

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Automobile Technology

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

National Competency Standards Level- 5 in Automobile Technology

National Competency Standards level 5 in Automobile Technology

National Vocational and Technical Training Commission (NAVTTC),

● Dr. Muqeem ul Islam, Director General (Skills,Standards and Curricula) NAVTTC

● Mr. Muhammad Naeem Akhtar, Senior Technical Advisor TSSP-GIZ,

● Mr. Muhammad Yasir, Deputy Director (SS&C Wing) NAVTTC

● Mr. Muhammad Ishaq, Deputy Director (SS&C Wing) NAVTTC

● Mr. Fayaz A. Soomro, Deputy Director (SS&C Wing) NAVTTC

2. Purpose of the Qualification .......................................................................................11

3. Date of Validation ........................................................................................................12

4. Date of Review .............................................................................................................12

6. Members of Qualifications Development Committee................................................14

7. Members of Qualification Validation Committee .......................................................16

8. Entry Requirements ....................................................................................................17

9. Summary of Competency Standards .........................................................................18

10. Leveling of the Competency Standards .....................................................................25

11. Packaging of the Qualification ...................................................................................34

12. Internal Combustion Engine (AD-133) .......................................................................44

0716MS&A1. Specify Engine Types and its Component .....................................................45

0716MS&A2. Identify Engine Parts and Interpret Assembly Procedure ...............................47

0716MS&A3. Maintain Engine Cooling System Components ..............................................49

0716MS&A4. Maintain Engine Lubrication System ..............................................................51

0716MS&A5. Retain Fuel System of Petrol Engine .............................................................53

0716MS&A6. Retain Fuel System of Diesel Engine.............................................................55

0716MS&A7. Maintain Engine Exhaust System ..................................................................57

0716MS&A8. Diagnosing Engine Faults ..............................................................................59

0716MS&A9. Perform Ignition System of Petrol Engine ......................................................61

0716MS&A10. Perform Overhauling of Four Stroke Single Cylinder Engine..........................63

13. Automotive Electricity and Electronics (AD-143) ......................................................66

0716MS&A11. Perform Electrical Measurements ..................................................................66

0716MS&A12. Prepare Electromagnetism applications .........................................................68

0716MS&A13. Perform Battery Service of Vehicle ................................................................70

0716MS&A14. Repair Engine Starting System ......................................................................72

0716MS&A16. Adjust Ignition Timing of Petrol Engine ..........................................................76

0716MS&A17. Repair Distributer-Less Ignition Systems of Petrol Engine .............................78

0716MS&A18. Repair Battery Charging System ...................................................................80

0716MS&A19. Repair Light System of Vehicle ......................................................................82

0716MS&A20. Repair Vehicle Accessories ...........................................................................84

14. Workshop Practice-1 (MT-164) ...................................................................................86

0716MS&A21. Perform Bench Work on Metallic Surfaces.....................................................87

0716MS&A22. Perform Shaper Machine Operations.............................................................90

0716MS&A23. Perform Lathe Turning Operations.................................................................93

0716MS&A24. Read and Interpret Manufacturing Drawings ..................................................96

0716MS&A25. Preform Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) ........................................99

0716MS&A26. Prepare Materials for Welding .....................................................................101

0716MS&A28. Perform Forging Operations ........................................................................106

15. Basic Engineering Drawing and CAD-I Mech-163 ...................................................108

0716MS&A29. Perform Drawing, Sketch Making ................................................................109

0716MS&A30. Draw Pictorial Drawing ................................................................................111

0716MS&A31. Perform Basic Dimensioning System in Working Drawing ...........................113

0716MS&A32. Perform Sectioning and Pictorial Drawing ....................................................115

0716MS&A33. Draw Auxiliary Drawing................................................................................117

Problems in Internal Combustion Engines AD-203 ............................................................119

0716MS&A34. Diagnose Engine Fault ................................................................................120

0716MS&A35. Perform Engine Overhauling (Petrol/Diesel) ................................................123

0716MS&A36. Diagnose Engine Cooling System Faults and Repair ...................................126

0716MS&A37. Diagnose Faults in Engine Lubrication System ............................................128

0716MS&A38. Diagnose Faults of Carburetor Fuel System ................................................130

0716MS&A40. Diagnose Faults of Ignition System..............................................................134

16. Suspension, Steering & Brakes AD-213 ..................................................................135

0716MS&A41. Repair Vehicle Brake System. .....................................................................135

0716MS&A42. Repair Vehicle Steering System. .................................................................138